-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, DcgH+ob3jjGhYQ3kUhuRvZJoq1bkZWVM6wQaIpI0d0dPzSubBXcuD34GEJWztVxM s8L3BoV+UQh62AtYZNuX4A== 0001193125-08-167691.txt : 20080806 0001193125-08-167691.hdr.sgml : 20080806 20080806103054 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-08-167691 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: POS AMI PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 4 FILED AS OF DATE: 20080806 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20080806 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000809844 IRS NUMBER: 042950868 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MA FISCAL YEAR END: 1130 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: POS AMI SEC ACT: 1940 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 811-04992 FILM NUMBER: 08993662 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 500 BOYLSTON ST STREET 2: 20TH FL LEGAL DEPT. CITY: BOSTON STATE: MA ZIP: 02116 BUSINESS PHONE: 6179545000 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 500 BOYLSTON ST STREET 2: 20TH FL LEGAL DEPT CITY: BOSTON STATE: MA ZIP: 02116 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: COLONIAL MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 POS AMI 1 dposami.htm MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST POS AMI MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST POS AMI

AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON

August 6, 2008

1940 ACT FILE NO. 811-4992

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM N-2

 

                                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT   
                                         UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940    x
                                         Amendment No. 12    x

MFS® HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: 617-954-5000

Susan S. Newton

Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk

MFS High Yield Municipal Trust

c/o Massachusetts Financial Services Company

500 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 

 

 


The MFS High Yield Municipal Trust (the “fund” or “Fund”) is a closed-end, diversified management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The fund was organized as a business trust under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts on January 22, 1987. The Fund was previously known as Colonial Municipal Income Trust (prior to June 29, 2007).

Investment Objective

The fund’s investment objective is to seek high current income exempt from federal income tax, but may also consider capital appreciation. The fund’s objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its net assets, including assets attributable to preferred shares and borrowings for investment purposes, in tax-exempt bonds and tax-exempt notes. This policy may not be changed without shareholder approval. Tax-exempt bonds and tax-exempt notes are municipal instruments, the interest of which is exempt from federal income tax. Interest from the fund’s investments may be subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

MFS (Massachusetts Financial Services Company, the fund’s investment adviser) may invest 25% or more of the fund’s total assets in municipal instruments that finance similar projects, such as those relating to education, healthcare, housing, utilities, water, or sewers.

MFS may invest up to 100% of the fund’s assets in lower quality debt instruments.

MFS may invest a relatively high percentage of the fund’s assets in the debt instruments of a single issuer or a small number of issuers.

MFS may use derivatives for different purposes, including to earn income and enhance returns, to increase or decrease exposure to a particular market, to manage or adjust the risk profile of the fund, or as alternatives to direct investments.

MFS uses a bottom-up investment approach in buying and selling investments for the fund. Investments are selected primarily based on fundamental analysis of instruments and their issuers in light of current market, economic, political, and regulatory conditions. Factors considered may include the instrument’s credit quality, collateral characteristics, and indenture provisions, and the issuer’s management ability, capital structure, leverage, and ability to meet its current obligations. Quantitative analysis of the structure of the instrument and its features may also be considered.

The fund uses leverage through the issuance of preferred shares and/or the creation of tender option bonds, and then investing the proceeds pursuant to its investment strategies. If approved by the fund’s Board of Trustees, the fund may use leverage by other methods.

MFS may engage in active and frequent trading in pursuing the fund’s principal investment strategies.

In response to market, economic, political, or other conditions, MFS may depart from the fund’s principal investment strategies by temporarily investing for defensive purposes.

Principal Investment Types

Debt Instruments: Debt instruments represent obligations of corporations, governments, and other entities to repay money borrowed. The issuer or borrower usually pays a fixed, variable, or floating rate of interest, and must repay the amount borrowed, usually at the maturity of the instrument. Some debt instruments, such as zero coupon bonds or payment-in-kind bonds, do not pay current interest. Other debt instruments, such as certain mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, make periodic payments of interest and/or principal. Some debt instruments are partially or fully secured by collateral supporting the payment of interest and principal.

Lower Quality Debt Instruments: Lower quality debt instruments, commonly referred to as “high yield securities” or “junk bonds,” are debt instruments of less than investment grade quality.

Municipal Instruments: Municipal instruments are issued to raise money for a variety of public and private purposes, including general financing for state and local governments, or financing for a specific project or public facility. Municipal instruments include general obligation bonds of municipalities, local or state governments, project or revenue-specific bonds, municipal lease obligations, and prerefunded or escrowed bonds. Municipal instruments may be fully or partially supported by the local government, by the credit of a private issuer, by the current or anticipated revenues from a specific project or assets, by the issuer’s pledge to make annual appropriations for lease payments, or by domestic or foreign entities providing credit support, such as letters of credit, guarantees, or insurance.


Tender Option Bonds: Tender option bonds are created when municipal instruments are transferred to a special purpose trust which issues two classes of certificates. The first class, commonly called floating rate certificates, pays an interest rate that is typically reset weekly based on a specified index. Each holder of a floating rate certificate has the option at specified times, and/or may be required under specified circumstances, to tender its certificate to the issuer or a specified third party acting as agent for the issuer for purchase at the stated amount of the certificate plus accrued interest. The second class, commonly called inverse floaters, pays an interest rate based on the difference between the interest rate earned on the underlying municipal instruments and the interest rate paid on the floating rate certificates, after expenses.

Derivatives: Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on the value of one or more underlying indicators or the difference between underlying indicators. Underlying indicators may include a security or other financial instrument, asset, currency, interest rate, credit rating, commodity, volatility measure, or index. Derivatives often involve a counterparty to the transaction. Derivatives include futures, forward contracts, options, structured securities, inverse floating rate instruments, swaps, caps, floors, and collars.

Principal Risks

As with any mutual fund, you could lose money on your investment in the fund. An investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

The principal risks of investing in the fund are:

Interest Rate Risk: The price of a debt instrument changes in response to interest rate changes. In general, the price of a debt instrument falls when interest rates rise and rises when interest rates fall. Instruments with longer maturities, or that do not pay current interest, are more sensitive to interest rate changes. In addition, short-term and long-term interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or by the same amount. An instrument’s reaction to interest rate changes depends on the timing of its interest and principal payments and the current interest rate for each of those time periods. Instruments with floating interest rates can be less sensitive to interest rate changes. In response to an interest rate decline, instruments that provide the issuer with the right to call or redeem the instrument prior to maturity may be called or redeemed, resulting in the reinvestment of proceeds in other investments at a lower interest rate.

Credit Risk: The value of a debt instrument depends, in part, on the issuer’s or borrower’s credit quality or ability to pay principal and interest when due. The value of a debt instrument is likely to fall if an issuer or borrower defaults on its obligation to pay principal or interest or if the instrument’s credit rating is downgraded by a credit rating agency. The value of a debt instrument can also decline in response to changes in the financial condition of the issuer or borrower, changes in specific market, economic, industry, political, and regulatory conditions that affect a particular type of instrument, issuer, or borrower, and changes in general market, economic, political, and regulatory conditions. Certain unanticipated events, such as natural disasters, terrorist attacks, war, and other geopolitical events can have a dramatic adverse effect on the value of a debt instrument. For certain types of instruments, including derivatives, the value of the instrument depends in part on the credit quality of the counterparty to the transaction. For other types of debt instruments, including collateralized instruments, the price of the debt instrument also depends on the credit quality and adequacy of the underlying assets or collateral. Enforcing rights against the underlying assets or collateral may be difficult, or the underlying assets or collateral may be insufficient, if the issuer defaults.

Lower quality debt instruments and certain unrated debt instruments can involve a substantially greater risk of default or can already be in default, and their values can decline significantly over short periods of time. Lower quality debt instruments are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and principal. Lower quality debt instruments tend to be more sensitive to adverse news about the issuer, or the market or economy in general, than higher quality debt instruments. The market for lower quality debt instruments and certain unrated debt instruments can be less liquid, especially during periods of recession or general market decline.

Municipal instruments supported as to the payment of principal and interest only by the revenue from a specific project or specific assets, or by the issuer’s pledge to make annual appropriations for lease payments, are subject to greater credit risk due to the possibility that taxation supporting the project or assets will be discontinued, revenues for the project or from the assets will be insufficient, or annual appropriations for lease payments will not be made. If the Internal Revenue Service or a state taxing authority determines that an issuer of a municipal instrument has not complied with applicable tax requirements, interest from the instrument could become taxable (including retroactively) and the instrument could decline significantly in value.


Prepayment Risk: Many types of debt instruments, including mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and municipal housing bonds, are subject to the risk of prepayment. Prepayment occurs when unscheduled payments of principal are made prior to an instrument’s maturity. Instruments subject to prepayment can offer less potential for gains during a declining interest rate environment and greater potential for loss in a rising interest rate environment. In addition, prepayment rates are difficult to predict and the potential impact of prepayment on the price of a debt instrument depends on the terms of the instrument and can result in significant volatility.

Municipal Market Risk: The price of municipal instruments can be volatile and significantly affected by adverse tax or court rulings, legislative or political changes, and the financial developments of municipal issuers. Because many municipal instruments are issued to finance similar projects, especially those relating to education, health care, housing, utilities, and water and sewer, conditions in these industries can affect the overall municipal market. In addition, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal insurer can affect the overall municipal market.

Issuer Focus Risk: Because MFS may invest a relatively large percentage of the fund’s assets in debt instruments of a single issuer or small number of issuers, the fund’s performance could be closely tied to that one issuer or issuers, and could be more volatile than the performance of more diversified funds.

Limited Number of Municipal Insurers Risk: Because MFS may invest a relatively large percentage of the Fund’s assets in securities insured by a single insurer or a small number of insurers, the Fund’s performance could be adversely affected by changes in the financial condition or credit quality of that one insurer or insurers, and could be more volatile than the performance of a fund insured by a greater number of insurers.

Leveraging Risk: If the fund utilizes investment leverage, there can be no assurance that such a leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. The use of leverage is a speculative investment technique that results in greater volatility in the fund’s net asset value. To the extent that investments are purchased with the proceeds from the borrowings from a bank, the issuance of preferred shares, or the creation of tender option bonds, the fund’s net asset value will increase or decrease at a greater rate than a comparable unleveraged fund. If the investment income or gains earned from the investments purchased with the proceeds from the borrowings from a bank, the issuance of preferred shares, or the creation of tender option bonds, fails to cover the expenses of leveraging, the fund’s net asset value is likely to decrease more quickly than if the fund weren’t leveraged. In addition, the fund’s distributions could be reduced. The fund is currently required under the 1940 Act to maintain asset coverage of 200% on outstanding preferred shares and 300% on outstanding indebtedness. If asset coverage declines below those levels (as a result of market fluctuation or otherwise), the fund may be required to sell a portion of its investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. The expenses of leveraging are paid by the holders of common shares.

Certain transactions including when-issued, delayed-delivery, forward commitment purchases, and the use of some derivatives can result in leverage. Because movements in a fund’s share price generally correlate over time with the fund’s net asset value, the market price of a leveraged fund will also tend to be more volatile than that of a comparable unleveraged fund. The costs of an offering of preferred shares and/or borrowing program would be borne by shareholders.

Under the terms of any loan agreement, the fund may be required to, among other things, limit its ability to pay distributions in certain circumstances, incur additional debts, engage in certain transactions, and pledge some or all of its assets. Such agreements could limit the fund’s ability to pursue its investment strategies. The terms of any loan agreement could be more or less restrictive than those described.

Under guidelines generally required by a rating agency providing a rating for any preferred shares, the fund may be required to, among other things, maintain certain asset coverage requirements, restrict certain investments and practices, and adopt certain redemption requirements relating to preferred shares. Such agreements could limit the fund’s ability to pursue its investment strategies. The guidelines imposed with respect to preferred shares by a rating agency could be more or less restrictive than those described.

In addition, the management fee paid to the Adviser is calculated based on net assets, including assets applicable to preferred shares, so the fee will be higher when leverage through the issuance of preferred shares is utilized, which may create an incentive for the Adviser to use leverage through the issuance of preferred shares.

Preferred Shares Risk: Holders of preferred shares may not be able to sell their shares at an auction if the auction fails; that is, if there are more preferred shares offered for sale than buyers for those shares. In addition, holders of preferred shares may receive a below-market interest rate for their shares in an auction. The preferred shares are not registered on any stock exchange or automated quotation system. There is no assurance that a secondary market for the preferred shares will be available and the fund is not required to redeem the preferred shares if an auction or the secondary market fails.


Tender Option Bond Risk: The underlying municipal instruments held by the special purpose trust are sold or distributed in-kind by the trustee if specified events occur, such as a downgrade in the rating of the underlying municipal instruments, a specified decline in the value of the underlying municipal instruments, a failed remarketing of the floating rate certificates, the bankruptcy of the issuer of the underlying municipal instruments and, if the municipal instruments are insured, of both the issuer and the insurer, and the failure of the liquidity provider to pay in accordance with the trust agreement. In the event the trustee sells or distributes in-kind the underlying municipal instruments to pay amounts owed to the floating rate certificate holders, with the remaining amount paid to the inverse floater holders, the fund’s leverage will be reduced.

Derivatives Risk: Derivatives can be highly volatile and involve risks in addition to the risks of the underlying indicator(s). Gains or losses from derivatives can be substantially greater than the derivatives’ original cost, and can sometimes be unlimited, and therefore, can involve leverage. Derivatives can be complex instruments and can involve analysis and processing that differs from that required for other investment types used by the fund. If the value of a derivative does not correlate well with the particular market or other asset class the derivative is intended to provide exposure to, the derivative may not have the effect anticipated. Derivatives can also reduce the opportunity for gains or result in losses by offsetting positive returns in other investments. Derivatives can be less liquid than other types of investments.

Anti-Takeover Provisions Risk: The fund’s declaration of trust includes provisions that could limit the ability of other persons or entities to acquire control of the fund, to convert the fund to an open-end fund, or to change the composition of the fund’s Board of Trustees. These provisions could reduce the opportunities for shareholders to sell their Common shares at a premium over the then-current market price.

Market Discount/Premium Risk: The market price of Common shares of the fund will be based on factors such as the supply and demand for Common shares in the market and general market, economic, political or regulatory conditions. Whether shareholders will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common shares of the fund will depend on the market price of Common shares at the time of the sale, not on the fund’s net asset value. The market price may be lower or higher than the fund’s net asset value. Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value.

Investment Selection Risk: The MFS analysis of an investment can be incorrect and its selection of investments can lead to an investment focus that results in the fund underperforming other funds with similar investment strategies and/or underperforming the markets in which the fund invests.

Counterparty and Third Party Risk: Transactions involving a counterparty other than the issuer of the instrument, or a third party responsible for servicing the instrument, are subject to the credit risk of the counterparty or third party, and to the counterparty’s or third party’s ability to perform in accordance with the terms of the transaction.

Liquidity Risk: Certain investments and types of investments are subject to restrictions on resale, may trade in the over-the-counter market or in limited volume, or may not have an active trading market. As a result, it may not be possible to sell the investment at any particular time or at an acceptable price.

Defensive Investing Risk: When MFS invests defensively, different factors could affect the fund’s performance and the fund may not achieve its investment objective. In addition, the defensive strategy may not work as intended.

Frequent Trading Risk: Frequent trading increases transaction costs, which may reduce the fund’s return. Frequent trading can also result in the realization of a higher percentage of short-term capital gains and a lower percentage of long-term capital gains as compared to a fund that trades less frequently. Because short-term capital gains are distributed as ordinary income, this would generally increase your tax liability unless you hold your shares through a tax-deferred or tax-exempt vehicle.

Portfolio Turnover Rate

For fiscal year ended 2006, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 33%. For fiscal year ended 2007, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 29%.


FURTHER INFORMATION ON INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

The following description supplements the principal investment strategies and the principal risks described above.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are securities that represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, pools of underlying assets such as debt securities, bank loans, motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, receivables from revolving credit (i.e., credit card) agreements and other receivables. These underlying assets are securitized through the use of trusts and special purpose entities. Payment of interest and repayment of principal on asset-backed securities may be largely dependent upon the cash flows generated by the underlying assets backing the securities and, in certain cases, may be supported by letters of credit, surety bonds, or other credit enhancements.

Asset-backed securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate, as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying assets. The rate of principal payments on asset-backed securities is related to the rate of principal payments on the underlying asset pool and related to the priority of payment of the security with respect to the asset pool. The occurrence of prepayments is a function of several factors, such as the level of interest rates, general economic conditions, the location, and age of the underlying obligations, asset default and recovery rates, and other social and demographic conditions. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, an investor generally has to reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at lower interest rates than those at which its assets were previously invested. Therefore, asset-backed securities may have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other income-bearing securities of comparable maturity.

The credit quality of asset-backed securities depends primarily on the quality of the underlying assets, the level of credit enhancement, if any, provided for the securities, and the credit quality of the credit-support provider, if any. The value of asset-backed securities may be affected by the various factors described above and other factors, such as changes in interest rates, the availability of information concerning the pool and its structure, the creditworthiness of the servicing agent for the pool, the originator of the underlying assets, or the entities providing the credit enhancement. Because asset-backed securities may not have the benefit of a security interest in the underlying assets that is comparable to a mortgage, asset-backed securities present certain additional risks that are not present with mortgage-backed securities.

Asset Segregation. With respect to certain kinds of transactions entered into by the Fund that involve obligations to make future payments to third parties, including, but not limited to, futures, forward contracts, swap contracts, the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, or reverse repurchase agreements, under applicable federal securities laws, rules, and interpretations thereof, the Fund must “set aside” (referred to sometimes as “asset segregation”) liquid assets, or engage in other measures to “cover” open positions with respect to such transactions. Assets segregated to cover these types of transactions can decline in value. For example, with respect to forward foreign currency exchange contracts and futures contracts that are not contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund must cover its open positions by setting aside liquid assets equal to the contracts’ full, notional value, except that deliverable foreign currency exchange contracts for currencies that are liquid will be treated as the equivalent of “cash-settled” contracts. As such, the Fund may set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market (net) obligation (i.e. the Fund’s daily net liability if any) rather than the full notional amount under such deliverable forward foreign currency exchange contracts. With respect to forward foreign currency exchange contracts and futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund may set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market (net) obligation rather than the notional value. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligation under liquid deliverable foreign currency exchange contracts and “cash-settled” forward or futures contracts the Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional value of such contracts. The Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future.

Commodity-Related Investments. Commodity-related investments include futures, options, options on futures, swaps, structured notes, securities of other investment companies, grantor trusts, and hybrid instruments whose values are related to commodity or commodity contracts. The value of commodity-related investments can be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, or factors affecting a particular industry or commodity, such as drought, floods, weather, livestock disease, changes in storage costs, embargoes, tariffs, policies of commodity cartels, and international market, economic, industry, political, and regulatory developments. The value of commodity-related investments can be more volatile than the value of traditional securities.

Common Stock. Common stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are bonds, debentures, notes, or other securities that may be converted into or exchanged for (by the holder or by the issuer) shares of stock (or cash or other securities of equivalent value) of the same or a different issuer at a stated exchange ratio. A convertible security may also be called for redemption or conversion by the issuer after a particular date and under certain circumstances (including a specified price) established upon issue.


Convertible securities generally have less potential for gain or loss than common stocks. Convertible securities generally provide yields higher than the underlying common stocks, but generally lower than comparable non-convertible securities. Because of this higher yield, convertible securities generally sell at prices above their “conversion value,” which is the current market value of the stock to be received upon conversion. The difference between this conversion value and the price of convertible securities will vary over time depending on changes in the value of the underlying common stocks and interest rates. When the underlying common stocks decline in value, convertible securities will tend not to decline to the same extent because of the interest or dividend payments and the repayment of principal at maturity for certain types of convertible securities. However, securities that are convertible other than at the option of the holder generally do not limit the potential for loss to the same extent as securities convertible at the option of the holder. When the underlying common stocks rise in value, the value of convertible securities may also be expected to increase. At the same time, however, the difference between the market value of convertible securities and their conversion value will narrow, which means that the value of convertible securities will generally not increase to the same extent as the value of the underlying common stocks. Because convertible securities may also be interest-rate sensitive, their value may increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. Convertible securities are also subject to credit risk, and are often lower-quality securities.

Country Location. The issuer of a security or other investment is generally deemed to be economically tied to a particular country if: (a) the security or other investment is issued or guaranteed by the government of that country or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; (b) the issuer is organized under the laws of, and maintains a principal office in, that country; (c) the issuer has its principal securities trading market in that country; (d) the issuer derives 50% or more of its total revenues from goods sold or services performed in that country; (e) the issuer has 50% or more of its assets in that country; (f) the issuer is included in an index which is representative of that country; or (g) the issuer is exposed to the economic fortunes and risks of that country.

Depositary Receipts. Depositary receipts are securities that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities that have been deposited with a “depository.” Depositary receipts may be sponsored or unsponsored and include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), European Depositary Receipts (EDRs) and Global Depositary Receipts (GDRs). In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities trade in the form of ADRs, EDRs, or GDRs. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. For ADRs, the depository is typically a U.S. financial institution and the underlying securities are issued by a foreign issuer. For other depositary receipts, the depository may be a foreign or a U.S. entity, and the underlying securities may have a foreign or a U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts will not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. Generally, ADRs are issued in registered form, denominated in U.S. dollars, and designed for use in the U.S. securities markets. Other depositary receipts, such as GDRs and EDRs, may be issued in bearer form and denominated in other currencies, and may be offered privately in the United States and are generally designed for use in securities markets outside the U.S. The deposit agreement sets out the rights and responsibilities of the underlying issuer, the depository, and the depositary receipt holders.

With sponsored facilities, the underlying issuer typically bears some of the costs of the depositary receipts (such as dividend payment fees of the depository), although most sponsored depositary receipts holders may bear costs such as deposit and withdrawal fees. Depositories of most sponsored depositary receipts agree to distribute notices of shareholder meetings, voting instructions, and other shareholder communications and financial information to the depositary receipt holders at the underlying issuer’s request.

Holders of unsponsored depositary receipts generally bear all the costs of the facility. The depository usually charges fees upon the deposit and withdrawal of the underlying securities, the conversion of dividends into U.S. dollars or other currency, the disposition of non-cash distributions, and the performance of other services. The depository of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through voting rights to depositary receipt holders with respect to the underlying securities.

Derivatives. Derivatives are financial instruments whose value is based on the value of one or more underlying indicators or the difference between underlying indicators. Underlying indicators may include a security or other financial instrument, asset, currency, interest rate, credit rating, commodity, volatility measure or index. Derivatives often involve a counterparty to the transaction. Derivatives include futures, forward contracts, options, structured securities, inverse floating rate instruments, swaps, caps, floors, and collars. Derivatives can be highly volatile and involve risks in addition to the risks of the underlying indicator(s). Gains or losses from derivatives can be substantially greater than the derivatives’ original cost and can sometimes be unlimited, and therefore, can involve leverage. Derivatives can be complex


instruments and can involve analysis and processing that differs from that required for other investment types. If the value of a derivative does not correlate well with the particular market or other asset class the derivative is intended to provide exposure to, the derivative may not have the effect anticipated. Derivatives can also reduce the opportunity for gains or result in losses by offsetting positive returns in other investments. Derivatives can be less liquid than other types of investments.

Emerging Markets. Investing in emerging market countries involves certain risks not typically associated with investing in the United States, and imposes risks greater than, or in addition to, risks of investing in more developed foreign markets. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following: greater risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; currency devaluations and other currency exchange rate fluctuations; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty and instability (including amplified risk of war and terrorism); more substantial government involvement in the economy; less government supervision and regulation of the securities markets and participants in those markets; controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; unavailability of currency hedging techniques in certain emerging market countries; the fact that companies in emerging market countries may be smaller, less seasoned, and newly organized; the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; the risk that it may be more difficult to obtain and/or enforce a judgment in a court outside the United States; the risk that a judgment against a foreign government may be unenforceable; and greater price volatility, less liquidity, and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets. Also, any change in the leadership or politics of emerging market countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities. Furthermore, high rates of inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.

Equity Securities. Equity securities represent an ownership interest, or the right to acquire an ownership interest, in a company or other issuer. Different types of equity securities provide different voting and dividend rights and priorities in the event of bankruptcy of the issuer. Equity securities include common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into stocks, depository receipts for those securities, securities of investment companies, and other similar interests in an issuer.

Floating Rate Certificates. Each holder of a floating rate certificate has the option at specified times to tender its certificate to the issuer or a specified third party acting as agent for the issuer for purchase at the stated amount of the certificate plus accrued interest. Floating rate certificates may be floating or variable rate securities. The issuer or third party agent may be unable to purchase the certificates on the purchase date due to a variety of circumstances, which may result in a loss of value of the certificates.

Foreign Currencies. Foreign securities may be denominated in foreign currencies and international currency units and foreign currencies may be purchased directly. Accordingly, the weakening of these currencies and units against the U.S. dollar would result in a decline in the value of securities denominated in that currency or the value of the currency itself.

While holding currencies permits an investor to take advantage of favorable movements in the applicable exchange rate, this strategy also exposes the investor to risk of loss if exchange rates move in a direction adverse to the investor’s position. Such losses could reduce any profits or increase any losses sustained by the investor from the sale or redemption of securities and could reduce the dollar value of interest or dividend payments received.

Some foreign countries have managed currencies, which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. Managed currencies can experience a steep devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar.

In addition, there is risk that certain foreign countries may restrict the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Further, certain currencies may not be internationally traded.

Foreign currency transactions can be made on a spot (i.e., cash) or forward basis (i.e., by entering into forward contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies). Although foreign exchange dealers generally do not charge a fee for such conversions, they do realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they are buying and selling various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the counterparty desire to resell that currency to the dealer. Forward contracts are customized transactions that require a specific amount of a currency to be delivered at a specific exchange rate on a specific date or range of dates in the future. Forward contracts are generally traded in an interbank market directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The parties to a forward contract may agree to offset or terminate the contract before its maturity, or may hold the contract to maturity and complete the contemplated currency exchange.


A “settlement hedge” or “transaction hedge” attempts to protect against an adverse change in foreign currency values between the date a security is purchased or sold and the date on which payment is made or received. Entering into a forward contract for the purchase or sale of the amount of foreign currency involved in an underlying security transaction for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars “locks in” the U.S. dollar price of the security. Forward contracts to purchase or sell a foreign currency may also be used in anticipation of future purchases or sales of securities denominated in foreign currency, even if the specific investments have not yet been selected.

Forward contracts can be used to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in foreign currency. For example, if an investor owned securities denominated in pounds sterling, the investor could enter into a forward contract to sell pounds sterling in return for U.S. dollars to hedge against possible declines in the pound’s value. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. An investor could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the pound sterling. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield, or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a direct hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

Forward contracts can also be used to shift investment exposure from one currency into another. This may include shifting exposure from U.S. dollars to a foreign currency or from one foreign currency to another foreign currency. This type of strategy, sometimes known as a “cross-hedge,” will tend to reduce or eliminate exposure to the currency that is sold, and increase exposure to the currency that is purchased, much as if a fund had sold a security denominated in one currency and purchased an equivalent security denominated in another. Cross-hedges protect against losses resulting from a decline in the hedged currency, but will cause a fund to assume the risk of fluctuations in the value of the currency it purchases.

Swap agreements, indexed securities, hybrid securities and options and futures contracts relating to foreign currencies can be used for the same purposes.

Successful use of currency management strategies will depend on MFS’ skill in analyzing currency values. Currency management strategies may increase the volatility of a fund’s returns and could result in significant losses to a fund if currencies do not perform as MFS anticipates. For example, if a currency’s value rose at a time when MFS had hedged a fund by selling that currency in exchange for dollars, a fund would not participate in the currency’s appreciation. If MFS hedges currency exposure through proxy hedges, a fund could realize currency losses from both the hedge and the security position if the two currencies do not move in tandem. Similarly, if MFS increases a fund’s exposure to a foreign currency and that currency’s value declines, a fund will realize a loss. There is no assurance that MFS’ use of currency management strategies will be advantageous to a fund or that it will hedge at appropriate times.

Foreign Markets. Foreign securities and foreign currencies, as well as any securities issued by U.S. entities with substantial foreign operations, may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments. Foreign investments involve risks relating to local political, economic, regulatory, or social instability, military action or unrest, or adverse diplomatic developments, and may be affected by actions of foreign governments adverse to the interests of U.S. investors. Such actions may include expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, restrictions on U.S. investment or on the ability to repatriate assets or convert currency into U.S. dollars, or other government intervention. The debt instruments of foreign governments and their agencies and instrumentalities may or may not be supported by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Additionally, governmental issuers of foreign debt securities may be unwilling to pay interest and repay principal when due and may require that the conditions for payment be renegotiated. In addition, the value of securities denominated in foreign currencies and of dividends and interest paid with respect to such securities will fluctuate based on the relative strength of the U.S. dollar.

Foreign stock markets, while growing in volume and sophistication, are generally not as developed as those in the United States, and securities of some foreign issuers may be less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign security trading, settlement and custodial practices (including those involving securities settlement where fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment) are often less developed than those in U.S. markets, and may result in increased risk or substantial delays in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency of, or breach of duty by, a foreign broker-dealer, securities depository, or foreign subcustodian. In addition, the costs associated with foreign investments, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions, and custodial costs, are generally higher than with U.S. investments.


Foreign markets may offer less protection to investors than U.S. markets. Foreign issuers are generally not bound by uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting requirements and standards of practice comparable to those applicable to U.S. issuers. Adequate public information on foreign issuers may not be available, and it may be difficult to secure dividends and information regarding corporate actions on a timely basis. In general, there is less overall governmental supervision and regulation of securities exchanges, brokers, and listed companies than in the United States. OTC markets tend to be less regulated than stock exchange markets and, in certain countries, may be totally unregulated. Regulatory enforcement may be influenced by economic or political concerns, and investors may have difficulty enforcing their legal rights in foreign countries.

Some foreign securities impose restrictions on transfer within the United States or to U.S. persons. Although securities subject to such transfer restrictions may be marketable abroad, they may be less liquid than foreign securities of the same class that are not subject to such restrictions.

Futures Contracts. A futures contract is a standardized agreement between two parties to buy or sell in the future a specific quantity of an asset, currency, interest rate, index, commodity, instrument or other indicator at a specific price and time. The value of a futures contract typically fluctuates in correlation with the increase or decrease in the value of the underlying indicator. The buyer of a futures contract enters into an agreement to purchase the underlying indicator on the settlement date and is said to be “long” the contract. The seller of a futures contract enters into an agreement to sell the underlying indicator on the settlement date and is said to be “short” the contract. The price at which a futures contract is entered into is established either in the electronic marketplace or by open outcry on the floor of an exchange between exchange members acting as traders or brokers. Open futures contracts can be liquidated or closed out by physical delivery of the underlying indicator or payment of the cash settlement amount on the settlement date, depending on the terms of the particular contract. Some financial futures contracts (such as security futures) provide for physical settlement at maturity. In the case of physically settled futures, it may not be possible to liquidate or close out the futures contract at any particular time or at an acceptable price. Other financial futures contracts (such as those relating to interest rates, foreign currencies and securities indexes) generally provide for cash settlement at maturity. In the case of cash settled futures contracts, the cash settlement amount is equal to the difference between the final settlement price on the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the contract was entered into. Most futures contracts, however, are not held until maturity but instead are “offset” before the settlement date through the establishment of an opposite and equal futures position.

The purchaser or seller of a futures contract is not required to deliver or pay for the underlying indicator unless the contract is held until the settlement date. However, both the purchaser and seller are required to deposit “initial margin” with a futures commission merchant (FCM) when the futures contract is entered into. Initial margin deposits are typically calculated as a percentage of the contract’s market value. If the value of either party’s position declines, that party will be required to make additional “variation margin” payments to settle the change in value on a daily basis. This process is known as “marking-to-market.”

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts can be substantial, because of the low margin deposits required, the extremely high degree of leverage involved in futures pricing, and the potential high volatility of the futures markets. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures position may result in immediate and substantial loss (or gain) to the investor. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in unlimited losses. In the event of adverse price movements, an investor would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In addition, on the settlement date, an investor may be required to make delivery of the indicators underlying the futures positions it holds.

An investor could suffer losses if it is unable to close out a futures contract because of an illiquid secondary market. Futures contracts may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market for such products. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures product at any specific time. Thus, it may not be possible to close a futures position, and an investor would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. Moreover, most futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of future positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses. The inability to close futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the ability to hedge a portfolio investment or to establish a substitute for a portfolio investment.


An investor could lose margin payments it has deposited with its futures commission merchant (FCM), if, for example, the FCM breaches its agreement with the investor or becomes insolvent or goes into bankruptcy. In that event, the investor may be entitled to return of margin owed to it only in proportion to the amount received by the FCM’s other customers, potentially resulting in losses to the investor.

If MFS attempts to use a futures contract as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the futures position may not correlate as expected with the portfolio investment, resulting in losses to the fund. While hedging strategies involving futures products can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other fund investments.

Pursuant to a claim of exemption filed with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) on behalf of the MFS Funds that are permitted by their investment objectives and policies to use futures and options on futures contracts, each such MFS Fund is not deemed to be a “commodity pool” or “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and is not subject to registration or regulation as such under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Hybrid Instruments. Hybrid instruments are generally considered derivatives and combine the elements of swaps, futures contracts, or options with those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument. A hybrid instrument may be a debt instrument, preferred stock, warrant, convertible security, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices, of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, commodities, indexes, economic factors or other measures, including interest rates, currency exchange rates, or commodities or securities indices, or other indicators (collectively, “indicators”).

The risks of investing in hybrid instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, swaps, options, futures and currencies. An investment in a hybrid instrument may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published benchmark. The risks of a particular hybrid instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include the possibility of significant changes in the benchmark(s) or the prices of the underlying indicators to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the hybrid instrument, which may not be foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand of the underlying indicators and interest rate movements. Hybrid instruments may be highly volatile.

Hybrid instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Depending on the structure of the particular hybrid instrument, changes in a benchmark, underlying asset or indicator may be magnified by the terms of the hybrid instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the hybrid instrument. Also, the prices of the hybrid instrument and the benchmark, underlying asset or indicator may not move in the same direction or at the same time.

Hybrid instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, hybrid instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter scenario may result if “leverage” is used to structure the hybrid instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the hybrid instrument is structured so that a given change in a benchmark or underlying indicator is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the hybrid instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.

If MFS attempts to use a hybrid instrument as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the hybrid instrument may not correlate as expected with the portfolio investment, resulting in losses to the fund. While hedging strategies involving hybrid instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other fund investments.

Hybrid instruments may also carry liquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt instruments. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of such an investment could be zero. In addition, because the purchase and sale of hybrid investments could take place in an over-the-counter market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization, or in a transaction between the fund and the issuer of the hybrid instrument, hybrid instruments are subject to the creditworthiness of the issuer of the hybrid instrument, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates. Hybrid instruments also may not be subject to regulation by the CFTC, which generally regulates the trading of commodity futures by U.S. persons, the SEC, which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to U.S. persons, or any other governmental regulatory authority.


Inflation-Indexed Bonds. Inflation-indexed bonds are debt instruments whose principal value is adjusted periodically according to a rate of inflation (usually a consumer price index). Two structures are most common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers use a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the inflation accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) currently are issued with maturities of five, ten, or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The principal amount of TIPS adjusts for inflation, although the inflation-adjusted principal is not paid until maturity. Semi-annual coupon payments are determined as a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal at the time the payment is made.

If the rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. At maturity, TIPS are redeemed at the greater of their inflation-adjusted principal or at the par amount at original issue. If an inflation-indexed bond does not provide a guarantee of principal at maturity, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal.

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. For example, if inflation were to rise at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates would likely decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates would likely rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

While these securities, if held to maturity, are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If nominal interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to an expansion of non-inflationary economic activity), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase in rates is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

The inflation adjustment of TIPS is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of price changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation, and energy. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services.

Inverse Floaters. Inverse floaters have variable interest rates that typically move in the opposite direction from movements in prevailing interest rates, most often short-term rates. Accordingly, the value of inverse floaters, or other obligations or certificates structured to have similar features, generally moves in the opposite direction as interest rates. The value of an inverse floater can be considerably more volatile than the value of other debt instruments of comparable maturity and quality. Inverse floaters incorporate varying degrees of leverage. Generally, greater leverage results in greater price volatility for any given change in interest rates. Inverse floaters may be subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale and therefore may be less liquid than other types of securities.

Lending. The fund may not lend any security or make any other loan, if as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties. This limitation does not apply to the purchase of debt instruments, money market instruments, repurchase agreements, loans, or other direct indebtedness.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. Portfolio securities may be lent to qualified investors such as member firms of the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”) (and subsidiaries thereof) and member banks of the Federal Reserve System, and would be required to be secured by collateral in cash, an irrevocable letter of credit, or U.S. Government securities maintained on a current basis at an amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned. When one party lends portfolio securities to another party, the lender has the right to call the loan and obtain the securities loaned at any time on customary industry settlement notice (which will not usually exceed five business days). For the duration of a loan, the borrower pays the lender an amount equal to any interest or dividends received on the securities loaned. The lender also receives a fee from the borrower or compensation from the investment of the collateral, less a fee paid to the borrower (if the collateral is in the form of cash). The lender does not, however, have the right to vote any securities having voting rights during the existence of the loan, but it can call the loan in anticipation of an important vote to be taken among holders of the securities or of the giving or withholding of their consent on a material matter affecting the investment. A fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of interest, through investment of cash collateral by the fund or a fee. If the borrower defaults on its obligation to return the securities loaned because of insolvency or other reasons, the lender may not be able to recover the securities loaned or gain access to the collateral. These delays and costs could be greater for foreign securities. If the lender is not able to recover the securities loaned, the lender may sell the collateral and purchase a replacement investment in the market. The value of the collateral could decrease below the value of the replacement investment by the time the replacement investment is purchased.


Loans and Other Direct Indebtedness. Loans and other direct indebtedness are interests in amounts owed by corporations, governmental or other borrowers to lenders or lending syndicates (loans and loan participations), to suppliers of goods and services (trade claims and other receivables), or to other parties. Some loans may be unsecured in part or in full. Loans may be in default at the time of purchase. Loans that are fully secured should protect the purchaser to a greater extent than unsecured loans in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there can be no assurance that the liquidation of collateral acquired in connection with the default of a secured loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated.

Loans generally are made to finance internal growth, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, leveraged buy-outs or other corporate activities. Such loans typically are originated, negotiated and structured by a syndicate of lenders represented by an agent lender that has negotiated and structured the loan and that is responsible for collecting interest and principal payments and other amounts due on behalf of all of the lenders in the syndicate, and for enforcing the lenders’ rights against the borrower. Typically, the agent is given broad discretion in monitoring the borrower’s performance and is obligated to use the same care it would use in the management of its own property. Upon an event of default, the agent typically will enforce the loan agreement after instruction from the lenders. The borrower compensates the agent for these services. This compensation may include special fees paid when the loan is structured or funded and other fees paid on a continuing basis. The typical practice of an agent or a lender to rely exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower involves a risk of fraud by the borrower.

If an agent becomes insolvent, or has a receiver, conservator or similar official appointed for it by an appropriate authority, or if it becomes a debtor in a bankruptcy proceeding, the agent’s appointment may be terminated, and a successor agent typically may be appointed by the lenders. If an appropriate authority determines that assets held by the agent for the benefit of lenders or purchasers of loans are subject to the claims of the agent’s general or secured creditors, then such lenders or purchasers might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. Furthermore, in the event of the borrower’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the borrower’s obligation to repay a loan may be subject to certain defenses that the borrower can assert as a result of improper conduct by the agent.

Loans may be acquired by participating directly in a lending syndicate as a lender. Alternatively, loans or an interest in loans may be acquired by novation, by assignment or by participation from members of the lending syndicate or from other participants. In a novation or an assignment, the acquirer assumes all of the rights of the lender in the loan or of the participant in the participants’ portion of the loan and, in the case of a novation or an assignment from a member of the lending syndicate, becomes a party of record with respect to the loan. In a participation, the acquirer purchases a portion of the lender’s or the participants’ interest in the loan, but has no direct contractual relationship with the borrower. An investment in a loan by participation gives rise to several risks. The acquirer must rely on another party not only for the enforcement of the acquirer’s rights against the borrower, but also for the receipt and processing of principal, interest or other payments due under the loan and may be subject to the credit risk of the other party in addition to the borrower. The acquirer may be subject to delays, expenses, and risks that are greater than those that would be involved if the acquirer could enforce its rights directly against the borrower. In addition, under the terms of a participation agreement, the acquirer may be regarded as a creditor of the seller of the participation interest (rather than of the borrower), so that the acquirer also may be subject to the risk that such seller could become insolvent. A participation agreement also may limit the rights of the acquirer to vote on changes that may be made to the underlying loan agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant.

Direct indebtedness includes trade or other claims against companies, which generally represent monies owed by such companies to suppliers of goods or services. Such claims may be purchased when such companies are in default.

The ability to receive payments of principal and interest on loans and other direct indebtedness will depend primarily on the financial condition of the borrower. Because an acquirer may be required to rely on another party to collect and to pass on to it amounts payable with respect to the loan or other direct indebtedness and to enforce the acquirer’s rights under the loan or other direct indebtedness, an insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of such other party may delay or prevent the acquirer from receiving such amounts. The highly leveraged nature of many loans and other direct indebtedness may make such loans and other direct indebtedness especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions.


Revolving credit facilities and other standby financing commitments obligate the purchaser to fund additional cash on a certain date or on demand. A revolving credit facility differs from other types of financing commitments in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. These commitments may have the effect of requiring a purchaser to increase its investment in a company at a time when the purchaser might not otherwise decide to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

Floating rate loans generally are subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale. Floating rate loans currently are not listed on any securities exchange or automatic quotation system. As a result, no active market may exist for some floating rate loans, and to the extent a secondary market exists for other floating rate loans, such market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Additionally, the supply of floating rate loans may be limited from time to time due to a lack of sellers in the market for existing floating rate loans or to the number of new floating rate loans currently being issued. As a result, the floating rate loans available for purchase may be of lower quality or may have a higher price.

With respect to its management of investments in bank loans, MFS will normally seek to avoid receiving material, non-public information (“MNPI”) about the issuers of bank loans being considered for acquisition by the fund or held in the fund’s portfolio. In many instances, borrowers may offer to furnish MNPI to prospective investors, and to holders, of the issuer’s loans. MFS’ decision not to receive MNPI may place MFS at a disadvantage relative to other investors in loans (which could have an adverse effect on the price the fund pays or receives when buying or selling loans). Also, in instances where holders of loans are asked to grant amendments, waivers or consent, MFS’ ability to assess their significance or desirability may be adversely affected. For these and other reasons, it is possible that MFS’ decision not to receive MNPI under normal circumstances could adversely affect the fund’s investment performance.

Notwithstanding its intention generally not to receive MNPI with respect to its management of investments in loans, MFS may from time to time come into possession of MNPI about the issuers of loans that may be held in the fund’s portfolio. Possession of such information may in some instances occur despite MFS’ efforts to avoid such possession, but in other instances MFS may choose to receive such information (for example, in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee with respect to a financially distressed issuer). As, and to the extent, required by applicable law, MFS’ ability to trade in these loans for the account of the fund could potentially be limited by its possession of such information. Such limitations on MFS’ ability to trade could have an adverse effect on the fund by, for example, preventing the fund from selling a loan that is experiencing a material decline in value. In some instances, these trading restrictions could continue in effect for a substantial period of time.

Lower Quality Debt Instruments. Lower quality debt instruments are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments and, while generally expected to provide greater income than investments in higher quality debt instruments, will involve greater risk of principal and income (including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such instruments) and may involve greater volatility of price (especially during periods of economic uncertainty or change) than higher quality debt instruments. In addition, because yields vary over time, no specific level of income can ever be assured. These lower quality debt instruments generally tend to reflect economic changes (and the outlook for economic growth), short-term corporate and industry developments and the market’s perception of their credit quality to a greater extent than higher quality debt instruments, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates (although these lower quality debt instruments are also affected by changes in interest rates). In the past, economic downturns or an increase in interest rates have, under certain circumstances, resulted in a higher incidence of default by the issuers of these instruments and may do so in the future, especially in the case of highly leveraged issuers. The prices for these instruments may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. The market for these lower quality debt instruments may be less liquid than the market for investment grade debt instruments. Furthermore, the liquidity of these lower quality debt instruments may be affected by the market’s perception of their credit quality.

Instruments in the lowest tier of investment-grade debt instruments, while normally exhibiting adequate protection parameters, have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than in the case of higher grade securities.

See Appendix A for a description of bond ratings.

Money Market Instruments. Money market instruments, or short-term debt instruments, consist of obligations such as commercial paper, bank obligations (e.g., certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances), repurchase agreements, and various government obligations, such as Treasury bills. Money market instruments may be structured to be, or may employ a trust or other form so that they are, eligible investments for money market funds. For example, put features can be used to modify the maturity of a security or interest rate adjustment features can be used to enhance price stability. If a structure fails to function as intended, adverse tax or investment consequences may result. Neither the Internal Revenue


Service (IRS) nor any other regulatory authority has ruled definitively on certain legal issues presented by certain structured securities. Future tax or other regulatory determinations could adversely affect the value, liquidity, or tax treatment of the income received from these securities. Commercial paper is a money market instrument issued by banks or companies to raise money for short-term purposes. Unlike some other debt obligations, commercial paper is typically unsecured. Commercial paper may be issued as an asset-backed security.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are securities that represent direct or indirect participation in, or are collateralized by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property or instruments derived from such loans. Mortgage-backed securities are backed by different types of mortgages, including commercial and residential properties and reverse mortgages. Mortgage-backed securities include various types of securities such as pass-throughs, stripped mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations. There are a wide variety of mortgage types underlying these securities, including mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may be shorter than customary.

Mortgage-backed securities represent interests in pools of mortgage loans assembled for sale to investors by various governmental agencies, such as the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), by government-related organizations, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), and by private issuers, such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions and mortgage companies. Government mortgage-backed securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States as to payment of principal and interest. GNMA, the principal U.S. guarantor of these securities, is a wholly-owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. Government-related mortgage-backed securities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Issuers of government-related mortgage-backed securities include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a congressionally chartered corporation owned entirely by private stockholders, and is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.

Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA. FHLMC is a stockholder-owned government-sponsored enterprise established by Congress. Participation certificates representing interests in mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio are guaranteed as to the timely payment of interest and principal by FHLMC.

Private mortgage-backed securities represent interest in pass-through pools consisting of residential or commercial mortgage loans created by non-government issuers, such as commercial banks and savings and loan associations and private mortgage companies. Private mortgage-backed securities may be subject to greater credit risk and be more volatile than government or government-related mortgage-backed securities. In addition, private mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid than government or government-related mortgage-backed securities.

Private, government, or government-related entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described above. Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt instruments, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities typically provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments generally are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs incurred.

Mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying loans. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors or mortgage foreclosures shorten the term of the mortgage pool underlying the mortgage-backed security. The occurrence of prepayments is a function of several factors, including interest rates, general economic conditions, the location of the mortgaged property, the age of the mortgage or other underlying obligations, and other social and demographic conditions. Because prepayment rates of individual mortgage pools vary widely, the average life of a particular pool is difficult to predict. The rate of principal payments for a reverse mortgage-backed security depends on a variety of economic, geographic, social, and other factors, including interest rates and borrower mortality. Reverse mortgage-backed securities may respond differently to economic, geographic, social, and other factors than other mortgage-backed securities. A fund’s ability to maintain positions in mortgage-backed securities is affected by the reductions in the principal amount of such securities resulting from prepayments. The values of mortgage-backed securities vary with changes in market interest rates generally and the differentials in yields among various kinds of U.S. government securities, mortgage-backed securities, and asset-backed securities. In periods of rising interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to decrease, thereby lengthening the average life of a pool of mortgages supporting a mortgage-backed security. Conversely, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase thereby shortening the


average life of such a pool. Because prepayments of principal generally occur when interest rates are declining, an investor generally has to reinvest the proceeds of such prepayments at lower interest rates than those at which its assets were previously invested. Therefore, mortgage-backed securities typically have less potential for capital appreciation in periods of falling interest rates than other income-bearing securities of comparable maturity.

Collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) are mortgage-backed securities that are collateralized by whole loan mortgages or mortgage pass-through securities. The bonds issued in a CMO transaction are divided into groups, and each group of bonds is referred to as a “tranche.” Under the traditional CMO structure, the cash flows generated by the mortgages or mortgage pass-through securities in the collateral pool are used to first pay interest and then pay principal to the CMO bondholders. The bonds issued under a traditional CMO structure are retired sequentially as opposed to the pro-rata return of principal found in traditional pass-through obligations. Subject to the various provisions of individual CMO issues, the cash flow generated by the underlying collateral (to the extent it exceeds the amount required to pay the stated interest) is used to retire the bonds. Under a CMO structure, the repayment of principal among the different tranches is prioritized in accordance with the terms of the particular CMO issuance. The “fastest-pay” tranches of bonds, as specified in the prospectus for the issuance, would initially receive all principal payments. When those tranches of bonds are retired, the next tranche, or tranches, in the sequence, as specified in the prospectus, receive all of the principal payments until they are retired. The sequential retirement of bond groups continues until the last tranche is retired. Accordingly, the CMO structure allows the issuer to use cash flows of long maturity, monthly-pay collateral to formulate securities with short, intermediate, and long final maturities, as well as varied expected average lives and risk characteristics. In recent years, new types of CMO tranches have evolved. These include floating rate CMOs, parallel pay CMOs planned amortization classes, accrual bonds and CMO residuals. These newer structures affect the amount and timing of principal and interest received by each tranche from the underlying collateral. Under certain of these new structures, given classes of CMOs have priority over others with respect to the receipt of prepayments on the mortgages. Therefore, depending on the type of CMOs in which a fund invests, the investment may be subject to a greater or lesser risk of prepayment than other types of mortgage-backed securities.

A primary risk of CMOs is the uncertainty of the timing of cash flows that results from the rate of prepayments on the underlying mortgages serving as collateral and from the structure of the particular CMO transaction (that is, the priority of the individual tranches). An increase or decrease in prepayment rates (resulting from a decrease or increase in mortgage interest rates) will affect the yield, average life, and price of CMOs. The prices of certain CMOs, depending on their structure and the rate of prepayments, can be volatile. Some CMOs may also not be as liquid as other securities.

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) are a type of mortgage-backed security that are collateralized by a pool of commercial mortgage loans. The bonds issued in a CMBS transaction are divided into groups, and each group of bonds is referred to as a “tranche.” Under a typical CMBS structure, the repayment of principal among the different tranches is prioritized in accordance with the terms of the particular CMBS issuance. The “fastest-pay” tranches of bonds, as specified in the prospectus for the issuance, would initially receive all principal payments. When those tranches of bonds are retired, the next tranche, or tranches, in the sequence, as specified in the prospectus, receive all of the principal payments until they are retired. The sequential retirement of bond groups continues until the last tranche is retired. Accordingly, the CMBS structure allows the issuer to use cash flows of long maturity, monthly-pay collateral to formulate securities with short, intermediate, and long final maturities. The value of CMBS depend on the cash flow and volatility of the commercial loans, the volatility and reliability of cash flows associated with the commercial properties; the type, quality, and competitiveness of the commercial properties; the experience, reputation and capital resources of the borrower and the manager; the location of the commercial properties; the quality of the tenants; and the terms of the loan agreements.

Stripped mortgage-backed securities (SMBSs) are derivative multi-class mortgage-backed securities. SMBSs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, and special purpose entities formed or sponsored by any of the foregoing. SMBSs may be less liquid than other types of mortgage-backed securities.

SMBSs are usually structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of SMBS will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest-only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal-only or “PO” class). The price and yield-to-maturity on an IO class is extremely sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on a fund’s yield to maturity from these securities. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may


fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in these securities, even if the security is in one of the highest rating categories. The mortgages underlying these securities may be alternative mortgage instruments, that is, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may be shorter than customary.

Mortgage “Dollar Roll” Transactions. In mortgage “dollar roll” transactions, the investor sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the future and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the investor foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. The lost interest is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on, and gains from, the investment of the cash proceeds of the initial sale. A commitment fee may also be received for participation in such transaction.

If the income and capital gains from the investment of the cash from the initial sale do not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will result in a lower return than would have been realized without the use of the dollar rolls. Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities that are required to be purchased in the future may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the party to whom the securities are sold becomes insolvent, the right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the investor’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments.

A dollar roll can be viewed as a borrowing. If a fund makes additional investments while a dollar roll is outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage.

Municipal Instruments. Debt instruments issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities, are known as “municipal instruments.” Generally, interest received on municipal instruments is exempt from federal income tax. The tax-exempt nature of the interest on a municipal instrument is generally the subject of a bond counsel opinion delivered in connection with the issuance of the instrument. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree with bond counsel’s opinion that such interest is tax-exempt or that the interest payments on such municipal instruments will continue to be tax exempt for the life of the municipal instrument. Issuers or other parties generally enter into covenants requiring continuing compliance with federal tax requirements to preserve the tax-free status of interest payments over the life of the municipal instrument. If at any time the covenants are not complied with, or if the IRS otherwise determines that the issuer did not comply with relevant tax requirements, interest payments from a municipal instrument could become federally taxable, possibly retroactively to the date the municipal instrument was issued and an investor may need to file an amended income tax return. Certain types of structured securities are designed so that tax exempt interest from municipal instruments held by the underlying entity will pass through to the holders of the structured security. There is no assurance that the IRS will agree that such interest is tax exempt.

The value of municipal instruments can be affected by changes in their actual or perceived credit quality. The credit quality of municipal instruments can be affected by, among other things, the financial condition of the issuer or guarantor, the issuer’s future borrowing plans and sources of revenue, the economic feasibility of the revenue bond project or general borrowing purpose, political or economic developments in the region where the instrument is issued and the liquidity of the security. Municipal instruments generally trade in the over-the-counter market.

General obligation bonds are backed by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power for the repayment of principal and the payment of interest. Issuers of general obligation bonds include states, counties, cities, towns, and regional districts. The proceeds of these obligations are used to fund a wide range of public projects, including construction or improvement of schools, highways and roads, and water and sewer systems. The rate of taxes that can be levied for the payment of debt service on these bonds may be limited. Additionally, there may be limits as to the rate or amount of special assessments or taxes that can be levied to meet these obligations.

Some general obligation bonds are backed by both a pledge of a specific revenue source, such as a special assessment or tax and an issuer’s pledge of its full faith and credit and taxing power. Debt service from these general obligation bonds is typically paid first from the specific revenue source and second, if the specific revenue source is insufficient, from the general taxing power.

Revenue bonds are generally backed by the net revenues derived from a particular facility, group of facilities, or, in some cases, the proceeds of a special excise tax or other specific revenue source, such as a state’s or local government’s proportionate share of the payments from the Tobacco Master Settlement Agreement. Revenue bonds are issued to finance a wide variety of capital projects. Examples include electric, gas, water and sewer systems; highways, bridges, and tunnels; port and airport facilities; colleges and universities; and hospitals. Industrial development bonds, a type of revenue bond, are issued by or on behalf of public authorities to raise money to finance various privately operated


facilities for a variety of purposes, including economic development, solid waste disposal, transportation, and pollution control. Although the principal security for revenue bonds is typically the revenues of the specific facility, project, company or system, many revenue bonds are secured by additional collateral in the form of a mortgage on the real estate comprising a specific facility, project or system, a lien on receivables and personal property, as well as the pledge of various reserve funds available to fund debt service, working capital, capital expenditures or other needs. Net revenues and other security pledged may be insufficient to pay principal and interest due which will cause the price of the bonds to decline. In some cases, revenue bonds issued by an authority are backed by a revenue stream unrelated to the issuer, such as a hotel occupancy tax, a sales tax, or a special assessment. In these cases, the ability of the authority to pay debt service is solely dependent on the revenue stream generated by the special tax. Furthermore, the taxes supporting such issues may be subject to legal limitations as to rate or amount.

Municipal insurance policies typically insure, subject to the satisfaction of the policy conditions, timely and scheduled payment of all principal and interest due on the underlying municipal instruments. The insurance may be obtained by either (i) the issuer at the time the municipal instrument is issued, commonly referred to as primary market insurance or (ii) another party after the municipal instrument has been issued, commonly referred to as secondary market insurance. The financial strength of the companies issuing the bond insurance can vary.

In general, municipal insurance does not insure any risk other than nonpayment. Municipal insurance does not insure against market fluctuations which affect the price of a security. In addition, a municipal insurance policy will not insure (i) the payment of regularly scheduled debt service payments until maturity if an issuer redeems the municipal bonds prior to maturity in accordance with the call provisions of the municipal instrument; (ii) over the loss of prepayment or other acceleration payment which at any time may become due in respect of any instrument, (except for a mandatory sinking fund redemption; (iii) the payment of a prepayment or acceleration premium; or (iv) nonpayment of principal or interest caused by negligence or bankruptcy of the paying agent. A municipal insurance policy often reserves to the insurer the exclusive right to accelerate the instruments upon a payment default.

Because a significant portion of the municipal instruments issued and outstanding are insured by a small number of insurance companies, an event involving one or more of these insurance companies could have a significant adverse effect on the value of the securities insured by that insurance company and on the municipal market as a whole.

The various insurance companies providing primary and secondary market insurance policies for municipal instruments are described below. Ratings reflect each respective rating agency’s assessment of the creditworthiness of an insurer and the insurer’s ability to pay claims on its insurance policies at the time of the assessment.

Ambac Assurance Corp. (AMBAC), a wholly owned subsidiary of Ambac Financial Group, Inc., is a guarantor of public finance and structured finance obligations. As of June 30, 2008, Ambac has earned “Aa3” ratings from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and “AA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Assured Guaranty Insurance Co. (ASSD GTY) is a provider of financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance to the U.S. and global capital markets. As of June 30, 2008, Assured Guaranty has earned “Aaa” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “AAA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “AAA” ratings from Fitch, Inc.

Berkshire Hathaway Assurance Company (BHAC) guarantees interest and principal on debt by U.S. states, cities and towns. As of June 30, 2008, BHAC has earned “Aaa” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and “AAA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

CIFG Assurance North America (CIFG) provides insurance for investment grade transactions in the structured finance, public finance and project finance markets in the US and Europe. As of June 30, 2008, CIFG has earned “Ba2” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “A-” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “CCC” ratings from Fitch, Inc.

Financial Guaranty Insurance Co. (FGIC) is a provider of financial guaranties for a variety of debt securities. As of June 30, 2008, FGIC has earned “B1” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “BB” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “BBB” ratings from Fitch, Inc.

Financial Security Assurance Inc. (FSA) provides financial guaranty insurance for a broad range of financings, including municipal bonds and loans. As of June 30, 2008, FSA has earned “Aaa” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “AAA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “AAA” ratings from Fitch, Inc.

Government National Mortgage Assn. (GNMA) offers mortgage-backed securities carrying the full faith and credit guaranty of the United States government. As of June 30, 2008, GNMA has earned “Aaa” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “AAA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “AAA” ratings from Fitch, Inc.


MBIA Insurance Corp. (MBIA) is a financial guarantor and provider of specialized financial services. As of June 30, 2008, MBIA has earned “A2” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and “AA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Permanent School Fund (PSF) was created by the Texas Legislature as a bond guarantee program for the benefit of Texas public schools. As of June 30, 2008, PSF has earned “Aaa” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “AAA” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “AAA” ratings from Fitch, Inc.

XL Capital Insurance Co. (XLCA) is a provider of global insurance and reinsurance coverage to industrial, commercial and professional service firms, insurance companies, and other enterprises on a worldwide basis. As of June 30, 2008, XLCA has earned “B2” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc., “BBB-” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, and “BB” ratings from Fitch, Inc.

Federal Housing Administration (FHA) is a federal agency that provides mortgage insurance on loans made by FHA-approved lenders throughout the United States and its territories.

Federal National Mortgage Assn. (FNMA) is a financial services company serving the American home mortgage industry. Fannie Mae offers banks and other mortgage lenders financing, credit guarantees, technology and services so lenders can make more home loans to more consumers.

Connie Lee Insurance Co. (CONNIE LEE) was acquired by Ambac Assurance Corp in 1997, thus Connie Lee rated bonds carry the ratings of Ambac insured bonds.

Radian Asset Assurance, Inc. (RADIAN) provides financial guaranty insurance and reinsurance to US and international issuers of municipal bonds, asset-backed securities and structured finance transactions. As of June 30, 2008, RADIAN has earned “A3” ratings from Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and “A” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

ACA Financial Guaranty Corp. (ACA) provides financial guaranty insurance on municipal and other public finance bonds that guarantee to the investor the timely payment of interest and principal on such obligations. As of June 30, 2008, ACA has earned “CCC” ratings from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services.

Education. In general, there are two types of education-related bonds: (i) those issued to finance projects for public and private colleges and universities, charter schools and private schools, and (ii) those representing pooled interests in student loans. Bonds issued to supply educational institutions with funding are subject to many risks, including the risks of unanticipated revenue decline, primarily the result of decreasing student enrollment, decreasing state and federal funding, or a change in general economic conditions. Additionally, higher than anticipated costs associated with salaries, utilities, insurance or other general expenses could impair the ability of a borrower to make annual debt service payments. Student loan revenue bonds are generally offered by state (or substate) authorities or commissions and are backed by pools of student loans. Underlying student loans may be guaranteed by state guarantee agencies and may be subject to reimbursement by the United States Department of Education through its guaranteed student loan program. Others may be private, uninsured loans made to parents or students which may be supported by reserves or other forms of credit enhancement. Recoveries of principal due to loan defaults may be applied to redemption of bonds or may be used to re-lend, depending on program latitude and demand for loans. Cash flows supporting student loan revenue bonds are impacted by numerous factors, including the rate of student loan defaults, seasoning of the loan portfolio, and student repayment deferral periods of forbearance. Other risks associated with student loan revenue bonds include potential changes in federal legislation regarding student loan revenue bonds, state guarantee agency reimbursement and continued federal interest and other program subsidies currently in effect.

Electric Utilities. The electric utilities industry has been experiencing increased competitive pressures. Federal and state legislation in recent years has been moving the industry toward opening transmission access to any electricity supplier, although it is not presently known to what extent competition will evolve. Other risks include: (a) the availability and cost of fuel, (b) the availability and cost of capital, (c) the effects of conservation on energy demand, (d) the effects of rapidly changing environmental, safety, and licensing requirements, and other federal, state, and local regulations, (e) timely and sufficient rate increases thereby assisting utilities in recovering increasing energy costs, and (f) opposition to nuclear power.

Health Care. The health care industry is subject to regulatory action by a number of governmental agencies, including federal, state, and local governmental agencies. A major source of revenues for the health care industry is payments from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. As a result, the industry is sensitive to legislative changes and reductions in governmental spending for such programs. A second major source of revenues for the health care industry is payments from private insurance companies and health maintenance organizations. As such, any changes to and reductions in reimbursement rates from these entities for services provided could be detrimental to the revenues of the providers.


Numerous other factors may affect the industry, such as general and local economic conditions; demand for services; expenses (including for example, labor, malpractice insurance premiums and pharmaceutical products); and competition among health care providers. In the future, the following factors may adversely affect health care facility operations: adoption of legislation proposing a national health insurance program; other state or local health care reform measures; medical and technological advances which dramatically alter the need for health services or the way in which such services are delivered; changes in medical coverage which alter the traditional fee-for-service revenue stream; and efforts by employers, insurers, and governmental agencies to reduce the costs of health insurance and health care services.

Housing. Housing revenue bonds typically are issued by a state, county, or local housing authority and are secured by the revenues of mortgages originated by the authority using the proceeds of the bond issue. These bonds may be used to make mortgage loans for single-family housing, multi-family housing, or a combination of the two. Because of the impossibility of precisely predicting demand for mortgages from the proceeds of such an issue, there is a risk that the proceeds of the issue will be in excess of demand, which would result in early retirement of the bonds by the issuer. Moreover, such housing revenue bonds depend for their repayment upon the cash flow from the underlying mortgages, which cannot be precisely predicted when the bonds are issued. Any difference in the actual cash flow from such mortgages from the assumed cash flow could have an adverse impact upon the ability of the issuer to make scheduled payments of principal and interest on the bonds, or could result in early retirement of the bonds. Additionally, such bonds depend in part for scheduled payments of principal and interest upon reserve funds established from the proceeds of the bonds, assuming certain rates of return on investment of such reserve funds. If the assumed rates of return are not realized because of changes in interest rate levels or for other reasons, the actual cash flow for scheduled payments of principal and interest on the bonds may be inadequate. The financing of multi-family housing projects is affected by a variety of factors which may impact the borrower’s ability to pay debt service and may impair the value of the collateral securing the bonds, if any. These factors include satisfactory completion of construction within cost constraints, the achievement and maintenance of a sufficient level of occupancy, sound management of the developments, timely and adequate increases in rents to cover increases in operating expenses, including taxes, utility rates and maintenance costs, changes in applicable laws and governmental regulations and social and economic trends. Some authorities provide additional security for the bonds in the form of insurance, subsidies, additional collateral, or state pledges (without obligation) to make up deficiencies.

Transportation. Transportation debt may be issued to finance the construction of airports, toll roads, highways, or other transit facilities. Airport bonds are dependent on the economic conditions of the airport’s service area and may be affected by the business strategies and fortunes of specific airlines. They may also be subject to competition from other airports and modes of transportation. Air traffic generally follows broader economic trends and is also affected by the price and availability of fuel. Toll road bonds are also affected by the cost and availability of fuel as well as toll levels, the presence of competing roads and the general economic health of an area. Fuel costs, transportation taxes and fees, and availability of fuel also affect other transportation-related securities, as do the presence of alternate forms of transportation, such as public transportation.

Tobacco Settlement Revenue Bonds. Tobacco settlement revenue bonds are secured by a single source of revenue—a state or jurisdiction’s proportionate share of periodic payments made by tobacco companies under the Master Settlement Agreement (the “MSA”) entered into by participating cigarette manufacturers, 46 states, and other jurisdictions in November of 1998 in settlement of certain smoking-related litigation. Annual payments on the bonds are dependent on the receipt by the issuer of future settlement payments under the MSA. These annual payments are subject to numerous adjustments. The actual amount of future settlement payments depends on annual domestic cigarette shipments, inflation, market share gains by non-participating cigarette manufacturers, and other factors. MSA adjustments may cause bonds to be repaid faster or slower than originally projected. Tobacco bonds are subject to additional risks, including the risk that cigarette consumption declines, that a tobacco company defaults on its obligation to make payments to the state or that the MSA or state legislation enacted pursuant to the MSA is void or unenforceable.

Water and Sewer. Water and sewer revenue bonds are generally secured by the fees charged to each user of the service. The issuers of water and sewer revenue bonds generally enjoy a monopoly status and latitude in their ability to raise rates. However, lack of water supply due to insufficient rain, run-off, or snow pack can be a concern and has led to past defaults. Further, public resistance to rate increases, declining numbers of customers in a particular locale, costly environmental litigation, and Federal environmental mandates are challenges faced by issuers of water and sewer bonds.

Municipal Lease Obligations. Municipal lease obligations and participations in municipal leases are undivided interests in a portion of an obligation in the form of a lease or installment purchase or conditional sales contract which is issued by a state, local government, or a municipal financing corporation to acquire land, equipment, and/or facilities (collectively hereinafter referred to as “lease obligations”). Generally lease obligations do not constitute general obligations of the


municipality for which the municipality’s taxing power is pledged. Instead, a lease obligation is ordinarily backed by the municipality’s covenant to budget for, appropriate, and make the payments due under the lease obligation. As a result of this structure, municipal lease obligations are generally not subject to state constitutional debt limitations or other statutory requirements that may apply to other municipal securities.

Lease obligations may contain “non-appropriation” clauses which provide that the municipality has no obligation to make lease or installment purchase payments in future years unless money is appropriated for that purpose on a yearly basis. If the municipality does not appropriate in its budget enough to cover the payments on the lease obligation, the lessor may have the right to repossess and relet the property to another party. Depending on the property subject to the lease, the value of the property may not be sufficient to cover the debt.

In addition to the risk of “non-appropriation,” municipal lease securities may not have as highly liquid a market as conventional municipal bonds. Furthermore, municipal lease obligations have the same risk characteristics as Municipal Instruments do generally.

Options. An option is a contract which conveys the right, but not the obligation, to purchase (in the case of a call option) or sell (in the case of a put option) a specific amount or value of a particular underlying interest at a specific price (called the “exercise” or “strike” price) at one or more specific times before the option expires. The underlying interest of an option contract can be a security, currency, index, future, swap, commodity, or other type of financial instrument. The seller of an option is called an option writer. The purchase price of an option is called the premium. The potential loss to an option purchaser is limited to the amount of the premium plus transaction costs. This will be the case, for example, if the option is held and not exercised prior to its expiration date.

Options can be traded either through established exchanges (“exchange traded options”) or privately negotiated transactions (over-the-counter or “OTC options”). Exchange traded options are standardized with respect to, among other things, the underlying interest, expiration date, contract size and strike price. The terms of OTC options are generally negotiated by the parties to the option contract which allows the parties greater flexibility in customizing the agreement, but OTC options are generally less liquid than exchange traded options.

All option contracts involve credit risk if the counterparty to the option contract fails to perform. Credit risk is low in exchange traded options because the performance of the contract by the counterparty is backed by the clearing agency for the exchange on which the options are traded. The credit risk in OTC options is dependent on the credit worthiness of the individual counterparty to the contract and may be greater than the credit risk associated with exchange traded options.

When purchasing a put option, the purchaser obtains the right (but not the obligation) to sell a specific amount or value of a particular interest to the option writer at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the purchaser pays the option premium. The purchaser of a typical put option can expect to realize a gain if the price of the underlying interest falls. However, if the underlying interest’s price does not fall enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, the purchaser of a put option can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium, plus related transaction costs).

The purchaser of a put option may terminate its position by allowing the option to expire, exercising the option or closing out its position in the secondary market at the option’s current price, if a liquid secondary markets exists. If the option is allowed to expire, the purchaser will lose the entire premium. If the option is exercised, the purchaser would complete the sale of the underlying interest to the option writer at the strike price.

When purchasing a call option, the purchaser obtains the right (but not the obligation) to purchase a specified amount or value of a particular interest from the option writer at a fixed strike price. In return for this right, the purchaser pays the option premium. The purchaser of a typical call option can expect to realize a gain if the price of the underlying interest rises. However, if the underlying interest’s price does not rise enough to offset the cost of purchasing the option, the buyer of a call option can expect to suffer a loss (limited to the amount of the premium, plus related transaction costs).

The writer of a put or call option takes the opposite side of the transaction from the option’s purchaser. In return for receipt of the premium, the writer assumes the obligation to buy or sell (depending on whether the option is a put or a call) a specified amount or value of a particular interest at the strike price if the purchaser of the option chooses to exercise it.

Generally, an option writer sells options with the goal of obtaining the premium paid by the option purchaser. If an option sold by an option writer expires without being exercised, the writer retains the full amount of the premium. The option writer, however, has unlimited economic risk because its potential loss, except to the extent offset by the premium received when the option was written, is equal to the amount the option is “in-the-money” when the option is exercised. A call option is in-the-money if the value of the underlying interest exceeds the strike price of the option. A


put option is in-the-money if the strike price of the option exceeds the value of the underlying interest. Generally, any profit realized by an option purchaser represents a loss for the option writer. The writer of a futures option is required to deposit and maintain initial and variation margin with respect to the option in the same manner as if the writer were entering into a futures contract.

The writer of a put option may seek to terminate a position in the put option before exercise by closing out the option in the secondary market at its current price. If the secondary market is not liquid for a put option, however, the writer must continue to be prepared to pay the strike price while the option is outstanding, regardless of price changes.

A physical delivery option gives its owner the right to receive physical delivery (if it is a call), or to make physical delivery (if it is a put) of the underlying interest when the option is exercised. A cash-settled option gives its owner the right to receive a cash payment based on the difference between a determined value of the underlying interest at the time the option is exercised and the fixed exercise price of the option. In the case of physically settled options, it may not be possible to terminate the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. A cash-settled call conveys the right to receive a cash payment if the determined value of the underlying interest at exercise exceeds the exercise price of the option, and a cash-settled put conveys the right to receive a cash payment if the determined value of the underlying interest at exercise is less than the exercise price of the option.

Combination option positions are positions in more than one option at the same time. A spread involves being both the buyer and writer of the same type of option on the same underlying interest but different exercise prices and/or expiration dates. A straddle consists of purchasing or writing both a put and a call on the same underlying interest with the same exercise price and expiration date.

The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying interest in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying interest and the remaining period to the expiration date.

If a trading market in particular options were to become unavailable, investors in those options would be unable to close out their positions until trading resumes, and option writers may be faced with substantial losses if the value of the underlying interest moves adversely during that time. Lack of investor interest, changes in volatility, or other factors or conditions might adversely affect the liquidity, efficiency, continuity, or even the orderliness of the market for particular options. Exchanges or other facilities on which options are traded may establish limitations on options trading, may order the liquidation of positions in excess of these limitations, or may impose other sanctions that could adversely affect parties to an options transaction.

Many options, in particular OTC options, are complex and often valued based on subjective factors. Improper valuations can result in increased cash payment requirements to counterparties or a loss of value to a fund.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stock represents an equity or ownership interest in an issuer and is therefore subject to the same risks as other equity securities. Preferred stock has precedence over common stock in the event the issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, but is junior to the interests of the debt instruments of the issuer. Preferred stock, unlike common stock, often has a stated dividend rate payable from the corporation’s earnings. Preferred stock dividends may be cumulative or non-cumulative, participating, or auction rate. “Cumulative” dividend provisions require all or a portion of prior unpaid dividends to be paid before dividends can be paid to the issuer’s common stock. “Participating” preferred stock may be entitled to a dividend exceeding the stated dividend in certain cases. The level of “auction rate” dividends are reset periodically through an auction process. If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of such stocks to decline. Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as provisions allowing the stock to be called or redeemed, which can limit the benefit of a decline in interest rates. The value of preferred stock is sensitive to changes in interest rates and to changes in the issuer’s credit quality.

Real Estate Related Investments. Investment in real estate related investments or derivatives whose value is based on real estate related indicators are subject to similar risks to those associated with the direct ownership of real estate and with the real estate industry in general. These risks include, among others: possible declines in the value of real estate; risks related to general and local economic conditions; possible lack of availability of mortgage funds; overbuilding; extended vacancies of properties; increases in competition, property taxes and operating expenses; changes in zoning or applicable tax law; costs resulting from the clean-up of, and liability to third parties for damages resulting from, environmental problems; casualty or condemnation losses; uninsured damages from floods, earthquakes or other natural disasters; limitations on and variations in rents; and changes in interest rates.


Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest most of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest most of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from interest payments. An investor will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any expenses (such as operating expenses and advisory fees) paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the investor.

Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. Further, equity and mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skills of the REIT’s manager and generally are not diversified. Equity and mortgage REITs are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, borrower default, and self-liquidation.

Mortgage REITs are also subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension, interest rate and other market risks. The real estate mortgages underlying mortgage REITs are generally subject to a faster rate of principal repayments in a declining interest rate environment and to a slower rate of principal repayments in an increasing interest rate environment.

In addition, a REIT may be unable to obtain financing to satisfy income and gain distributions required by federal tax law, may fail to qualify for the federal tax exemption for distributed income, or may be adversely affected by changes in federal tax law, for example, by limiting their permissible businesses or investments.

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which a buyer would acquire a security for a relatively short period of time (usually not more than a week) subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase and the buyer to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the buyer’s cost plus interest). The buyer bears the risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the buyer is delayed or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral. This risk includes the risk of procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price.

Restricted Securities. Restricted securities are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their re-sale. Difficulty in selling securities may result in a loss or be costly to an investor. Restricted securities generally can be sold in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, or in a registered public offering. Where registration is required, the holder of a registered security may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expense and a considerable period may elapse between the time it decides to seek registration and the time it may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the holder might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it decided to seek registration of the security.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. In a reverse repurchase agreement, an investor sells securities and receives cash proceeds, subject to its agreement to repurchase the securities at a later date for a fixed price reflecting a market rate of interest. There is a risk that the counter party to a reverse repurchase agreement will be unable or unwilling to complete the transaction as scheduled, which may result in losses to the investor. Unless the appreciation and income on assets purchased with proceeds from reverse repurchase agreements exceed the costs associated with them, the investor’s performance is lower than it otherwise would have been. A reverse repurchase agreement can be viewed as a borrowing. If a fund makes additional investments while a reverse repurchase agreement is outstanding, this may be considered a form of leverage.

Securities of Other Investment Companies. Securities of other investment companies include shares of closed-end investment companies, unit investment trusts, exchange-traded funds, business development companies, and open-end investment companies, represent interests in professionally managed portfolios that may invest in any type of interest. Investing in other investment companies involves substantially the same risks as investing directly in the underlying interests, but involve additional expenses at the investment company-level, such as a proportionate share of portfolio management fees and operating expenses. Certain types of investment companies, such as closed-end investment companies and exchange-traded funds, trade on a stock exchange or over-the-counter at a premium or a discount to their net asset value (NAV) per share. The extent to which a fund can invest in securities of other investment companies is limited by the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Short Sales. A seller may make short sales that are made “against the box” and also those that are not made “against the box.” A short sale that is not made “against the box” is a transaction in which a party sells a security it does not own, in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the seller must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The seller then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the


market price at the time of replacement. It may not be possible to liquidate or close out the short sale at any particular time or at an acceptable price. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the seller. To the extent that the seller invests the proceeds from the short sale in other securities, the seller is subject to the risks of the securities purchased with the proceeds in addition to the risks of the securities sold short. Until the security is replaced, the seller is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest which accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the seller also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. The seller also will incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.

The seller will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security or index increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the seller replaces the borrowed security. Such loss may be unlimited. The seller will realize a gain if the price of the security declines between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premium, dividends or interest the seller may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. The overall benefit to the seller will depend on how the short sale performs relative to the market price of the securities purchased with the proceeds from the short sale.

A seller may also make short sales “against the box,” i.e., when a security identical to one owned by the seller is borrowed and sold short. If the seller enters into a short sale against the box, it is required to hold securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short (or securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities) while the short sale is outstanding. The seller will incur transaction costs, including interest, in connection with opening, maintaining, and closing short sales against the box and will forgo an opportunity for capital appreciation in the security.

Sovereign Debt Obligations. Sovereign debt obligations are issued or guaranteed by foreign governments or their agencies, including debt of developing countries. Sovereign debt may be in the form of conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loans or loan participations. Sovereign debt of developing countries may involve a high degree of risk, and may be in default or present the risk of default. Governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and pay interest when due, and may require renegotiation or rescheduling of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal and payment of interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Although some sovereign debt, such as Brady Bonds, is collateralized by U.S. Government securities, repayment of principal and payment of interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

Structured Securities. Structured securities (also called “structured notes”) are derivative debt instruments, the interest rate or principal of which is determined by an unrelated indicator. The value of the principal of and/or interest on structured securities is determined by reference to the value of one or more underlying indicators or the difference between underlying indicators. Underlying indicators may include a security or other financial instrument, asset, currency, interest rate, credit rating, commodity, volatility measure or index. If MFS attempts to use a structured security as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the structured security may not correlate as expected with the portfolio investment, resulting in losses to the fund. While hedging strategies involving structured securities can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other fund investments.

Structured securities may also be subject to liquidity risk since the derivatives are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such derivatives in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt instruments. In addition, because the purchase and sale of structured securities takes place in an over-the-counter market, structured securities are subject to the creditworthiness of the counterparty to the swap or related derivative, and their values may decline substantially if the counterparty’s creditworthiness deteriorates. If the counterparty defaults, the other party’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the non-defaulting party is contractually entitled to receive.

Swaps and Related Derivatives. A swap is an agreement between two parties pursuant to which each party agrees to make one or more payments to the other based on the value of one or more underlying indicators or the difference between underlying indicators. Underlying indicators may include a security or other financial instrument, asset, currency, interest rate, credit rating, commodity, volatility measure, or index. Swaps can be closed out by physical delivery of the underlying indicator(s) or payment of the cash settlement on settlement date, depending on the terms of the particular agreement. For example, in a typical credit default swap on a specific security, in the event of a credit event one party agrees to pay par on the security while the other party agrees to deliver the security. In the case of physically settled swaps, it may not be possible to close out the swap at any particular time or at an acceptable price. Other swap agreements provide for cash settlement. For example, in a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to pay a fixed rate of interest determined by reference to a specified interest rate or index multiplied by a specified amount (the “notional amount”), while the other party agrees to pay an amount equal to a floating rate of interest determined by reference to an


interest rate or index which is reset periodically and multiplied by the same notional amount. On each payment date, the obligations of parties are netted against each other, with only the net amount paid by one party to the other.

Swap agreements are typically individually negotiated and structured to provide exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Swap agreements may be entered into for hedging or non-hedging purposes. Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names and other types of swap agreements may be available.

Other types of over-the-counter derivatives, such as “caps,” “floors,” “collars” and options on swaps, or “swaptions,” may be entered into for the same types of hedging or non-hedging purposes as swaps. A “cap” transaction is one in which one party pays a single or periodic fixed amount and the other party pays a floating amount equal to the amount by which a specified fixed or floating rate or other indicator exceeds another rate or indicator (multiplied by a notional amount). A “floor” transaction is one in which one party pays a single or periodic fixed amount and the other party pays a floating amount equal to the excess, if any, of a specified rate or other indicator over a different rate or indicator (multiplied by a notional amount). A “collar” transaction is a combination of a cap and a floor in which one party pays the floating amount on the cap and the other party pays the floating amount on the floor. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap agreement. Like other types of options, the buyer of a swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into the underlying swap on the agreed-upon terms.

The most significant factor in the performance of swaps, caps, floors, and collars is the change in the underlying price, rate, index level or other indicator that determines the amount of payments to be made under the arrangement.

If MFS attempts to use a swap or related investment as a hedge against, or as a substitute for, a portfolio investment, the swap or related derivative may not correlate as expected with the portfolio investment, resulting in losses to the fund. While hedging strategies involving swaps and related derivatives can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in other fund investments.

Swaps and related derivatives may also be subject to liquidity risk since the derivatives are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such derivatives in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt instruments. The swaps market is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulations, could adversely affect an investor’s ability to terminate its existing swap agreements or to realize amounts received under such agreements.

In addition, because the purchase and sale of swap and related derivatives takes place in an over-the-counter market, swaps and related derivatives are subject to the creditworthiness of the counterparty to the swap or related derivative, and their values may decline substantially if the counterparty’s creditworthiness deteriorates. If the counterparty defaults, the other party’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payments that the non-defaulting party is contractually entitled to receive. The counterparties may be able to eliminate or reduce their exposure under these arrangements by assignment or other disposition or by entering into an offsetting agreement with the same or another counterparty.

Temporary Defensive Positions. In response to market, economic, political, or other conditions, MFS may depart from its investment strategies for a fund by temporarily investing for defensive purposes. MFS may invest a large portion or all of a fund’s assets in cash (including foreign currency) or cash equivalents, including, but not limited to, obligations of banks (including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and repurchase agreements), commercial paper, short-term notes, U.S. Government Securities and related repurchase agreements.

Tender Option Bonds. Tender option bonds are created when municipal instruments are transferred to a special purpose trust which issues two classes of certificates. The first class, commonly called floating rate certificates, pays an interest rate that is typically reset weekly based on a specified index. The second class, commonly called inverse floaters, pays an interest rate based on the difference between the interest rate earned on the underlying municipal instruments and the interest rate paid on the floating rate certificates, after expenses.

Warrants. Warrants are instruments which entitle the holder to buy an equity security at a specific price for a specific period of time. Changes in the value of a warrant do not necessarily correspond to changes in the value of its underlying security. The price of a warrant may be more volatile than the price of its underlying security, and a warrant may offer greater potential for capital appreciation as well as capital loss. Warrants do not entitle a holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to the underlying security and do not represent any rights in the assets of the issuing company. A warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. These factors can make warrants more speculative than other types of investments.


When-Issued, Delayed-Delivery, and Forward-Commitment Transactions. When-issued, delayed-delivery, and forward-commitment transactions involve a commitment to purchase or sell specific securities at a predetermined price or yield in which payment and delivery take place after the customary settlement period for that type of security. Typically, no interest accrues to the purchaser until the security is delivered. When purchasing securities pursuant to one of these transactions, payment for the securities is not required until the delivery date. However, the purchaser assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risks of price and yield fluctuations and the risk that the security will not be issued or delivered as anticipated. If a fund makes additional investments while a delayed delivery purchase is outstanding, this may result in a form of leverage.

Variable and Floating Rate Securities. Variable and floating rate securities are debt instruments that provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate paid on the security. Variable rate securities provide for a specified periodic adjustment in the interest rate, while floating rate securities have interest rates that may change with changes to the level of prevailing interest rates or the issuer’s credit quality. There is a risk that the current interest rate on variable and floating rate securities may not accurately reflect current market interest rates or adequately compensate the holder for the current creditworthiness of the issuer. Some variable or floating rate securities are structured with liquidity features such as (1) put options or tender options that permit holders (sometimes subject to conditions) to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest from the issuers or certain financial intermediaries or (2) auction rate features, remarketing provisions, or other maturity-shortening devices designed to enable the issuer to refinance or redeem outstanding debt securities (market-dependent liquidity features). The market-dependent liquidity features may not operate as intended as a result of the issuer’s declining creditworthiness, adverse market conditions, or other factors or the inability or unwillingness of a participating broker-dealer to make a secondary market for such securities. As a result, variable or floating rate securities that include market-dependent liquidity features may lose value and the holders of such securities may be required to retain them for an extended period of time or until maturity.

Zero Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Bonds, and Payment-In-Kind Bonds. Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt instruments which are issued at a discount from face value. The discount approximates the total amount of interest the instruments will accrue and compound over the period until maturity or the first interest payment date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the instrument at the time of issuance. While zero coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Payment-in-kind bonds are debt instruments which provide that the issuer may, at its option, pay interest on such instruments in cash or in the form of additional debt instruments. Such instruments may involve greater credit risks and may experience greater volatility than debt instruments which pay interest in cash currently.

Investment Restrictions

The Fund has adopted the following policies which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of its shares as defined currently in the 1940 Act to be the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a meeting at which holders of voting securities representing more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities (“Majority Shareholder Vote”). Except for fundamental investment restriction (1), these investment restrictions are adhered to at the time of purchase or utilization of assets; a subsequent change in circumstances will not be considered to result in a violation of policy.

As fundamental investment restrictions, the Fund may:

 

  (1) issue senior securities or borrow money to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

  (2) only own real estate acquired as a result of owning securities;

 

  (3) purchase and sell futures contracts and related options;

 

  (4) underwrite securities issued by others only when disposing of portfolio securities;

 

  (5) make loans through the lending of securities, through the purchase of debt instruments or similar evidences or indebtedness typically sold to financial institutions and through repurchase agreements;

 

  (6)

not concentrate more than 25% of its total assets in any one industry, or with respect to 75% of total assets purchase any security (other than obligations of the U.S. Government and cash items including receivables) if as a result more than 5% of its total assets would then be invested in securities of a single issuer or purchase the voting securities of an issuer if, as a result of such purchase, the fund would own more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; (the Fund will treat each state and each separate political subdivision, agency, authority or instrumentality of such state, each multistate agency or


 

authority, and each guarantor, if any, as separate issuers. In the utilities category, gas, electric, water, and telephone companies will be treated as separate industries); and

 

  (7) and will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 80% of its assets in tax-exempt bonds and tax-exempt notes.

For purposes of fundamental investment restriction (6) investments in securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities and tax-exempt obligations issued or guaranteed by a U.S. territory or possession, a state or local government, or a political subdivision of any of the foregoing, are not considered an investment in any particular industry.

For purposes of fundamental investment restriction (6), investments in other investment companies are not considered an investment in any particular industry and portfolio securities held by an underlying fund in which the Fund may invest are not considered to be securities purchased by the Fund.

For purposes of fundamental investment restriction (6), MFS uses a customized set of industry groups for classifying securities based on classifications developed by third party providers.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees/Officers

Board Oversight — The Board of Trustees which oversees the Fund provides broad supervision over the business and operations of the Fund.

Trustees and Officers — Identification and Background — The identification and background of the Trustees and officers of the Fund are set forth in Appendix C.

Trustee Compensation and Committees

Compensation paid to the non-interested Trustees for certain specified periods, as well as information regarding committees of the Board of Trustees, is set forth in Appendix D.

Share Ownership

Information concerning the ownership of Fund shares by Trustees and officers of the Fund as a group, as well as the dollar value range of each Trustee’s share ownership in the Fund and, on an aggregate basis, in all MFS Fund overseen, by investors who are deemed to “control” the Fund, if any, and by investors who own 5% or more of any class of Fund shares, if any, is set forth in Appendix F.

Portfolio Manager(s)

Information regarding the portfolio manager(s) of the fund is set forth below. Further information regarding the portfolio manager(s), including other accounts managed, compensation, ownership of fund shares, and possible conflicts of interest, is set forth in Appendix B. Each portfolio manager is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund.

 

Portfolio Manager

   Primary Role    Since   

Title and Five Year History

Gary A. Lasman    Portfolio Manager    2007    Investment Officer of MFS; employed in the investment area of MFS since 2002.
Geoffrey L. Schechter    Portfolio Manager    2007    Investment Officer of MFS; employed in the investment area of MFS since 1993.

Investment Adviser

MFS, 500 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116, provides the Fund with investment advisory services. MFS is a subsidiary of Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., which in turn is an indirect majority-owned subsidiary of Sun Life Financial, Inc. (a diversified financial services company).

MFS is America’s oldest mutual fund organization. MFS and its predecessor organizations have a history of money management dating from 1924 and the founding of the first mutual fund, Massachusetts Investors Trust. Assets under the management of the MFS organization were approximately $184 billion as of March 31, 2008.


MFS votes proxies on behalf of the Fund pursuant to the proxy voting policies described in Appendix G. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the 12-month period ended June 30th is available, without charge, by visiting mfs.com and clicking on “Proxy Voting” and by visiting the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov. The Fund makes available on mfs.com, free of charge, the information disclosed in its most recently filed report on Form N-PX as soon as reasonably practicable after filing the report with the SEC.

Investment Advisory Agreement — MFS manages the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”). Under the Advisory Agreement, MFS provides the Fund with investment advisory services. Subject to such policies as the Trustees may determine, MFS makes investment decisions for the Fund. For these services, MFS receives an annual investment advisory fee, computed and paid monthly.

MFS pays the compensation of the Fund’s officers and of any Trustee who is an employee of MFS. MFS also furnishes at its own expense investment advisory and administrative services, office space, equipment, clerical personnel, investment advisory facilities, and executive and supervisory personnel necessary for managing the Fund’s investments and effecting its portfolio transactions.

The Fund pays the compensation of the Trustees who are “not affiliated” with MFS and all expenses of the Fund incurred in its operation and offering of shares (other than those assumed by MFS in writing) including but not limited to: management fees; administrative services fees; governmental fees; interest charges; taxes; membership dues in the Investment Company Institute allocable to the Fund; fees and expenses of independent auditors, of legal counsel, and of any transfer agent, registrar, or dividend disbursing agent of the Fund; expenses of repurchasing and redeeming shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of preparing, printing and mailing stock certificates, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements, confirmations, periodic investment statements and reports to governmental officers and commissions; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution, recording, and settlement of portfolio security transactions; insurance premiums; fees and expenses of the Fund’s custodian, for all services to the Fund, including safekeeping of Fund and securities and maintaining required books and accounts; expenses of calculating the net asset value of shares of the Fund; organizational and start up costs; and such non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including those relating to actions, suits, or proceedings to which the Fund is a party or otherwise may have an exposure, and the legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Fund’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto. Expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of shares of the Fund and the preparation, printing and mailing of prospectuses for such purposes are borne by the Fund except to the extent that the Distribution Agreement to which the Fund is a party provides that other party to pay some or all of such expense.

The Advisory Agreement has an initial two-year term and continues in effect thereafter only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board of Trustees or by a Majority Shareholder Vote and, in either case, by a majority of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Fund or MFS as defined by the 1940 Act. The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically if it is assigned and may be terminated without penalty by a Majority Shareholder Vote, or by either party on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice.

The Advisory Agreement also provides that neither MFS nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of its or their duties and obligations under the Advisory Agreement.

For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the fund paid an effective management fee equal to 0.65% of the fund’s average daily net assets, including assets attributable to preferred shares. The management fee set forth in the Investment Advisory Agreement is 0.65% annually of the fund’s average daily net assets.

MFS has voluntarily agreed in writing to bear the fund’s expenses such that Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses do not exceed 0.87% annually. This voluntary expense limitation arrangement includes common and preferred shares, and excludes interest, taxes, extraordinary expenses, brokerage and transaction costs and investment-related expenses other than remarketing fees. MFS has voluntarily agreed to this expense limitation retroactive to December 1, 2007 and continuing through November 30, 2009.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees’ approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement is available in the fund’s semiannual report dated May 31, 2007.

Since December 2003, MFS, MFS Fund Distributors, Inc., MFS Service Center, Inc., Sun Life Financial Inc., various MFS funds, certain current and/or former Trustees of the MFS funds, and certain officers of MFS have been named as defendants in multiple lawsuits filed in federal and state courts. The various lawsuits that are still pending generally allege that some or all of the defendants permitted or acquiesced in market timing and/or late trading in some of the MFS


funds, and inadequately disclosed MFS’ internal policies concerning market timing and such matters. The pending lawsuits assert that some or all of the defendants violated the federal securities laws, including the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as well as fiduciary duties and other violations of common law. The pending lawsuits variously have been commenced as class actions or individual actions on behalf of investors who purchased, held, or redeemed shares of the MFS funds during specified periods, or as derivative actions on behalf of the MFS funds.

The lawsuits relating to market timing and related matters have been transferred to, and consolidated before, the United States District Court for the District of Maryland, as part of a multi-district litigation of market timing and related claims involving several other fund complexes (In re Mutual Funds Investment Litigation (Alger, Columbia, Janus, MFS, One Group, Putnam, Allianz Dresdner), No. 1:04-md-15863 (transfer began March 19, 2004)). The pending market timing cases related to the MFS funds include Riggs v. MFS et al., Case No. 04-CV-01162-JFM (consolidated class action complaint filed September 30, 2004), Hammerslough v. MFS et al., Case No. 04-MD-01620 (consolidated derivative complaint filed September 30, 2004), and Reaves v. MFS Series Trust I, et al., Case No. 1:05-CV-02220-JFM (complaint related to Class B shares filed March 21, 2005). The plaintiffs in these consolidated lawsuits generally seek injunctive relief including removal of the named Trustees, adviser and distributor, rescission of contracts and 12b-1 Plans, disgorgement of fees and profits, monetary damages, punitive damages, attorney’s fees and costs and other equitable and declaratory relief. Insofar as any of the actions is appropriately brought derivatively on behalf of any of the MFS funds, any recovery will inure to the benefit of the MFS funds. Several claims of the various lawsuits have been dismissed; MFS and the other named defendants continue to defend the various lawsuits.

Administrator

MFS provides the Fund with certain financial, legal and other administrative services under a Master Administrative Services Agreement between the Fund and MFS. Under the Agreement, the Fund pays an annual fee to MFS for providing these services.

As of January 1, 2008, the annual fee payable by the Fund is $17,500 plus an amount equal to the following percentage of the Fund’s average daily assets (except that Funds investing primarily in shares of other MFS Funds pay only $17,500):

 

On the first $50,000,000 in assets

   0.0000 %

Over $50,000,000 in assets

   0.0121 %

These fees are subject to maximum fees.

Certain Service Provider Oversight

MFS Service Center, Inc. (“MFSC”), with a place of business at 100 Hancock Street, North Quincy, MA 02171, a wholly owned subsidiary of MFS, provides oversight services with respect to the performance by Computershare and CSS (each as defined below) of their respective obligations to the Fund, for which MFSC receives a monthly fee. Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (“Computershare”), a federally chartered trust company doing business at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, is the Fund’s common share transfer agent, common share registrar, and administrator of the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan, and Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc. (“CSS”), a Delaware corporation doing business at 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, a wholly owned subsidiary of Computershare, is the Fund’s dividend disbursing agent and processor of all payments received or made by the Fund under the Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan.

Certain Service Provider Compensation

Compensation paid by the Fund to MFS for investment advisory and administrative services, and to MFS Service Center, Inc. for oversight services with respect to shareholder servicing services, for certain specified periods, is set forth in Appendix E.

Remarketing Fee on Preferred Shares

The Fund pays an annual fee equivalent to 0.25% of the liquidation value of the Preferred shares for remarketing efforts associated with the auction for the Preferred shares.


Code of Ethics

The Fund and its Adviser have adopted a code of ethics as required under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions and restrictions, the code permits personnel subject to the code to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased, held or sold by the Fund. Securities transactions by some of these persons may be subject to prior approval of the Adviser’s Compliance Departments, and securities transactions of certain personnel are subject to quarterly reporting and review requirements.

The Code of Ethics can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. The Code of Ethics is also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of the Code of Ethics may be obtained, after paying all duplicating fees, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Custodian

State Street Bank and Trust Company, with a place of business at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111, serves as the custodian of the assets of the fund (the “Custodian”). The Custodian is responsible for safekeeping and controlling the fund’s cash and securities, handling the receipt and delivery of securities, collecting interest and dividends on the fund’s investments, serving as the fund’s foreign custody manager, providing reports on foreign securities depositaries, maintaining books of original entry and other required books and accounts for the fund, and calculating the daily net asset value of each class of shares of the fund. The fund may invest in securities of the Custodian and may deal with the Custodian as principal in securities transactions.

The fund has an expense offset arrangement that reduces the fund’s custodian fees based upon the amount of cash maintained by the fund with its custodian.

Shares Outstanding

The following information is furnished as of July 10, 2008:

 

(1)

Title of Class

   (2)
Amount
Authorized
   (3)
Amount Held by
Trust or for its
Account
   (4)
Amount Outstanding
Exclusive of Amount
Shown Under (3)

Common Shares

   27,849,945    0    27,849,945

Preferred Shares

   3,600    0    3,600

Description of Shares

The Fund’s Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest, without par value. The Fund’s Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to divide or combine the shares into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interests in the Fund. In addition, the Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of one or more classes of shares having such preferences, voting powers, terms of redemption, if any, and special or relative voting rights or privileges as the Trustees may determine. Shares have no pre-emptive or conversion rights, nor any sinking fund provisions. Shares when issued are fully paid and non-assessable.

Except in limited circumstances, the Trustees may, without any shareholder vote, amend or otherwise supplement the Fund’s Declaration of Trust. The Fund may be terminated upon liquidation and distribution of its assets, if approved by the vote of the holders of two-thirds of its outstanding shares. If not so terminated, the Fund will continue indefinitely. Upon liquidation of the Fund, the Fund’s shareholders are entitled to share pro rata according to their respective rights and preferences in the Fund’s assets available for distribution to its shareholders.

Common Shares

The Trustees have authorized the issuance of an unlimited number of common shares (“Common shares” and together with any preferred shares “shares”). Holders of Common shares are entitled to one vote for each share held and to vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to meetings of shareholders. Common shares are not entitled to receive any distributions from the fund unless all accrued dividends on any preferred shares have been paid and asset coverage as defined in the 1940 Act with respect to any preferred shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions below. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the fund, holders of Preferred shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution equal to the original


purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets made to holders of Common shares.The Fund has no present intention of offering additional Common shares, except that additional shares may be issued under the Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan. Other offerings of its Common shares, if made, will require approval of the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Any additional offering will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act that Common shares may not be sold at a price below the then-current net asset value, exclusive of underwriting discounts and commissions, except among other things, in connection with an offering to existing shareholders or with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities.

Preferred Shares

The Trustees have authorized the issuance of preferred shares (“Preferred shares”). Holders of preferred shares are entitled to one vote for each share held and to vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters submitted to meetings of shareholders.

The Preferred shares have priority over the Common shares as to the distribution of assets. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the fund, holders of Preferred shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution equal to the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets made to holders of Common shares.

Except as otherwise noted below, holders of Preferred shares will vote together with holders of Common shares as a single class. Holders of Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect two of the fund’s trustees. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of Common shares and Preferred shares, voting together as a single class. In the event that two full years of accrued dividends are unpaid on the Preferred shares, the holders of the Preferred shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect a majority of the trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. A Majority Shareholder Vote of the Preferred shares voting as a separate class shall be required to approve any plan of reorganization adversely affecting the Preferred shares. In order for the fund to take certain actions or enter into certain transactions such as authorizing, creating or issuing additional Preferred shares or other preferred shares ranking prior to or on parity with the Preferred shares or amending, altering, or repealing the provisions of the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the fund so as to materially affect the preferences, rights or powers of the Preferred shares, a separate class vote of holders of Preferred shares will be required in addition to the single class vote of holders of Preferred shares and Common shares together. The Preferred shares are redeemable at the option of the fund in whole or in part at the redemption price equal to $25,000 per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends. The Preferred shares are also subject to mandatory redemptions if certain asset coverage requirements are not satisfied.

Dividends are cumulative at a rate that is generally reset every seven days through an auction process.

Certain Provisions of the Declaration of Trust

The Fund is an entity of the type commonly known as a “Massachusetts business trust.” Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of such a trust may, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable as partners for its obligations. However, the Declaration of Trust contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and provides for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses out of the Fund property for any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Fund may maintain insurance (for example, fidelity bonding and errors and omissions insurance) for the protection of the Fund, its shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents covering possible tort and other liabilities. The risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate insurance exists and the Fund itself is unable to meet its obligations.

The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only upon the property of the Fund and that the Trustees will not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust protects a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence, or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

The Fund presently has certain anti-takeover provisions in its Declaration of Trust which could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to modify its structure. The Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, each having a term of three years. Each year the term of one class expires. This provision could


delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. In addition, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of 66 2/3% of the shares of the Fund (a greater vote than that required by the 1940 Act and, in some cases, greater than the required vote applicable to business corporations under state law) is required to authorize the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. In addition, holders of Preferred shares will be entitled to vote as a separate class to authorize the conversion of the fund from a closed-end investment company to an open-end investment company. The foregoing provisions will make more difficult a change in the Fund’s management and could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their Common shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund. However, the Board of Trustees has considered these anti-takeover provisions and believes that they are in the shareholders’ best interests and benefit shareholders.

Repurchase of Common Shares and Other Methods to Address Discount

The Fund is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders do not, and will not, have the right to redeem their Common shares of the Fund. The Fund, however, may repurchase its Common shares from time to time in the open market or otherwise as and when it is deemed advisable by the Trustees. The Trustees have authorized the repurchase by the fund of its Common shares of up to 10% annually. The Trustees, in consultation with the Adviser, may from time to time review possible actions to reduce discounts, including open market repurchases or tender offers, the addition of leverage, managed distribution plans, and revised investment strategies.

The Common shares of the Fund will trade on a national securities exchange at a price determined by the market based on all available information, including the Fund’s net asset value and yield. The common shares of closed-end investment companies generally sell at market prices varying from their net asset values. When the Fund repurchases its Common shares for a price below their net asset value, the net asset value of those Common shares that remain outstanding will be enhanced, but this does not necessarily mean that the market price of those outstanding Common shares will be affected either positively or negatively. In addition, interest or borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions will reduce the Fund’s net income.

Distributions

The fund intends to declare and pay a dividend to common shareholders at least monthly and a distribution to preferred shareholders weekly. Any capital gains are distributed at least annually.

Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan

If your Common shares are registered directly with the Fund or if you hold your Common shares with a brokerage firm that participates in the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan (the “Plan”), you may elect to have distributions, including any capital gain distributions, automatically reinvested in additional Common shares under the Plan. If you do not elect to participate in the Plan, or are not eligible to participate because your brokerage firm does not participate in the Plan, you will receive all distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to you or your brokerage firm by ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A. (the “Plan Agent”). If you hold your Common shares with a brokerage firm, you may not be able to continue to participate in the Plan if you transfer your shares to another brokerage firm. Distributions from the Fund are taxable whether you receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional Common shares.

Participants in the Plan have the option of making additional cash payments in any amount from $100 to 500 to the Plan Agent, on a semi-annual basis, for investment in additional Common shares. Interest will not be paid on any invested cash payments.

Under the Plan, the number of Common shares you will receive will be determined as follows:

 

  1. If the Common shares are trading at or above net asset value on the payment date, the Fund will issue new Common shares at a price equal to the greater of (i) net asset value per share on the payment date or (ii) 95% of the market price on the payment date.

 

  2.

If Common shares are trading below net asset value on the payment date, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will purchase Common shares on any securities exchange where the Fund’s Common shares are traded, in the over-the-counter market, or in negotiated transactions, for the participants’ accounts. It is possible that the market price for the Common shares may increase before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases. Therefore, the average purchase price per share paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the


 

market price on the payment date, resulting in the purchase of fewer Common shares than if the distribution had been paid in Common shares issued by the Fund.

You may withdraw from the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Plan Agent. If you withdraw or the Plan is terminated, you will receive whole Common shares in your account under the Plan and you will receive cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account, less applicable fees and brokerage charges.

There is no service charge for reinvestment of your distributions in Common shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases.

If you would like to enroll in or withdraw from the Plan, or if you want additional information about the Plan, please contact the Plan Agent at www.computershare.com/mfs, by calling 1-800-637-2304, or by writing P.O. Box 43078, Providence, RI 02940-3078.

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan if in the judgment of the Board of Trustees the change is warranted. The Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion is a brief summary of some of the important U.S. federal (and, where noted, state) income tax consequences affecting the Fund and its shareholders. The discussion is very general, and therefore prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisers about the impact an investment in the Fund may have on their own tax situations.

Tax Treatment of the Fund

Federal Taxes — The Fund (even if it is a Fund in a Trust with multiple series) is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Fund has elected (or in the case of a new Fund, intends to elect) to be, and intends to qualify to be treated each year as, a “regulated investment company” under Subchapter M of the Code.

In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies and (ii) net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (as defined below);

(b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested (x) in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses or (y) in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (as defined below); and

(c) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid; generally, taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of the net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year.

In general, for purposes of the 90% income requirement described in paragraph (a) above, income derived from a partnership will be treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by the regulated investment company. However, 100% of the net income derived from an interest in a “qualified publicly traded partnership” (which is defined as any partnership (x) whose interests are traded on an established securities market or whose interests are readily traded on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, (y) that derives at least 90% of its income from passive income sources defined in Code section 7704(d), and (z) that derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in paragraph (a)(i) above) will be treated as qualifying income. In addition, although in general the passive loss


rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership. In the case of the Fund’s investment in loan participations, the Fund shall treat both the entity from whom the loan participation is acquired and the borrower as an issuer for the purposes of meeting the diversification requirement described in paragraph (b). Finally, for purposes of paragraph (b) above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.

As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to any U.S. federal income or excise taxes on its net investment income and net realized capital gains that it distributes to shareholders in accordance with the timing requirements imposed by the Code. The Fund’s foreign-source income, if any, may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, which could decrease the Fund’s return on the underlying investments. If the Fund failed to qualify as a “regulated investment company” in any year, it would incur a regular federal corporate income tax on all of its taxable income, whether or not distributed, and Fund distributions, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would generally be taxable as dividend income to the shareholders. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends received deduction in case of corporate shareholders and may be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

If the Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year substantially all (at least 98%) of its ordinary income for such year and substantially all (at least 98%) of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 (or later if the Fund is permitted so to elect and so elects), plus any retained amount from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. A dividend paid to shareholders by the Fund in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid by the Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November, or December of that preceding year. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to do so.

Massachusetts Taxes — As long as it qualifies as a regulated investment company under the Code, the Fund will not be required to pay Massachusetts income or excise taxes.

Taxation of Shareholders

Tax Treatment of Distributions —Subject to the special rules discussed below for Municipal Funds, shareholders of the Fund normally will have to pay federal income tax and any state or local income taxes on the dividends and “Capital Gain Dividends” (as defined below) they receive from the Fund. Except as described below, any distributions from ordinary income or from net short-term capital gains are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares.

With respect to distributions received in cash or reinvested in shares purchased on the open market, the amount of the distribution for tax purposes is the amount of cash distributed or allocated to the shareholder. However, with respect to distributions made in shares issued by the Fund pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan, the amount of the distribution for tax purposes is the fair market value of the issued shares on the payment. In the case of shares purchased on the open market, a participating shareholder’s tax basis in each share received is its cost. In the case of shares issued by the Fund, the shareholder’s tax basis in each share received is its fair market value on the payment date.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, “qualified dividend income” received by an individual will be taxed at the rates applicable to long-term capital gains. In order for some portion of the Fund’s dividends to be qualified dividend income, the Fund must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to some portion of the dividend-paying stocks in its portfolio and the Fund shareholder must meet holding period and other requirements with respect to the Fund’s shares. A dividend will not be treated as qualified dividend income (at either the Fund or shareholder level) (1) if the dividend is received with respect to any share of stock held for fewer than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the date on which such share becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend (or, in the case of certain preferred stock, 91 days during the 181-day period beginning 90 days before such date), (2) to the extent that the recipient is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property, (3) if the recipient elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest, or (4) if the dividend is received from a foreign corporation that is (a) not eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States (with the exception of dividends paid on stock of such a foreign corporation


readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) or (b) treated as a passive foreign investment company. Payments in lieu of dividends, such as payments pursuant to securities lending arrangements, also do not qualify to be treated as qualified dividend income.

In general, a distribution of investment income designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income will be treated as qualified dividend income by a shareholder taxed as an individual provided the shareholder meets the holding period and other requirements described above with respect to the Fund’s shares. In any event, if the qualified dividend income received by the Fund during any taxable year is 95% or more of its gross income for that taxable year, then 100% of the Fund’s dividends (other than Capital Gain Dividends), will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income. For this purpose, in the case of a sale or other disposition of the Fund of stock or securities, the only gain included in the term “gross income” is the excess of net short-term capital gain from such sales or dispositions over the net long-term capital loss from such sales or dispositions. The fund does not expect a significant portion of fund distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

Properly designated distributions of net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over the net short-term capital loss) (“Capital Gains Dividends”), whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes without regard to the length of time the shareholders have held their shares.

Long-term capital gain rates applicable to individuals have been temporarily reduced – in general, to 15% with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% rate brackets – for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011.

Any Fund dividend that is declared in October, November, or December of any calendar year, payable to shareholders of record in such a month and paid during the following January, will be treated as if received by the shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend is declared. The Fund will notify shareholders regarding the federal tax status of its distributions after the end of each calendar year.

Any Fund distribution, other than dividends that are declared by the Fund on a daily basis, will have the effect of reducing the per share net asset value of Fund shares by the amount of the distribution. If you buy shares when a Fund has unrealized or realized but not yet distributed ordinary income or capital gains, you will pay full price for the shares and then receive a portion back as a taxable distribution even though such distribution may economically represent a return of your investment.

The Internal Revenue Service currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income, exempt-interest dividends and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends distributed to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, for each tax year in which the Fund has Common and Preferred Shares outstanding, the Fund intends to allocate each type of its income between and among its Common Shares and any series of its Preferred Shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. Dividends qualifying and not qualifying for the dividends-received deduction and/or as qualified dividend income will similarly be allocated between and among the two (or more) classes.

Any distribution by the Fund will result in a reduction in the fair market value of the Fund’s shares by the amount of the distribution. Should a distribution reduce the fair market value below a shareholder’s cost basis, the distribution is nevertheless taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income or capital gain, as described above, even though, from an investment standpoint, it may constitute a partial return of capital. Shareholders who purchase shares of the Fund shortly before a distribution may therefore pay the full price for the shares and then effectively receive a portion of the purchase price back as a taxable distribution.

Return of Capital Distributions — If the Fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares. Where one or more such distributions occur in any taxable year of the Fund, the available earnings and profits will be allocated, first, to the distributions made to the holders of Preferred Shares, if any, and only thereafter to distributions made to holders of Common Shares. As a result, the holders of Preferred Shares, if any, will receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as dividends, and the holders of the Common Shares will receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as a return of capital.


Capital Loss Carryforwards— Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryforwards. The amounts and expiration dates of any capital loss carryforwards available to the Fund are shown in the notes to the financial statements for the Fund.

Dividends-Received Deduction— A portion of the dividends the Fund receives from U.S. corporations, if any, is normally eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders if the shareholder otherwise qualifies for that deduction with respect to its holding of Fund shares. Availability of the deduction for particular corporate shareholders is subject to certain limitations, and deducted amounts may be subject to the alternative minimum tax or result in certain basis adjustments.

Disposition of Shares— In general, any gain or loss realized upon a disposition of Fund shares by a shareholder that holds such shares as a capital asset will be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than 12 months and otherwise as a short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a disposition of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any Capital Gain Dividends received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to those shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Tender Offers—From time to time the Fund may make a tender offer for its Common Shares. It is expected that the terms of any such offer will require a tendering shareholder to tender all Common Shares and dispose of all Preferred Shares (e.g., by redeeming such Preferred Shares with the Fund or by selling or otherwise transferring such Preferred Shares to a third party) held, or considered to be held under certain attribution rules of the Code, if any, by such shareholder. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares and dispose of all Preferred Shares held, or considered to be held, by them, if any, will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of their Common Shares, or retains a substantial portion of their Preferred Shares, if any, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of their Common Shares. In such a case, there is a remote risk that non-tendering shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. Likewise, if the Fund redeems some but not all of the Preferred Shares, if any, held by a Preferred Shareholder and such shareholder is treated as having received a taxable dividend upon such redemption, there is a remote risk that Common Shareholders and non-redeeming Preferred Shareholders, if any, will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders of Common Shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its Common Shareholders.

Shares Purchased Through Tax-Qualified Plans — Distributions by the Fund to retirement plans that qualify for tax-exempt treatment under federal income tax laws will not be taxable. Special tax rules apply to investments through such plans. You should consult your tax adviser to determine the suitability of the Fund as an investment through such a plan and the tax treatment of distributions (including distributions of amounts attributable to an investment in the Fund) from such a plan.

U.S. Taxation of Non-U.S. Persons — Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends, if any, will not be subject to withholding of federal income tax. However, distributions properly designated as exempt-interest dividends may be subject to backup withholding, as discussed below. In general, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends and exempt-interest dividends, if any, paid by the Fund to a shareholder that is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (such shareholder, a “Non-U.S. Person”) are subject to withholding of U.S federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) even if they are derived from income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a Non-U.S. Person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, effective for taxable years of the Fund beginning after December 31, 2004, and before January 1, 2008, the Fund will not be required to withhold any amounts with respect to (i) distributions (other than distributions to a Non-U.S. Person (w) that has not provided a satisfactory statement that the beneficial owner is not a U.S. person, (x) to the extent that the dividend is attributable to certain interest on an obligation if the Non-U.S. Person is the issuer or is a 10% shareholder of the issuer, (y) that is within certain foreign countries that have inadequate information exchange with the United States, or (z) to the extent the dividend is attributable to interest paid by a person that is a related person of the Non-U.S. Person and the Non-U.S. Person is a controlled foreign corporation) from U.S.-source interest income that would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by an individual Non-U.S. Person (an “interest-related dividend”), and (ii) distributions (other than (a) distributions to an individual Non-U.S. Person who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the distribution and (b) distributions subject to special rules regarding the disposition of U.S. real property interests as described below) of net


short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses (a “short-term capital gain dividend”), in each such case to the extent such distributions are properly designated by the Fund. Depending on the circumstances, the Fund may make such designations with respect to all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption for withholding. Pending legislation would extend the exemption from withholding for interest-related and short-term capital gain dividends. As of the date of this document, it is unclear whether the legislation will be enacted. The Fund does not currently intend to, but may in certain circumstances, designate distributions as interest-related dividends or as short-term capital gain dividends. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a foreign person will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund makes a designation with respect to a payment. Foreign persons should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

If a beneficial holder who is a Non-U.S. Person has a trade or business in the United States, and the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by the beneficial holder of a trade or business in the United States, the dividend will be subject to U.S. federal net income taxation at regular income tax rates.

Special rules apply to distributions to foreign shareholders from a Fund that is either a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (“USRPHC”) or would be a USRPHC but for the operation of the exceptions to the definition described below. Additionally, special rules apply to the sale of shares in a Fund that is a USRPHC. Very generally, a USRPHC is a domestic corporation that holds U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”) – USRPIs are defined as any interest in U.S. real property or any equity interest in a USRPHC – the fair market value of which equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market values of the corporation’s USRPIs, interests in real property located outside the United States and other assets. A Fund that holds (directly or indirectly) significant interests in REITs may be a USRPHC. The special rules discussed below will also apply to distributions from a Fund that would be a USRPHC absent exclusions from USRPI treatment for interests in domestically controlled REITs and not-greater-than-5% interests in publicly traded classes of stock in REITs.

In the case of a Fund that is a USRPHC or would be a USRPHC but for the exceptions from the definition of USRPI (described immediately above), amounts the Fund receives from REITs derived from gains realized from USRPIs will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the Fund’s foreign shareholders. Under current law, any direct USRPI gain the Fund recognizes does not retain its character as USRPI gain in the hands of foreign shareholders of the Fund, although this may change if certain pending legislation is enacted. In the hands of a foreign shareholder that holds (or has held in the prior year) more than a 5% interest in the Fund, such amounts will be treated as gains “effectively connected” with the conduct of a “U.S. trade or business,” and subject to tax at graduated rates. Moreover, such shareholders will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year in which the gain was recognized and the Fund will be required to withhold 35% of the amount of such distribution. In the case of all other foreign shareholders (i.e., those whose interest in the Fund did not exceed 5% at any time during the prior year), the USRPI distribution will be treated as ordinary income (regardless of any designation by the Fund that such distribution is a short-term capital gain dividend (in the event that certain pending legislation is enacted) or a Capital Gain Dividend), and the Fund must withhold 30% (or a lower applicable treaty rate) of the amount of the distribution paid to such foreign shareholder. Foreign shareholders of the Fund are also subject to “wash sale” rules to prevent the avoidance of the tax-filing and -payment obligations discussed above through the sale and repurchase of Fund shares.

In addition, if the Fund were a USRPHC, upon the sale of shares of the Fund, the purchaser of shares typically would be required to withhold 10% of the amount realized in a redemption by a greater-than-5% foreign shareholder, and that shareholder would be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. Before January 1, 2008, no withholding was generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund that (i) was either a USRPHC or would have been a USRPHC but for the exceptions from the definition of USRPI (described above) and (ii) was “domestically controlled” (such Fund, a “domestically controlled qualified investment entity”). Pending legislation would extend the exemption from withholding for amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund that is a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, fully retroactively, for one year, i.e., through December 31, 2008. If enacted, the pending legislation would be effective as of January 1, 2008. Unless and until the legislation is enacted, the exemption does not apply to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund that is a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, and withholding is required.

Under U.S. federal tax law, a beneficial holder of shares who is a Non-U.S. Person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless (i) such gain or Capital Gain Dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or


business carried on by such holder within the United States, (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) the shares are USRPIs or the Capital Gain Dividends are USRPI Distributions.

Foreign investors in the Fund should consult their tax advisers with respect to the potential application of the these rules.

Backup Withholding — The Fund is also required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding on taxable dividends, including Capital Gain Dividends, redemption proceeds (except for redemptions by money market funds), and certain other payments that are paid to any non-corporate shareholder (including a Non-U.S. Person) who does not furnish to the Fund certain information and certifications or who is otherwise subject to backup withholding. The backup withholding rate is currently 28% and will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2010, unless Congress enacts tax legislation providing otherwise. Shareholders who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States may qualify for exemption from backup withholding and should consult their tax advisers in the regard. The back-up withholding rules may also apply to distributions that are properly designated as exempt-interest dividends.

Foreign Income Taxation of a Foreign Investor — Distributions received from the Fund by a foreign investor may also be subject to tax under the laws of the investor’s own jurisdiction.

State and Local Income Taxes: U.S. Government Securities — Dividends paid by the Fund that are derived from interest on obligations of the U.S. Government and certain of its agencies and instrumentalities (but generally not distributions of capital gains realized upon the disposition of such obligations) may be exempt from state and local income taxes. The Fund generally intends to advise shareholders of the extent, if any, to which its dividends consist of such interest. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisers regarding the possible exclusion of such portion of their dividends for state and local income tax purposes.

Certain Investments — Any investment in zero coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds, payment-in-kind bonds, certain inflation-adjusted debt instruments, certain stripped securities, and certain securities purchased at a market discount (including certain high yield debt obligations) will cause the Fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to those securities. To distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the Fund. In the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would in the absence of such transactions. Such investments may also affect the character of income recognized by the Fund.

Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as whether the Fund should recognize market discount on a debt obligation and, if so, the amount of the market discount the Fund should recognize, when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

Mortgage Pooling Vehicles — Under a notice issued by the IRS in October 2006 and Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income (including income allocated to the Fund from a REIT or other pass-through entity) that is attributable to a residual interest in a real estate mortgage investment conduit (“REMIC”) or an equity interest in a taxable mortgage pool (“TMP”) (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related residual interest directly. As a result, a Fund investing in such interests may not be a suitable investment for charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) (see below).

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on UBTI, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Person, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code generally to mean governmental and certain other


tax-exempt organizations) is a record holder of a share in the Fund, then the Fund will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, the Fund may elect to specially allocate any such tax to the applicable disqualified organization, and thus reduce such shareholder’s distributions for the year by the amount of the tax that relates to such shareholder’s interest in the Fund. The Fund has not yet determined whether such an election will be made.

Under current law, the Fund serves to “block” the attribution of UBTI to tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding this “blocking” effect, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).

In addition, special tax consequences apply to CRTs that invest in regulated investment companies that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or equity interests in TMPs. Under legislation enacted in December 2006, a charitable remainder trust, as defined in section 664 of the Code, that realizes UBTI for a taxable year must pay an excise tax annually of an amount equal to such UBTI. Under IRS guidance issued in November 2006, a CRT that invests in the Fund should not recognize UBTI as a result of the Fund recognizing “excess inclusion income.” Rather, as described above, the Fund will be subject to a tax on that portion of its “excess inclusion income” that is allocable to the CRT (and any other disqualified organizations) for the taxable year at the highest federal corporate income tax rate. The extent to which the IRS guidance remains applicable to CRTs in light of the December 2006 CRT legislation is unclear. CRTs are urged to consult their tax advisers concerning the consequences of investing in the Fund.

Derivatives, Hedging, and Related Transactions — The Fund’s transactions in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, short sales, swaps, foreign currencies, and related transactions will be subject to special tax rules (which may include mark-to-market, constructive sale, notional principal contract, straddle, and wash sale rules) that may affect the amount, timing, and character of Fund income and distributions to shareholders. For example, certain positions held by the Fund may be “Section 1256 contracts.” On the last business day of each taxable year, these positions will be marked to market (i.e., treated as if closed out on that day), and any gain or loss associated with such positions will be treated as 60% long-term and 40% short-term capital gain or loss (except that foreign currency gain or loss arising from Section 1256 contracts may be ordinary in character). Certain positions held by the Fund that substantially diminish its risk of loss with respect to other positions in its portfolio may constitute “straddles” for federal income tax purposes. The straddle rules may cause deferral of Fund losses, adjustments in the holding periods of Fund securities, and conversion of short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses and long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains. Certain tax elections exist for straddles that may alter the effects with respect to those investments. These rules can cause the Fund to recognize income for tax purposes prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to the underlying investments; in order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the Fund and additional taxable distributions to shareholders. The Fund intends to limit its activities in options, futures contracts, forward contracts, short sales, and swaps and related transactions to the extent necessary to meet the requirements for qualification and treatment as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

Certain hedging activities (including its transactions, if any, in foreign currencies or foreign currency-denominated instruments) are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as (i) a dividend to the extent of the Fund’s remaining earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from any tax-exempt income), (ii) thereafter, as a return of capital to the extent of the recipient’s basis in its shares, and (iii) thereafter, as gain from the sale or exchange of a capital asset. If the Fund’s book income is less than the sum of its taxable income and net tax-exempt income (if any), the Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

Foreign Investments and Foreign Currencies — Special tax considerations apply with respect to any foreign investments by the Fund. Foreign exchange gains and losses realized by the Fund may be treated as ordinary income and loss. The Code grants the Secretary of Treasury the right to issue tax regulations that would exclude income and gains from direct investments in foreign currencies from treatment as qualifying income for purposes of the qualifying income test for regulated investment companies described earlier in cases where the foreign currency gains are not directly related to the company’s principal business of investing in stocks or securities (or options or futures with respect to stocks or securities). If the Secretary of the Treasury were to issue such regulations, a Fund may need to change its investment practices in order to qualify as a regulated investment company. In addition, there is a remote possibility that such regulations may be applied retroactively. Use of foreign currencies for non-hedging purposes and investment by the Fund


in certain “passive foreign investment companies” may be limited in order to avoid a tax on the Fund. The Fund may elect to mark to market certain investments in “passive foreign investment companies” on the last day of each year. This election may cause the Fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash payments with respect to those investments; in order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the Fund and additional taxable distributions to shareholders.

Foreign Income Taxes — Investment income received by the Fund and gains with respect to foreign securities may be subject to foreign income taxes withheld at the source. The United States has entered into tax treaties with many foreign countries that may entitle the Fund to a reduced rate of tax or an exemption from tax on such income; the Fund intends to qualify for treaty reduced rates where available. It is not possible, however, to determine the Fund’s effective rate of foreign tax in advance, since the amount of the Fund’s assets to be invested within various countries is not known.

If more than 50% of the total assets of a Fund are represented by direct investments in foreign stock and securities at the close of its taxable year, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders foreign income taxes paid by it. If the Fund so elects, shareholders will be required to treat as part of the amounts distributed to them by the Fund their pro rata portions of qualified taxes paid by the Fund to foreign countries in respect of foreign securities that the Fund has held for at least the minimum period specified in the Code and thus include those portions in their gross income for federal income tax purposes. Therefore, shareholders may in turn claim a credit or deduction on their income tax returns for their pro rata portions of such qualified taxes. Shareholders who do not itemize deductions would (subject to such limitations) be able to claim a credit but not a deduction. No deduction will be permitted to individuals in computing their alternative minimum tax liability. If the Fund is not eligible, or does not elect, to “pass through” to its shareholders foreign income taxes it has paid, shareholders will not be able to claim any deduction or credit for any part of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund. In addition, investments in certain foreign securities (including fixed income securities and derivatives) denominated in foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing, amount, or character of the Fund’s distributions.

Tax Shelter Reporting — Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Special Rules for Municipal Fund Distributions

The following special rules apply to shareholders of Funds whose objective is to invest primarily in obligations that pay interest that is exempt from federal income tax (“Municipal Funds”).

Tax-Exempt Distributions — The portion of a Municipal Fund’s distributions of net investment income that is attributable to interest from tax-exempt securities will be designated by the Fund as an “exempt-interest dividend” under the Code and will generally be exempt from federal income tax in the hands of shareholders so long as at least 50% of the total value of the Fund’s assets consists of tax-exempt securities at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year. Distributions of tax-exempt interest earned from certain securities may, however, be treated as an item of tax preference for shareholders under the federal alternative minimum tax, and all exempt-interest dividends will increase a corporate shareholder’s alternative minimum tax. Except when the Fund provides actual monthly percentage breakdowns, the percentage of income designated as tax-exempt will be applied uniformly to all distributions by the Fund of net investment income made during each fiscal year of the Fund and may differ from the percentage of distributions consisting of tax-exempt interest in any particular month. Shareholders are required to report exempt-interest dividends received from the Fund on their federal income tax returns.

Taxable Distributions — A Municipal Fund may also earn some income that is taxable as ordinary income (including interest from any obligations that lose their federal tax exemption, proceeds from the disposition of certain market discount bonds, and income received in lieu of tax-exempt interest with respect to securities on loan) and may recognize capital gains and losses as a result of the disposition of securities and from certain options and futures transactions. Shareholders normally will have to pay federal income tax on the non-exempt interest dividends and capital gain distributions they receive from the Fund, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. However, such Funds do not expect that the non-tax-exempt portion of their net investment income, if any, will be substantial. Because Municipal Funds expect to earn primarily tax-exempt interest income, it is expected that dividends from such Funds will not qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations and will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” taxable to non-corporate shareholders at reduced rates.


Consequences of Distributions by a Municipal Fund: Effect of Accrued Tax-Exempt Income — Shareholders redeeming shares after tax-exempt income has been accrued but not yet declared as a dividend should be aware that a portion of the proceeds realized upon redemption of the shares will reflect the existence of such accrued tax-exempt income and that this portion may be subject to tax as a capital gain even though it would have been tax-exempt had it been declared as a dividend prior to the redemption. For this reason, if a shareholder wishes to redeem shares of a Municipal Fund that does not declare dividends on a daily basis, the shareholder may wish to consider whether he or she could obtain a better tax result by redeeming immediately after the Fund declares dividends representing substantially all the ordinary income (including tax-exempt income) accrued for that period.

Certain Additional Information for Municipal Fund Shareholders — Interest on indebtedness incurred by shareholders to purchase or carry Municipal Fund shares will not be deductible for federal income tax purposes. Exempt-interest dividends are taken into account in calculating the amount of social security and railroad retirement benefits that may be subject to federal income tax. You should consult your tax adviser to determine what effect, if any, an investment in a Fund may have on the federal taxation of your benefits. Entities or persons who are “substantial users” (or persons related to “substantial users”) of facilities financed by private activity bonds should consult their tax advisers before purchasing Fund shares.

Consequences of Redeeming Shares — Any loss realized on a redemption of Municipal Fund shares held for six months or less will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received with respect to those shares. To the extent not disallowed, any such loss will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of long-term capital gain received (or deemed received) with respect to those shares.

State and Local Income Taxes: Municipal Obligations — The exemption of exempt-interest dividends for federal income tax purposes does not necessarily result in exemption under the income tax laws of any state or local taxing authority. Some states do exempt from tax that portion of an exempt interest dividend that represents interest received by a regulated investment company on its holdings of securities issued by that state and its political subdivisions and instrumentalities. Therefore, the Fund will report annually to its shareholders the percentage of interest income earned by it during the preceding year on Municipal Bonds and will indicate, on a state-by-state basis only, the source of such income.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Ernst & Young LLP, located at 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116, is the independent registered public accounting firm, providing audit services, tax return review, and other related services and assistance in connection with the review of various Securities and Exchange Commission filings.

The Fund’s Financial Statements and Financial Highlights for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, are incorporated by reference into this Form from the Fund’s Annual Report to shareholders, which has been filed with the SEC, and have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference, and have been so incorporated in reliance upon reports of such firm, given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The Fund’s Financial Statements and Financial Highlights for the semi-annual period ended May 31, 2008, are also incorporated by reference into this Form from the Fund’s Semi-Annual Report to Shareholders.

You can get a free copy of this material, by contacting:

Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc.

P.O. Box 43078

Providence, RI 02940-3078

Telephone: 1-800-637-2304

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

Specific decisions to purchase or sell securities for the funds are made by persons affiliated with the Adviser. Any such person may serve other clients of the Adviser or any subsidiary of the Adviser in a similar capacity.

In connection with the selection of broker/dealers and the placing of fund portfolio transactions, the Adviser seeks to achieve for the funds the best overall price and execution available from responsible brokerage firms, taking account of all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration: price; the size of the transaction; the nature of the market of the security; the amount of the commission; the timing and impact of the transaction taking into account market prices


and trends; the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker/dealer involved; the willingness of the broker/dealer to commit capital; the need for anonymity in the market; and the quality of services rendered by the broker/dealer in that and other transactions, including the quality of the broker/dealer’s research.

In the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market, portfolio transactions may be effected either on an agency basis, which involves the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions to the broker/dealer, including electronic communication networks, or on a principal basis at net prices without commissions, but which include compensation to the broker/dealer in the form of a mark-up or mark-down, depending on where the Adviser believes best execution is available. In the case of securities purchased from underwriters, the cost of such securities generally includes a fixed underwriting commission or concession. From time to time, soliciting dealer fees are available to the Adviser on tender or exchange offers. Such soliciting or dealer fees are, in effect, recaptured by the funds.

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Section 28(e)”), the Adviser may cause the funds to pay a broker/dealer which provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) to the Adviser an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction for the funds in excess of the amount other broker/dealers would have charged for the transaction if the Adviser determines in good faith that the greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the effecting broker/dealer viewed in terms of either a particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities to the funds and its other clients. “Commissions,” as interpreted by the SEC, include fees paid to brokers for trades conducted on an agency basis, and certain mark-ups, markdowns, commission equivalents and other fees received by dealers in riskless principal transactions placed in the NASDAQ market.

The term “brokerage and research services” includes advice as to the value of securities, the advisability of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of accounts; and effecting securities transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement) or required in connection therewith by applicable rules. In determining whether a service or product qualifies as “brokerage and research services,” the Adviser evaluates whether the service or product provides lawful and appropriate assistance to the Adviser in carrying out its investment decision-making responsibilities. It is often not possible to place a dollar value on the brokerage and research services the Adviser receives from brokers. The determination and evaluation of the reasonableness of the brokerage commissions paid in connection with portfolio transactions is based primarily on the professional opinions of the persons responsible for the placement and review of such transactions.

Broker/dealers may be willing to furnish statistical, research and other factual information or services (“Research”), for example, investment research reports; access to analysts; execution systems and trading analytics; reports or databases containing corporate, fundamental, and technical analyses; portfolio modeling strategies; and economic research services, such as publications, chart services, and advice from economists concerning macroeconomics information, and analytical investment information about particular corporations to the Adviser for no consideration other than brokerage or underwriting commissions. Such broker/dealers (or affiliates of such broker/dealers) may be involved from time to time in executing, clearing or settling securities transactions on behalf of the funds (“Executing Brokers”), or may have entered into agreements with one or more Executing Brokers pursuant to which they are responsible for performing one or more functions, the performance of which has been identified by the SEC as being sufficient to constitute effecting securities transactions within the meaning of Section 28(e) as interpreted by the SEC (collectively, together with Executing Brokers, “Effecting Brokers”). In reliance on this interpretation the Adviser has entered into Commission Sharing Agreements with Executing Brokers which will provide for the Executing Brokers to pay a portion of the Commissions paid by the funds for securities transactions to Effecting Brokers. In addition to effecting securities transactions on behalf of the funds pursuant to a Commission Sharing Agreement, the Effecting Brokers will also provide Research for the benefit of the Adviser. If a government agency with regulatory authority over the affairs of the Adviser or its subsidiaries, or a court of competent jurisdiction, were to determine that an Effecting Broker is not effecting a securities transaction within the meaning of Section 28(e), the Adviser believes that such Research should be considered to be Research provided by the relevant Executing Broker and permitted by Section 28(e), provided that the relationship with such Executing Broker is otherwise consistent with the requirement for Research under Section 28(e). In such circumstances the Adviser will in effect be paying a greater commission in order to obtain third party research. The Adviser may use brokerage commissions from the funds’ portfolio transactions to acquire Research, subject to the procedures and limitations described in this discussion.

The advisory fee paid by each of the funds to the Adviser is not reduced as a consequence of the Adviser’s receipt of Research. To the extent the funds’ portfolio transactions are used to obtain Research, the brokerage commissions paid by


the funds might exceed those that might otherwise be paid for execution only. The Research received may be useful and of value to the Adviser or its affiliates in serving both the funds and other clients of the Adviser or its affiliates; accordingly, not all of the Research provided by brokers through which the funds effect securities transactions may be used by the Adviser in connection with the funds. The Adviser would, through the use of the Research, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if it attempted to develop comparable information through its own staff or if it purchased such Research with its own resources.

From time to time, the Adviser prepares a list of broker/dealer firms that have been deemed by the Adviser to provide valuable Research (“Research Firms”) as determined periodically by the Adviser’s investment staff (“Research Votes”). All trades with Research Firms will be effected in accordance with the Adviser’s obligation to seek best execution for its client accounts. The Adviser uses a research vote as a guide for allocating payments for Research to Research Firms. Payments for Research to Executing Brokers and other research providers who are registered as broker-dealers (“Broker Providers”) may occur through the use of commissions pooled pursuant to Commission Sharing Agreements (“Pooled Commissions”) or may be made pursuant to commissions paid on trades executed by a Broker Provider (“Trade Commissions”). To the extent that payments for Research to a Broker Provider are made pursuant Trade Commissions, the Adviser will reduce the amount of Pooled Commissions to be paid to that Broker Provider for its research. However, the Adviser will reduce the amount of Pooled Commissions to be paid to that Broker Provider by less than the full amount of Trade Commissions paid to that Broker Provider. The research vote is also used as a guide for allocating cash payments made by the Adviser from its own resources to Research Firms that are not Broker Providers.

If the Adviser determines that any service or product has a mixed use (i.e., it also serves functions that do not assist the investment decision-making or trading process), the Adviser may allocate the costs of such service or product accordingly in its reasonable discretion. The Adviser will allocate brokerage commissions to Research Firms only for the portion of the service or product that the Adviser determines assists it in the investment decision-making or trading process and will pay for the remaining value of the product or service in cash.

In effecting portfolio transactions on behalf of the funds and the Adviser’s other clients, the Adviser from time to time may instruct the broker/dealer that executes a transaction to allocate, or “step out,” a portion of such transaction to another broker/dealer. The broker/dealer to which the Adviser has “stepped out” would then settle and complete the designated portion of the transaction, and the executing broker/dealer would settle and complete the remaining portion of the transaction that has not been “stepped out.” Each broker/dealer may receive a commission or brokerage fee with respect to that portion of the transaction that it settles and completes.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable for the funds’ portfolios as well as for one or more of the other clients of the Adviser or of any affiliate of the Adviser (or that the Adviser believes should no longer be held by the funds’ portfolios or by other clients of the Adviser or any subsidiary of the Adviser). It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. Transactions for each client are generally effected independently unless the Adviser determines to purchase or sell the same securities for several clients at approximately the same time. The Adviser may, but is not required to, aggregate together purchases and sales for several clients and will allocate the trades in a fair and equitable manner, across participating clients. The Adviser has adopted policies that are reasonably designed to ensure that when two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed by the Adviser to be fair and equitable to each. Among other things, these policies prohibit allocations of equity initial public offerings, equity limited offerings or fixed income new issues to, among others: (1) Private Portfolio Management accounts; (2) private funds or other accounts principally owned by the Adviser’s officers and employees or Trustees of any MFS fund which are not being offered to the public; and (3) any accounts owned beneficially solely by the Adviser or any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Adviser except accounts in which the Adviser or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries is the sole beneficial owner, which generally will be allocated investment opportunities (other than with respect to equity initial public offerings, equity limited offerings or fixed income new issues) on the same basis as funds or other clients of the Adviser when the account has been established and seeded by the Adviser or the subsidiary with a limited amount of assets either for the purpose of establishing a performance record to enable the Adviser or the subsidiary to offer the account’s investment style to unaffiliated third parties or if the account is being offered to the general public. However, these policies do not prohibit allocations to funds or other accounts owned beneficially by Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., or Sun Life Financial Inc., or their affiliates other than the Adviser and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.


It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or availability of a security as far as the funds are concerned.

Brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for certain specified periods, information concerning purchases by the Fund of securities issued by its regular broker/dealers for its most recent fiscal year, and information concerning the amount of transactions and related commissions to broker/dealer firms that MFS has determined provide valuable research for the Fund’s most recent fiscal year, are set forth in Appendix H.

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF BOND RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt instruments. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt instruments with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt instruments of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield.

Excerpts From Moody’s Investors Service’s Description of its Ratings

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa: Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated “A” are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated “Baa” are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba: Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s applies numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Excerpts From Standard & Poors’, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., Description of its Ratings

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue ratings definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.

AAA: An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.


AA: An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A: An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C: Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C: The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

D: An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the applicable rating category.

N.R.: Not rated.

Excerpts from Fitch Ratings Description of its Ratings

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (LTCR) may also be referred to as Long-Term Ratings. When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR).

Investment Grade

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.


BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

CCC: Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions.

CC: Default of some kind appears probable.

C: Default is imminent.

RD: Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D: Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following:

 

   

Failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation;

 

   

The bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or

 

   

The distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated “D” upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of “C” to “B” ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major ratings categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-term ratings category, to categories below “CCC,” or to Short-term ratings other than “F1.” (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the “CCC” category, whereas issuers are only rated “CCC” without the use of modifiers.)

APPENDIX B

PORTFOLIO MANAGER(S)

Compensation

Portfolio manager total cash compensation is a combination of base salary and performance bonus:

Base Salary – Base salary represents a smaller percentage of portfolio manager total cash compensation (generally below 10%) than performance bonus.

Performance Bonus – Generally, the performance bonus represents a majority of portfolio manager total cash compensation.


The performance bonus is based on a combination of quantitative and qualitative factors, with more weight given to the former (generally over 60%) and less weight given to the latter.

The quantitative portion is based on the pre-tax performance of assets managed by the portfolio manager over a one-, three-, and five-year period relative to peer group universes and/or indices. As of December 31, 2007, the following benchmarks were used:

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Benchmark

  

Benchmark

Gary A. Lasman    Lehman Brothers U.S. Municipal Index    Lipper High Yield Municipal Debt Funds
Geoffrey L. Schechter    Lehman Brothers Government Mortgage    Lipper General US Government Funds
   Lehman Brothers Municipal Index    Lipper High Yield Municipal Debt Funds
   Lipper General Municipal Debt Funds    Lipper Short-Intermediate Municipal Debt Funds

Additional or different benchmarks, including versions of indices and custom indices may also be used. Primary weight is given to portfolio performance over a three-year time period with lesser consideration given to portfolio performance over one-year and five-year periods (adjusted as appropriate if the portfolio manager has served for less than five years).

The qualitative portion is based on the results of an annual internal peer review process (conducted by other portfolio managers, analysts, and traders) and management’s assessment of overall portfolio manager contributions to investor relations and the investment process (distinct from fund and other account performance).

Portfolio managers also typically benefit from the opportunity to participate in the MFS Equity Plan. Equity interests and/or options to acquire equity interests in MFS or its parent company are awarded by management, on a discretionary basis, taking into account tenure at MFS, contribution to the investment process, and other factors.

Finally, portfolio managers are provided with a benefits package including a defined contribution plan, health coverage and other insurance, which are available to other employees of MFS on substantially similar terms. The percentage such benefits represent of any portfolio manager’s compensation depends upon the length of the individual’s tenure at MFS and salary level, as well as other factors.

Ownership of Fund Shares

The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities of the Fund beneficially owned by the Fund’s portfolio manager(s) as of the Fund’s fiscal year ended November 30, 2007. The following dollar ranges apply:

N. None

A. $1 – $10,000

B. $10,001 – $50,000

C. $50,001 – $100,000

D. $100,001 – $500,000

E. $500,001 – $1,000,000

F. Over $1,000,000

 

Name of Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Fund

Gary A. Lasman

   N

Geoffrey L. Schechter

   N


Other Accounts

In addition to the Fund, the Fund’s portfolio manager is responsible (either individually or jointly) for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, the number and assets of which, as of the Fund’s fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, were as follows:

 

     Registered Investment Companies*    Other Pooled Investment Vehicles    Other Accounts

Name

   Number of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
   Number of
Accounts
   Total
Assets
   Number of
Accounts
   Total
Assets

Gary A. Lasman

   4    $ 2.6 billion    0    N/A    0    N/A

Geoffrey L. Schechter

   13    $ 6.8 billion    1    $245.1 million    0    N/A

 

* Includes the Fund.

Advisory fees are not based upon performance of any of the accounts identified in the table above.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

The Adviser seeks to identify potential conflicts of interest resulting from a portfolio manager’s management of both the Fund and other accounts, and has adopted policies and procedures designed to address such potential conflicts.

The management of multiple funds and accounts (including proprietary accounts) may give rise to potential conflicts of interest if the funds and accounts have different objectives and strategies, benchmarks, time horizons and fees as a portfolio manager must allocate his or her time and investment ideas across multiple funds and accounts. In certain instances there may be securities which are suitable for the Fund’s portfolio as well as for accounts of the Adviser or its subsidiaries with similar investment objectives. A Fund’s trade allocation policies may give rise to conflicts of interest if the Fund’s orders do not get fully executed or are delayed in getting executed due to being aggregated with those of other accounts of the Adviser or its subsidiaries. A portfolio manager may execute transactions for another fund or account that may adversely impact the value of the Fund’s investments. Investments selected for funds or accounts other than the Fund may outperform investments selected for the Fund.

When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed by the Adviser to be fair and equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Fund is concerned. In most cases, however, the Adviser believes that the Fund’s ability to participate in volume transactions will produce better executions for the Fund.

The Adviser does not receive a performance fee for its management of the Fund. As a result, the Adviser and/or a portfolio manager may have a financial incentive to allocate favorable or limited opportunity investments or structure the timing of investments to favor accounts other than the Fund - for instance, those that pay a higher advisory fee and/or have a performance fee.

APPENDIX C

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS – IDENTIFICATION AND BACKGROUND

The Trustees and officers of the Trust, as of August 1, 2008, are listed below, together with their principal occupations during the past five years. (Their titles may have varied during that period.) The address of each Trustee and officer is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

Name, Date of Birth

  

Position(s)
    Held with    
Fund

  

Trustee/Officer
Since(1)

  

Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years & Other Directorships(2)

INTERESTED

TRUSTEES

        

Robert J. Manning(3)

(born 10/20/63)

   Trustee    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Investment Officer and Director


Name, Date of Birth

  

Position(s)
    Held with    
Fund

   Trustee/Officer
Since(1)
  

Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years & Other Directorships(2)

Robert C. Pozen(3)

(born 8/08/46)

   Trustee    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Chairman (since February 2004); Harvard Business School (education), Senior Lecturer (since 2008); Secretary of Economic Affairs, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (January 2002 to December 2002); Fidelity Investments, Vice Chairman (June 2000 to December 2001); Fidelity Management & Research Company (investment adviser), President (March 1997 to July 2001); Bell Canada Enterprises (telecommunications), Director; Medtronic, Inc. (medical technology), Director; Telesat (satellite communications), Director (until 2007)

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

        

J. Atwood Ives

(born 5/01/36)

   Trustee and Chair of Trustees    June 2007    Private investor; KeySpan Corporation (energy related services), Director until 2004; Woodstock Corporation (investment advisory firm), Director until 2003

Robert E. Butler(4)

(born 11/29/41)

   Trustee    June 2007    Consultant - regulatory and compliance matters (since July 2002); PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (professional services firm), Partner (until 2002)

Lawrence H. Cohn, M.D.

(born 3/11/37)

   Trustee    June 2007    Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Chief of Cardiac Surgery (until 2005); Harvard Medical School, Professor of Cardiac Surgery; Physician Director of Medical Device Technology for Partners HealthCare

David H. Gunning

(born 5/30/42)

   Trustee    June 2007    Retired; Cleveland-Cliffs Inc. (mining products and service provider), Vice Chairman/Director (until May 2007); Portman Limited (mining), Director (since 2005); Encinitos Ventures (private investment company), Principal (1997 to April 2001); Lincoln Electric Holdings, Inc. (welding equipment manufacturer), Director

William R. Gutow

(born 9/27/41)

   Trustee    June 2007    Private investor and real estate consultant (since 1998); Capitol Entertainment Management Company (video franchise), Vice Chairman (since 1998); Texas Donuts (donut franchise), Vice Chairman (since 2007); Atlantic Coast Tan (tanning salons), Vice Chairman (until 2007)

Michael Hegarty

(born 12/21/44)

   Trustee    June 2007    Retired; AXA Financial (financial services and insurance), Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer (until May 2001); The Equitable Life Assurance Society (insurance), President and Chief Operating Officer (until May 2001)


Name, Date of Birth

  

Position(s)
    Held with    
Fund

   Trustee/Officer
Since(1)
  

Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years & Other Directorships(2)

Lawrence T. Perera

(born 6/23/35)

   Trustee    June 2007    Hemenway & Barnes (attorneys), Partner

J. Dale Sherratt

(born 9/23/38)

   Trustee    June 2007    Insight Resources, Inc. (acquisition planning specialists), President; Wellfleet Investments (investor in health care companies), Managing General Partner (since 1993); Cambridge Nutraceuticals (professional nutritional products), Chief Executive Officer (until May 2001)

Laurie J. Thomsen

(born 8/05/57)

   Trustee    June 2007    New Profit, Inc. (venture philanthropy), Partner (since 2006); Private investor; Prism Venture Partners (venture capital), Co-founder and General Partner (until June 2004); The Travelers Companies (commercial property liability insurance), Director

Robert W. Uek

(born 5/18/41)

   Trustee    June 2007    Retired (since 1999); PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (professional services firm), Partner (until 1999); Consultant to investment company industry (since 2000); TT International Funds (mutual fund complex), Trustee (2000 until 2005); Hillview Investment Trust II Funds (mutual fund complex), Trustee (2000 until 2005)

OFFICERS

        

Robert J. Manning(3)

(born 10/20/63)

   President    March 2008    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Investment Officer and Director

Maria F. Dwyer(3)

(born 12/01/58)

   Treasurer    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Executive Vice President and Chief Regulatory Officer (since March 2004) and Chief Compliance Officer (since December 2006); President of the Fund (June 2007 through March 2008); Fidelity Management & Research Company, Vice President (prior to March 2004); Fidelity Group of Funds, President and Treasurer (prior to March 2004); MFS Group of Funds, President (November 2005 – March 2008)

Christopher R. Bohane(3)

(born 1/18/74)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Vice President and Senior Counsel (since April 2003); Kirkpatrick & Lockhart LLP (law firm), Associate (prior to April 2003)

Ethan D. Corey(3)

(born 11/21/63)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel (since April 2006); Special Counsel (Prior to April 2006). Dechert LLP (law firm), Counsel (prior to December 2004)


Name, Date of Birth

  

Position(s)
    Held with    
Fund

   Trustee/Officer
Since(1)
  

Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years & Other Directorships(2)

David L. DiLorenzo(3)

(born 8/10/68)

   Assistant Treasurer    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Vice President (since June 2005); JP Morgan Investor Services, Vice President (prior to June 2005)

Timothy M. Fagan(3)

(born 7/10/68)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    October 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Vice President and Senior Counsel (since September 2005); John Hancock Advisers, LLC, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (September 2004 to August 2005), Senior Attorney (prior to September 2004); John Hancock Group of Funds, Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (September 2004 to December 2004)

Mark D. Fischer(3)

(born 10/27/70)

   Assistant Treasurer    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Vice President (since May 2005); JP Morgan Investment Management Company, Vice President (prior to May 2005)

Brian E. Langenfeld(3)

(born 3/07/73)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Assistant Vice President and Senior Counsel (since May 2006); John Hancock Advisers, LLC, Assistant Vice President and Counsel (May 2005 to April 2006); John Hancock Advisers, LLC, Attorney and Assistant Secretary (prior to May 2005)

Ellen Moynihan(3)

(born 11/13/57)

   Assistant Treasurer    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Senior Vice President

Susan S. Newton(3)

(born 3/07/50)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel (since April 2005); John Hancock Advisers, LLC, Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (prior to April 2005); John Hancock Group of Funds, Senior Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer (prior to April 2005)

Susan A. Pereira(3)

(born 11/05/70)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Vice President and Senior Counsel (since June 2004); Bingham McCutchen LLP (law firm), Associate (prior to June 2004)

Mark N. Polebaum(3)

(born 5/01/52)

   Secretary and Clerk    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (since January 2006); Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (law firm), Partner (prior to January 2006)


Name, Date of Birth

  

Position(s)
Held with

Fund

   Trustee/Officer
Since(1)
  

Principal Occupations During the Past Five Years & Other Directorships(2)

Frank L. Tarantino

(born 3/07/44)

   Independent Chief Compliance Officer    June 2007    Tarantino LLC (provider of compliance services), Principal (since June 2004); CRA Business Strategies Group (consulting services), Executive Vice President (April 2003 to June 2004); David L. Babson & Co. (investment adviser), Managing Director, Chief Administrative Officer and Director (prior to March 2003)

Richard S. Weitzel(3)

(born 7/16/70)

   Assistant Secretary and Assistant Clerk    October 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Vice President and Assistant General Counsel (since 2007); Vice President and Senior Counsel (since May 2004); Massachusetts Department of Business and Technology, General Counsel (February 2003 to April 2004); Massachusetts Office of the Attorney General, Assistant Attorney General (April 2001 to February 2003)

James O. Yost(3)

(born 06/12/60)

   Assistant Treasurer    June 2007    Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Senior Vice President

 

1

Date first appointed to serve as Trustee/officer of an MFS fund. Each Trustee has served continuously since appointment unless indicated otherwise.

 

2

Directorships or trusteeships of companies required to report to the Securities and Exchange Commission (i.e., “public companies”).

 

3

“Interested person” of the trust within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (referred to as the 1940 Act), which is the principal federal law governing investment companies like the fund, as a result of position with MFS. The address of MFS is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

4

In 2004 and 2005, Mr. Butler provided consulting services to the independent compliance consultant retained by MFS pursuant to its settlement with the SEC concerning market timing and related matters. The terms of that settlement required that compensation and expenses related to the independent compliance consultant be borne exclusively by MFS and, therefore, MFS paid Mr. Butler for the services he rendered to the independent compliance consultant. In 2004 and 2005, MFS paid Mr. Butler a total of $351,119.29.

The Trust holds annual shareholder meetings for the purpose of electing Trustees, and Trustees are elected for fixed terms. The Board of Trustees is currently divided into three classes, each having a term of three years, except certain Trustees elected by preferred shareholders have one year terms. Each Trustee’s term of office expires on the date of the third annual meeting following the election to office of the Trustee’s class. Each Trustee has been elected by shareholders and each Trustee and officer will serve until his or her successor is elected and qualified or his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal. Messrs. Butler, Sherratt, Gutow, and Uek, and Ms. Thomsen, are members of the Trust’s Audit Committee.

Each of the Trust’s Trustees and officers holds comparable positions with certain other funds of which MFS or a subsidiary is the investment adviser or distributor, and, in the case of the officers, with certain affiliates of MFS. As of December 31, 2007, the Trustees served as board members of 98 funds within the MFS Family of Funds.

APPENDIX D

TRUSTEE COMPENSATION AND COMMITTEES

The Fund pays the non-interested Trustees an annual fee plus a fee for each meeting attended. In addition, the non-interested Trustees are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses.


Trustee Compensation Table

 

Name and Position

   Fees from Fund(1)     Retirement Benefits Accrued as
Part of Fund Expense
   Total Fees from Fund and
Fund Complex(2)
 

Interested Trustees

       

Robert J. Manning

     N/A       N/A      N/A (3)

William E. Mayer(5)

   $ 849 (6)     N/A    $ 3,922 (4)

Robert C. Pozen

     N/A       N/A      N/A (3)

Non-Interested Trustees

       

Robert E. Butler

   $ 938       N/A    $ 229,619 (3)

Lawrence H. Cohn, M.D

   $ 938     $ 0    $ 228,509 (3)

David H. Gunning

   $ 938       N/A    $ 248,508 (3)

William R. Gutow

   $ 938       N/A    $ 228,509 (3)

Douglas A. Hacker(5)

   $ 989 (6)     N/A    $ 4,459 (4)

Michael Hegarty

   $ 938       N/A    $ 226,509 (3)

J. Atwood Ives

   $ 938     $ 0    $ 302,509 (3)

Janet Langford Kelly(5)

   $ 929 (6)     N/A    $ 3,910 (4)

Richard W. Lowry(5)

   $ 779 (6)     N/A    $ 3,548 (4)

Charles R. Nelson(5)

   $ 929 (6)     N/A    $ 4,232 (4)

John J. Neuhauser(5)

   $ 883 (6)     N/A    $ 4,102 (4)

Lawrence T. Perera

   $ 938     $ 0    $ 226,953 (3)

J. Dale Sherratt

   $ 938     $ 0    $ 268,507 (3)

Patrick J. Simpson(5)

   $ 908 (6)     N/A    $ 4,122 (4)

Thomas E. Stitzel(5)

   $ 975 (6)     N/A    $ 4,322 (4)

Thomas C. Theobald(5)

   $ 1,271 (6)     N/A    $ 6,148 (4)

Laurie J. Thomsen

   $ 938       N/A    $ 248,508 (3)

Robert W. Uek

   $ 938       N/A    $ 254,142 (3)

Anne-Lee Verville(5)

   $ 1,017 (6)     N/A    $ 5,428 (4)

 

(1) For the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

(2) Information provided is for calendar year 2007.

 

(3) Served as Trustee of 98 funds within the MFS Fund Complex (having aggregate net assets at December 31, 2007 of approximately $106 billion).

 

(4) Served as Trustee of 6 funds within the Colonial Closed-End Fund Complex.

 

(5) Resigned as Trustee on June 29, 2007, in order to facilitate oversight of the fund by the same Board of Trustees that oversees other funds advised by MFS, pursuant to a shareholder vote on June 22, 2007, approving a new advisory agreement.

 

(6) The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by all funds in the Colonial Fund Complex was $13,671 for the period from December 1, 2006 to June 29, 2007.

Retirement Benefit Deferral Plan— Under a Retirement Benefit Deferral Plan, certain Trustees have deferred benefits from a prior retirement plan. The value of the benefits is periodically readjusted as though the Trustee had invested an equivalent amount in Class A shares of the Fund(s) designated by such Trustee. The value of the deferred benefits will be paid to the Trustees upon retirement or thereafter. The plan does not obligate a Fund to retain the services of any Trustee or pay any particular level of compensation to any Trustee. The plan is not funded and a Fund’s obligation to pay the Trustee’s deferred compensation is a general unsecured obligation.

Committees

The Board has established the following Committees:

 

Name of Committee

   Number of Meetings in
Last Fiscal Year(2)
  

Functions

  

Current Members(1)

AUDIT COMMITTEE    3    Oversees the accounting and auditing procedures of the Fund and, among other duties, considers the selection of the independent accountants for the Fund and the scope of the audit, and considers the effect on the independence of those accountants of any non-audit services such accountants provide to the Fund and any audit or non-audit services such accountants provide to   

Butler*, Gutow*, Sherratt*, Thomsen*,

and Uek*


Name of Committee

   Number of Meetings in
Last Fiscal Year(2)
  

Functions

  

Current Members(1)

      other MFS Funds, MFS and/or certain affiliates. The Committee is also responsible for establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by the Fund regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable fund accounting matters by officers of the Fund and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser, administrator, principal underwriter, or any other provider of accounting-related services to the Fund.   
COMPLIANCE AND GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE    3    Oversees the development and implementation of the Fund’s regulatory and fiduciary compliance policies, procedures, and practices under the 1940 Act, and other applicable laws, as well as oversight of compliance policies of the Fund’s investment adviser and certain other service providers as they relate to Fund activities. The Fund’s Independent Chief Compliance Officer assists the Committee in carrying out its responsibilities. In addition, the Committee advises and makes recommendations to the Board on matters concerning Trustee practices and recommendations concerning the functions and duties of the committees of the Board.    Butler*, Cohn*, Gunning*, Gutow*, and Sherratt*
CONTRACTS REVIEW COMMITTEE    2    Requests, reviews, and considers the information deemed reasonably necessary to evaluate the terms of the investment advisory and principal underwriting agreements and the Plan of Distribution under Rule 12b-1 that each Fund proposes to renew or continue, and to make its recommendations to the full Board of Trustees on these matters.   

All Independent Trustees of the Board (Butler, Cohn, Gunning, Gutow, Hegarty, Ives, Perera, Sherratt, Thomsen,

and Uek)

NOMINATION AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE    0    Recommends qualified candidates to the Board in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Committee will consider recommendations by shareholders when a vacancy exists. Shareholders wishing to recommend candidates for Trustee for consideration by the Committee may do so by writing to the Fund’s Secretary at the principal executive office of the Fund. Such recommendations must be accompanied by biographical and occupational data on the candidate (including whether the candidate would be an “interested person” of the Fund), a written consent by the candidate to be named as a nominee and to serve as Trustee if elected, record and ownership information for the recommending shareholder with respect to the Fund, and a description of any arrangements or understandings regarding recommendation of the candidate for consideration. The Committee is also responsible for making recommendations to the Board regarding any necessary standards or qualifications for service on the Board. The Committee also reviews and makes recommendations to the Board regarding compensation for the non-interested Trustees.   

All Independent Trustees of the Board (Butler, Cohn, Gunning, Gutow, Hegarty, Ives, Perera, Sherratt, Thomsen,

and Uek)

PORTFOLIO TRADING AND MARKETING REVIEW COMMITTEE    3    Oversees the policies, procedures, and practices of the Fund with respect to brokerage transactions involving portfolio securities as those policies,    Cohn*, Gunning*, Hegarty*, and Perera*


Name of Committee

   Number of Meetings in
Last Fiscal Year(2)
  

Functions

  

Current Members(1)

      procedures, and practices are carried out by MFS and its affiliates. The Committee also oversees the lending of portfolio securities and the administration of the Fund’s proxy voting policies and procedures by MFS. In addition, the Committee receives reports from MFS regarding the policies, procedures, and practices of MFS and its affiliates in connection with their marketing and distribution of shares of the Fund.   
PRICING COMMITTEE    3    Oversees the determination of the value of the portfolio securities and other assets held by the Fund and determines or causes to be determined the fair value of securities and assets for which market quotations are not “readily available” in accordance with the 1940 Act. The Committee delegates primary responsibility for carrying out these functions to MFS and MFS’ internal valuation committee pursuant to pricing policies and procedures approved by the Committee and adopted by the full Board. These policies include methodologies to be followed by MFS in determining the fair values of portfolio securities and other assets held by the Fund for which market quotations are not readily available. The Committee meets periodically with the members of MFS’ internal valuation committee to review and assess the quality of fair valuation and other pricing determinations made pursuant to the Fund’s pricing policies and procedures, and to review and assess the policies and procedures themselves. The Committee also exercises the responsibilities of the Board under the Amortized Cost Valuation Procedures approved by the Board on behalf of each Fund which holds itself out as a “money market fund” in accordance with Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act.    Hegarty*, Perera*, Thomsen*, and Uek*
SERVICES CONTRACTS COMMITTEE    4    Reviews and evaluates the contractual arrangements of the Fund relating to transfer agency, administrative services, custody, pricing and bookkeeping services, and makes recommendations to the full Board of Trustees on these matters.   

Butler*, Gunning*, Sherratt*, Thomsen*,

and Uek*

 

(1) The Trustees’ identification and background are set forth in Appendix C.

 

(2) Number of meetings held during the period beginning June 30, 2007, the effective date of the sale by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC to MFS of the Trust’s assets, through the Trust’s fiscal year end, November 30, 2007. Prior to June 30, 2007, the Trust was overseen by a different board.

 

 * Non-interested or independent Trustees. Although Mr. Ives is not a member of all Committees of the Board, he is invited to and attends many of the Committees’ meetings in his capacity as Chair of the Trustees.


APPENDIX E

CERTAIN SERVICE PROVIDER COMPENSATION

The Fund paid compensation for advisory services, administrative services, and oversight services, over the specified periods as follows.

 

Fiscal Year Ended(2)

   Amount Paid to MFS
for Advisory
Services After
Waivers
    Amount Waived
by MFS for Advisory
Services
    Amount Paid to Columbia
Management Advisors,
LLC for Advisory Services
After Waivers
    Amount Waived by
Columbia Management
Advisors, LLC for
Advisory Services
 

November 30, 2007

   $ 663,921 (4)   $ 0 (4)   $ 1,093,218 (5)   $ 0 (5)

November 30, 2006

     N/A       N/A     $ 1,636,749     $ 0  

November 30, 2005

     N/A       N/A     $ 1,630,635     $ 0  

Fiscal Year Ended(2)

   Amount Paid to
MFSC for Oversight
Services(1)
    Amount Paid to MFS
for General Administrative
Services
    Bookkeeping/Pricing
Fees Paid to State Street
Corporation(3)
       

November 30, 2007

   $ 4,884 (4)   $ 20,235 (4)   $ 68,063    

November 30, 2006

     N/A       N/A     $ 83,068    

November 30, 2005

     N/A       N/A     $ 141,024    

 

(1) Amount paid to MFSC for oversight services pursuant to a Closed-End Fund Oversight Agreement. In addition to the fees disclosed, the Fund also paid directly $7,646 for transfer agent related services for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007.

 

(2) Prior to June 30, 2007, the Fund was managed by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC, an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank of America Corporation.

 

(3) Fees charged by Columbia Management Advisors, LLC and delegated and passed to State Street Corporation. These fees exclude out-of-pocket expenses.

 

(4) For the period from June 30, 2007 to November 30, 2007.

 

(5) For the period from December 1, 2006 to June 29, 2007.

APPENDIX F

SHARE OWNERSHIP

Ownership By Trustees and Officers

As of July 10, 2008, the current Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of any class of the Fund’s shares. The Board of Trustees has adopted a policy requiring that each Non-Interested Trustee invest on an aggregate basis, within two years of membership on the Board of Trustees, an amount equal to his or her prior calendar year’s Trustee fees in shares of the MFS funds overseen by such Trustee. The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each current Trustee in the Fund and, on an aggregate basis, in all MFS Funds overseen by each current Trustee, as of December 31, 2007.

The following dollar ranges apply:

N. None

A. $1 – $10,000

B. $10,001 – $50,000

C. $50,001 – $100,000

D. $100,001 – $225,000

E. Over $225,000

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of Equity Securities in
the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All MFS Funds Overseen
by Trustee

Interested Trustees

     

Robert J. Manning

   N    E

Robert C. Pozen

   N    E

Non-Interested Trustees

     

Robert E. Butler

   N    E

Lawrence H. Cohn, M.D

   N    E

David H. Gunning

   N    E

William R. Gutow

   N    E

Michael Hegarty

   N    E

J. Atwood Ives

   N    E

Lawrence T. Perera

   N    E

J. Dale Sherratt

   N    E

Laurie J. Thomsen

   N    E

Robert W. Uek

   N    E


25% or Greater Ownership of the Fund

The following table identifies those investors who own 25% or more of the Fund’s shares (all share classes taken together) as of July 10, 2008. All holdings are of record unless otherwise indicated.

 

Name and Address of Investor

  

Percentage Ownership

 

Cede & Company

P.O. Box 20, Bowling Green Station

New York, NY

   89.28 %

5% or Greater Ownership of Share Class

The following table identifies those investors who own 5% or more of any class of the Fund’s shares as of July 10, 2008. All holdings are of record unless otherwise indicated.

 

Name and Address of Investor

   Percentage Ownership

Cede & Company

P.O. Box 20, Bowling Green Station

New York, NY

   89.29% of Common Shares

Citigroup Global Markets, Inc.

390 Greenwich Street, 5th Floor

New York, NY 10013

   50.44% of Preferred Shares

Oppenheimer & Company

125 Broad Street, 15th Floor

New York, NY 10004

   38.47% of Preferred Shares

Morgan Stanley GWH

1221 Avenue of the Americas, 27th Floor

New York, NY 10020

   8.67% of Preferred Shares

APPENDIX G

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

June 1, 2008

Massachusetts Financial Services Company, MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc., MFS International (UK) Limited, MFS Heritage Trust Company, and MFS’ other investment adviser subsidiaries (except Four Pillars Capital, Inc.) (collectively, “MFS”) have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures, as set forth below (“MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures”), with respect to securities owned by the clients for which MFS serves as investment adviser and has the power to vote proxies, including the registered investment companies sponsored by MFS (the “MFS Funds”). References to “clients” in these policies and procedures include the MFS Funds and other clients of MFS, such as funds organized offshore, sub-advised funds and separate account clients, to the extent these clients have delegated to MFS the responsibility to vote proxies on their behalf under the MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

The MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures include:

 

  A. Voting Guidelines;

 

  B. Administrative Procedures;

 

  C. Monitoring System;

 

  D. Records Retention; and

 

  E. Reports.


A. VOTING GUIDELINES

 

1. General Policy; Potential Conflicts of Interest

MFS’ policy is that proxy voting decisions are made in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in the interests of any other party or in MFS’ corporate interests, including interests such as the distribution of MFS Fund shares, administration of 401(k) plans, and institutional relationships.

In developing these proxy voting guidelines, MFS periodically reviews corporate governance issues and proxy voting matters that are presented for shareholder vote by either management or shareholders of public companies. Based on the overall principle that all votes cast by MFS on behalf of its clients must be in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of such clients, MFS has adopted proxy voting guidelines, set forth below, that govern how MFS generally will vote on specific matters presented for shareholder vote. In all cases, MFS will exercise its discretion in voting on these matters in accordance with this overall principle. In other words, the underlying guidelines are simply that – guidelines. Proxy items of significance are often considered on a case-by-case basis, in light of all relevant facts and circumstances, and in certain cases MFS may vote proxies in a manner different from what otherwise be dictated by these guidelines.

As a general matter, MFS maintains a consistent voting position on similar proxy proposals with respect to various issuers. In addition, MFS generally votes consistently on the same matter when securities of an issuer are held by multiple client accounts. However, MFS recognizes that there are gradations in certain types of proposals that might result in different voting positions being taken with respect to different proxy statements. There also may be situations involving matters presented for shareholder vote that are not governed by the guidelines or situations where MFS has received explicit voting instructions from a client for its own account. Some items that otherwise would be acceptable will be voted against the proponent when it is seeking extremely broad flexibility without offering a valid explanation. MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines with respect to a particular shareholder vote when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients.

From time to time, MFS receives comments on these guidelines as well as regarding particular voting issues from its clients. These comments are carefully considered by MFS when it reviews these guidelines each year and revises them as appropriate.

These policies and procedures are intended to address any potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that are likely to arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. If such potential material conflicts of interest do arise, MFS will analyze, document and report on such potential material conflicts of interest (see Sections B.2 and E below), and shall ultimately vote the relevant proxies in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of its clients. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring and reporting with respect to such potential material conflicts of interest.

 

2. MFS’ Policy on Specific Issues

Election of Directors

MFS believes that good governance should be based on a board with at least a simple majority of directors who are “independent” of management, and whose key committees (e.g., compensation, nominating, and audit committees) are comprised entirely of “independent” directors. While MFS generally supports the board’s nominees in uncontested elections, we will withhold our vote for, or vote against, as applicable, a nominee to a board of a U.S. issuer if, as a result of such nominee being elected to the board, the board would be comprised of a majority of members who are not “independent” or, alternatively, the compensation, nominating or audit committees would include members who are not “independent.”

MFS will also withhold its vote for, or vote against, as applicable, a nominee to a board if we can determine that he or she failed to attend at least 75% of the board and/or relevant committee meetings in the previous year without a valid reason stated in the proxy materials. In addition, MFS will withhold its vote for, or vote against, as applicable, all nominees standing for re-election to a board if we can determine: (1) since the last annual meeting of shareholders and without shareholder approval, the board or its compensation committee has re-priced underwater stock options; or (2) since the last annual meeting, the board has either implemented a poison pill without shareholder approval or has not taken responsive action to a majority shareholder approved resolution recommending that the “poison pill” be rescinded. Responsive action would include the rescission of the “poison


pill” (without a broad reservation to reinstate the “poison pill” in the event of a hostile tender offer), or assurance in the proxy materials that the terms of the “poison pill” would be put to a binding shareholder vote within the next five to seven years.

MFS will also withhold its vote for, or vote against, as applicable, a nominee (other than a nominee who serves as the issuer’s Chief Executive Officer) standing for re-election if such nominee participated (as a director or committee member) in the approval of senior executive compensation that MFS deems to be “excessive” due to pay for performance issues and/or poor pay practices. In the event that MFS determines that an issuer has adopted “excessive” executive compensation, MFS may also withhold its vote for, or vote against, as applicable, the re-election of the issuer’s Chief Executive Officer as director regardless of whether the Chief Executive Officer participated in the approval of the package. MFS will determine whether senior executive compensation is excessive on a case by case basis. Examples of poor pay practices include, but are not limited to, egregious employment contract terms or pension payouts, backdated stock options, overly generous hiring bonuses for chief executive officers or, excessive perks.

MFS evaluates a contested or contentious election of directors on a case-by-case basis considering the long-term financial performance of the company relative to its industry, management’s track record, the qualifications of the nominees for both slates, if applicable, and an evaluation of what each side is offering shareholders.

Majority Voting and Director Elections

MFS votes for reasonably crafted proposals calling for directors to be elected with an affirmative majority of votes cast and/or the elimination of the plurality standard for electing directors (including binding resolutions requesting that the board amend the company’s bylaws), provided the proposal includes a carve-out for a plurality voting standard when there are more director nominees than board seats (e.g., contested elections) (“Majority Vote Proposals”).MFS considers voting against Majority Vote Proposals if the company has adopted, or has proposed to adopt in the proxy statement, formal corporate governance principles that present a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard and provide an adequate response to both new nominees as well as incumbent nominees who fail to receive a majority of votes cast. MFS believes that a company’s election policy should address the specific circumstances at that company. In determining whether the issuer has a meaningful alternative to the majority voting standard, MFS considers whether a company’s election policy articulates the following elements to address each director nominee who fails to receive an affirmative majority of votes cast in an election:

 

   

Establish guidelines for the process by which the company determines the status of nominees who fail to receive an affirmative majority of votes cast and disclose the guidelines in the annual proxy statement;

 

   

Guidelines should include a reasonable timetable for resolution of the nominee’s status and a requirement that the resolution be disclosed together with the reasons for the resolution;

 

   

Vest management of the process in the company’s independent directors, other than the nominee in question; and

 

   

Outline the range of remedies that the independent directors may consider concerning the nominee.

Classified Boards

MFS opposes proposals to classify a board (e.g., a board in which only one-third of board members are elected each year). MFS supports proposals to declassify a board.

Non-Salary Compensation Programs

MFS votes against stock option programs for officers, employees or non-employee directors that do not require an investment by the optionee, that give “free rides” on the stock price, or that permit grants of stock options with an exercise price below fair market value on the date the options are granted.

MFS also opposes stock option programs that allow the board or the compensation committee, without shareholder approval, to reprice underwater options or to automatically replenish shares (i.e., evergreen plans). MFS will consider on a case-by-case basis proposals to exchange existing options for newly issued options (taking into account such factors as whether there is a reasonable value-for-value exchange).

MFS opposes stock option programs and restricted stock plans that provide unduly generous compensation for officers, directors or employees, or could result in excessive dilution to other shareholders. As a general guideline, MFS votes against restricted stock plans, stock option, non-employee director, omnibus stock plans and any other stock plan if all such plans for a particular company involve potential dilution, in the aggregate, of more than 15%. However, MFS will also vote against stock plans that involve potential dilution, in aggregate, of more than 10% at U.S. issuers that are listed in the Standard and Poor’s 100 index as of December 31 of the previous year.


Expensing of Stock Options

MFS supports shareholder proposals to expense stock options because we believe that the expensing of options presents a more accurate picture of the company’s financial results to investors. We also believe that companies are likely to be more disciplined when granting options if the value of stock options were treated as an expense item on the company’s income statements.

Executive Compensation

MFS believes that competitive compensation packages are necessary to attract, motivate and retain executives. Therefore, MFS opposes shareholder proposals that seek to set restrictions on executive compensation. We believe that the election of an issuer’s compensation committee members is the appropriate mechanism to express our view on a company’s compensation practices, as outlined above. MFS also opposes shareholder requests for disclosure on executive compensation beyond regulatory requirements because we believe that current regulatory requirements for disclosure of executive compensation are appropriate and that additional disclosure is often unwarranted and costly. Although we support linking executive stock option grants to a company’s performance, MFS opposes shareholder proposals that mandate a link of performance-based options to a specific industry or peer group stock index. MFS believes that compensation committees should retain the flexibility to propose the appropriate index or other criteria by which performance-based options should be measured.

MFS supports reasonably crafted shareholder proposals that (i) require the issuer to adopt a policy to recover the portion of performance-based bonuses and awards paid to senior executives that were not earned based upon a significant negative restatement of earnings unless the company already has adopted a clearly satisfactory policy on the matter, or (ii) expressly prohibit any future backdating of stock options.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

MFS supports the use of a broad-based employee stock purchase plans to increase company stock ownership by employees, provided that shares purchased under the plan are acquired for no less than 85% of their market value and do not result in excessive dilution.

“Golden Parachutes”

From time to time, shareholders of companies have submitted proxy proposals that would require shareholder approval of severance packages for executive officers that exceed certain predetermined thresholds. MFS votes in favor of such shareholder proposals when they would require shareholder approval of any severance package for an executive officer that exceeds a certain multiple of such officer’s annual compensation that is not determined in MFS’ judgment to be excessive.

Anti-Takeover Measures

In general, MFS votes against any measure that inhibits capital appreciation in a stock, including proposals that protect management from action by shareholders. These types of proposals take many forms, ranging from “poison pills” and “shark repellents” to super-majority requirements.

MFS generally votes for proposals to rescind existing “poison pills” and proposals that would require shareholder approval to adopt prospective “poison pills.” MFS may consider the adoption of a prospective “poison pill” or the continuation of an existing “poison pill” if we can determine that the following two conditions are met: (1) the “poison pill” allows MFS clients to hold an aggregate position of up to 15% of a company’s total voting securities (and of any class of voting securities); and (2) either (a) the “poison pill” has a term of not longer than five years, provided that MFS will consider voting in favor of the “poison pill” if the term does not exceed seven years and the “poison pill” is linked to a business strategy or purpose that MFS believes is likely to result in greater value for shareholders; or (b) the terms of the “poison pill” allow MFS clients the opportunity to accept a fairly structured and attractively priced tender offer (e.g., a “chewable poison pill” that automatically dissolves in the event of an all cash, all shares tender offer at a premium price).MFS will also consider on a case-by-case basis proposals designed to prevent tenders which are disadvantageous to shareholders such as tenders at below market prices and tenders for substantially less than all shares of an issuer.

Reincorporation and Reorganization Proposals

When presented with a proposal to reincorporate a company under the laws of a different state, or to effect some other type of corporate reorganization, MFS considers the underlying purpose and ultimate effect of such a proposal in determining whether or not to support such a measure. While MFS generally votes in favor of management proposals that it believes are in the best long-term economic interests of its clients, MFS may oppose such a measure if, for example, the intent or effect would be to create additional inappropriate impediments to possible acquisitions or takeovers.


Issuance of Stock

There are many legitimate reasons for the issuance of stock. Nevertheless, as noted above under “Non-Salary Compensation Programs,” when a stock option plan (either individually or when aggregated with other plans of the same company) would substantially dilute the existing equity (e.g. by approximately 15% or more), MFS generally votes against the plan. In addition, MFS votes against proposals where management is asking for authorization to issue common or preferred stock with no reason stated (a “blank check”) because the unexplained authorization could work as a potential anti-takeover device. MFS may also vote against the authorization or issuance of common or preferred stock if MFS determines that the requested authorization is not warranted.

Repurchase Programs

MFS supports proposals to institute share repurchase plans in which all shareholders have the opportunity to participate on an equal basis. Such plans may include a company acquiring its own shares on the open market, or a company making a tender offer to its own shareholders.

Confidential Voting

MFS votes in favor of proposals to ensure that shareholder voting results are kept confidential. For example, MFS supports proposals that would prevent management from having access to shareholder voting information that is compiled by an independent proxy tabulation firm.

Cumulative Voting

MFS opposes proposals that seek to introduce cumulative voting and for proposals that seek to eliminate cumulative voting. In either case, MFS will consider whether cumulative voting is likely to enhance the interests of MFS’ clients as minority shareholders. In our view, shareholders should provide names of qualified candidates to a company’s nominating committee, which (for U.S. listed companies) must be comprised solely of “independent” directors.

Written Consent and Special Meetings

Because the shareholder right to act by written consent (without calling a formal meeting of shareholders) can be a powerful tool for shareholders, MFS generally opposes proposals that would prevent shareholders from taking action without a formal meeting or would take away a shareholder’s right to call a special meeting of company shareholders.

Independent Auditors

MFS believes that the appointment of auditors for U.S. issuers is best left to the board of directors of the company and therefore supports the ratification of the board’s selection of an auditor for the company. Some shareholder groups have submitted proposals to limit the non-audit activities of a company’s audit firm or prohibit any non-audit services by a company’s auditors to that company. MFS opposes proposals recommending the prohibition or limitation of the performance of non-audit services by an auditor, and proposals recommending the removal of a company’s auditor due to the performance of non-audit work for the company by its auditor. MFS believes that the board, or its audit committee, should have the discretion to hire the company’s auditor for specific pieces of non-audit work in the limited situations permitted under current law.

Other Corporate Governance, Corporate Responsibility and Social Issues

There are many groups advocating social change or changes to corporate governance or corporate responsibility standards, and many have chosen the publicly-held corporation as a vehicle for advancing their agenda. Generally, MFS votes with management on such proposals unless MFS can determine that the benefit to shareholders will outweigh any costs or disruptions to the business if the proposal were adopted. Common among the shareholder proposals that MFS generally votes with management are proposals requiring the company to use corporate resources to further a particular social objective outside the business of the company, to refrain from investing or conducting business in certain countries, to adhere to some list of goals or principles (e.g., environmental standards), to include in the issuer’s proxy statement an annual advisory shareholder vote as to the company’s executive compensation practices during the previous year, to permit shareholders access to the company’s proxy statement in connection with the election of directors, to disclose political contributions made by the issuer, to separate the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer positions, or to promulgate special reports on various activities or proposals for which no discernible shareholder economic advantage is evident.

The laws of various states may regulate how the interests of certain clients subject to those laws (e.g., state pension plans) are voted with respect to social issues. Thus, it may be necessary to cast ballots differently for certain clients than MFS might normally do for other clients.


Foreign Issuers

Many of the items on foreign proxies involve repetitive, non-controversial matters that are mandated by local law. Accordingly, the items that are generally deemed routine and which do not require the exercise of judgment under these guidelines (and therefore voted in favor) for foreign issuers include the following: (i) receiving financial statements or other reports from the board; (ii) approval of declarations of dividends; (iii) appointment of shareholders to sign board meeting minutes; (iv) discharge of management and supervisory boards; and (v) approval of share repurchase programs.

MFS generally supports the election of a director nominee standing for re-election in uncontested elections unless it can be determined that (1) he or she failed to attend at least 75% of the board and/or relevant committee meetings in the previous year without a valid reason given in the proxy materials; (2) since the last annual meeting of shareholders and without shareholder approval, the board or its compensation committee has re-priced underwater stock options; or (3) since the last annual meeting, the board has either implemented a poison pill without shareholder approval or has not taken responsive action to a majority shareholder approved resolution recommending that the “poison pill” be rescinded. MFS will also withhold its vote for, or vote against, as applicable, a director nominee standing for re-election of an issuer that has adopted an excessive compensation package for its senior executives as described above in the section entitled “Voting Guidelines-MFS’ Policy on Specific Issues-Election of Directors.”

MFS generally supports the election of auditors, but may determine to vote against the election of a statutory auditor in certain markets if MFS reasonably believes that the statutory auditor is not truly independent. MFS will evaluate all other items on proxies for foreign companies in the context of the guidelines described above, but will generally vote against an item if there is not sufficient information disclosed in order to make an informed voting decision.

In accordance with local law or business practices, many foreign companies prevent the sales of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting (“share blocking”). Depending on the country in which a company is domiciled, the blocking period may begin a stated number of days prior to the meeting (e.g., one, three or five days) or on a date established by the company. While practices vary, in many countries the block period can be continued for a longer period if the shareholder meeting is adjourned and postponed to a later date. Similarly, practices vary widely as to the ability of a shareholder to have the “block” restriction lifted early (e.g., in some countries shares generally can be “unblocked” up to two days prior to the meeting whereas in other countries the removal of the block appears to be discretionary with the issuer’s transfer agent). Due to these restrictions, MFS must balance the benefits to its clients of voting proxies against the potentially serious portfolio management consequences of a reduced flexibility to sell the underlying shares at the most advantageous time. For companies in countries with share blocking periods, the disadvantage of being unable to sell the stock regardless of changing conditions generally outweighs the advantages of voting at the shareholder meeting for routine items. Accordingly, MFS will not vote those proxies in the absence of an unusual, significant vote.

In limited circumstances, other market specific impediments to voting shares may limit our ability to cast votes, including, but not limited to, power of attorney requirements and late delivery of proxy materials. In these limited instances, MFS votes non-U.S. securities on a best efforts basis in the context of the guidelines described above.

 

B. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES

 

1. MFS Proxy Voting Committee

The administration of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is overseen by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, which includes senior personnel from the MFS Legal and Global Investment Support Departments. The Proxy Voting Committee does not include individuals whose primary duties relate to client relationship management, marketing, or sales. The MFS Proxy Voting Committee:

 

  a. Reviews these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures at least annually and recommends any amendments considered to be necessary or advisable;

 

  b. Determines whether any potential material conflict of interest exist with respect to instances in which MFS (i) seeks to override these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (ii) votes on ballot items not governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures; (iii) evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors; or (iv) requests a vote recommendation from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions); and

 

  c. Considers special proxy issues as they may arise from time to time.


2. Potential Conflicts of Interest

The MFS Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for monitoring potential material conflicts of interest on the part of MFS or its subsidiaries that could arise in connection with the voting of proxies on behalf of MFS’ clients. Due to the client focus of our investment management business, we believe that the potential for actual material conflict of interest issues is small. Nonetheless, we have developed precautions to ensure that all proxy votes are cast in the best long-term economic interest of shareholders. Other MFS internal policies require all MFS employees to avoid actual and potential conflicts of interests between personal activities and MFS’ client activities. If an employee identifies an actual or potential conflict of interest with respect to any voting decision that employee must recuse himself/herself from participating in the voting process. Additionally, with respect to decisions concerning all Non Standard Votes, as defined below, MFS will review the securities holdings reported by the individuals that participate in such decision to determine whether such person has a direct economic interest in the decision, in which case such person shall not further participate in making the decision. Any significant attempt by an employee of MFS or its subsidiaries to influence MFS’ voting on a particular proxy matter should also be reported to the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

In cases where proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist. In cases where (i) MFS is considering overriding these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (ii) matters presented for vote are not clearly governed by these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures, (iii) MFS evaluates an excessive executive compensation issue in relation to the election of directors, or (iv) a vote recommendation is requested from an MFS portfolio manager or investment analyst (e.g. mergers and acquisitions) (collectively, “Non Standard Votes”); the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will follow these procedures:

 

  a. Compare the name of the issuer of such proxy against a list of significant current (i) distributors of MFS Fund shares, and (ii) MFS institutional clients (the “MFS Significant Client List”);

 

  b. If the name of the issuer does not appear on the MFS Significant Client List, then no material conflict of interest will be deemed to exist, and the proxy will be voted as otherwise determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee;

 

  c. If the name of the issuer appears on the MFS Significant Client List, then the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will be apprised of that fact and each member of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will carefully evaluate the proposed vote in order to ensure that the proxy ultimately is voted in what MFS believes to be the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests; and

 

  d. For all potential material conflicts of interest identified under clause (c) above, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee will document: the name of the issuer, the issuer’s relationship to MFS, the analysis of the matters submitted for proxy vote, the votes as to be cast and the reasons why the MFS Proxy Voting Committee determined that the votes were cast in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients, and not in MFS’ corporate interests. A copy of the foregoing documentation will be provided to MFS’ Conflicts Officer.

The members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee are responsible for creating and maintaining the MFS Significant Client List, in consultation with MFS’ distribution and institutional business units. The MFS Significant Client List will be reviewed and updated periodically, as appropriate.

From time to time, certain MFS Funds may own shares of other MFS Funds (the “underlying fund”). If an underlying fund submits a matter to a shareholder vote, the MFS Fund that owns shares of the underlying fund will vote its shares in the same proportion as the other shareholders of the underlying fund.

 

3. Gathering Proxies

Most proxies received by MFS and its clients originate at Automatic Data Processing Corp. (“ADP”) although a few proxies are transmitted to investors by corporate issuers through their custodians or depositories. ADP and issuers send proxies and related material directly to the record holders of the shares beneficially owned by MFS’ clients, usually to the client’s custodian or, less commonly, to the client itself. This material will include proxy cards, reflecting the shareholdings of Funds and of clients on the record dates for such shareholder meetings, as well as proxy statements with the issuer’s explanation of the items to be voted upon.

MFS, on behalf of itself and the Funds, has entered into an agreement with an independent proxy administration firm, Institutional Shareholder Services, Inc. (the “Proxy Administrator”), pursuant to which the Proxy Administrator performs various proxy vote related administrative services, such as vote processing and recordkeeping functions for MFS’ Funds and institutional client accounts. The Proxy Administrator receives proxy statements and proxy cards directly or indirectly from various custodians, logs these materials into its database and matches upcoming meetings with


MFS Fund and client portfolio holdings, which are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system by an MFS holdings datafeed. Through the use of the Proxy Administrator system, ballots and proxy material summaries for all upcoming shareholders’ meetings are available on-line to certain MFS employees and the MFS Proxy Voting Committee.

 

4. Analyzing Proxies

Proxies are voted in accordance with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures. The Proxy Administrator at the prior direction of MFS automatically votes all proxy matters that do not require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment with respect to these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures as determined by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. With respect to proxy matters that require the particular exercise of discretion or judgment, MFS considers and votes on those proxy matters. MFS receives research from ISS which it may take into account in deciding how to vote. In addition, MFS expects to rely on ISS to identify circumstances in which a board may have approved excessive executive compensation. Representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee review, as appropriate, votes cast to ensure conformity with these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures.

As a general matter, portfolio managers and investment analysts have little or no involvement in specific votes taken by MFS. This is designed to promote consistency in the application of MFS’ voting guidelines, to promote consistency in voting on the same or similar issues (for the same or for multiple issuers) across all client accounts, and to minimize the potential that proxy solicitors, issuers, or third parties might attempt to exert inappropriate influence on the vote. In limited types of votes (e.g., corporate actions, such as mergers and acquisitions), a representative of MFS Proxy Voting Committee may consult with or seek recommendations from MFS portfolio managers or investment analysts.1 However, the MFS Proxy Voting Committee would ultimately determine the manner in which all proxies are voted.

As noted above, MFS reserves the right to override the guidelines when such an override is, in MFS’ best judgment, consistent with the overall principle of voting proxies in the best long-term economic interests of MFS’ clients. Any such override of the guidelines shall be analyzed, documented and reported in accordance with the procedures set forth in these policies.

 

5. Voting Proxies

In accordance with its contract with MFS, the Proxy Administrator also generates a variety of reports for the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, and makes available on-line various other types of information so that the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may review and monitor the votes cast by the Proxy Administrator on behalf of MFS’ clients.

 

C. MONITORING SYSTEM

It is the responsibility of the Proxy Administrator and MFS’ Proxy Voting Committee to monitor the proxy voting process. When proxy materials for clients are received, they are forwarded to the Proxy Administrator and are input into the Proxy Administrator’s system. Through an interface with the portfolio holdings database of MFS, the Proxy Administrator matches a list of all MFS Funds and clients who hold shares of a company’s stock and the number of shares held on the record date with the Proxy Administrator’s listing of any upcoming shareholder’s meeting of that company.

When the Proxy Administrator’s system “tickler” shows that the voting cut-off date of a shareholders’ meeting is approaching, a Proxy Administrator representative checks that the vote for MFS Funds and clients holding that security has been recorded in the computer system. If a proxy card has not been received from the client’s custodian, the Proxy Administrator calls the custodian requesting that the materials be forwarded immediately. If it is not possible to receive the proxy card from the custodian in time to be voted at the meeting, MFS may instruct the custodian to cast the vote in the manner specified and to mail the proxy directly to the issuer.

 

D. RECORDS RETENTION

MFS will retain copies of these MFS Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures in effect from time to time and will retain all proxy voting reports submitted to the Board of Trustees, Board of Directors and Board of Managers of the MFS Funds for the period required by applicable law. Proxy solicitation materials, including electronic versions of the proxy cards completed by representatives of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee, together with their respective notes and

 

 

1

From time to time, due to travel schedules and other commitments, an appropriate portfolio manager or research analyst is not available to provide a recommendation on a merger or acquisition proposal. If such a recommendation cannot be obtained prior to the cut-off date of the shareholder meeting, certain members of the MFS Proxy Voting Committee may determine to abstain from voting.


comments, are maintained in an electronic format by the Proxy Administrator and are accessible on-line by the MFS Proxy Voting Committee. All proxy voting materials and supporting documentation, including records generated by the Proxy Administrator’s system as to proxies processed, including the dates when proxy ballots were received and submitted, and the votes on each company’s proxy issues, are retained as required by applicable law.

 

E. REPORTS

MFS Funds

MFS publicly discloses the proxy voting records of the MFS Funds on an annual basis, as required by law. MFS will also report the results of its voting to the Board of Trustees, Board of Directors and Board of Managers of the MFS Funds. These reports will include: (i) a summary of how votes were cast; (ii) a summary of votes against management’s recommendation; (iii) a review of situations where MFS did not vote in accordance with the guidelines and the rationale therefore; (iv) a review of the procedures used by MFS to identify material conflicts of interest and any matters identified as a material conflict of interest; and (v) a review of these policies and the guidelines and, as necessary or appropriate, any proposed modifications thereto to reflect new developments in corporate governance and other issues. Based on these reviews, the Trustees, Directors and Managers of the MFS Funds will consider possible modifications to these policies to the extent necessary or advisable.

All MFS Advisory Clients

At any time, a report can be printed by MFS for each client who has requested that MFS furnish a record of votes cast. The report specifies the proxy issues which have been voted for the client during the year and the position taken with respect to each issue.

Except as described above, MFS generally will not divulge actual voting practices to any party other than the client or its representatives (unless required by applicable law) because we consider that information to be confidential and proprietary to the client.

APPENDIX H

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

Brokerage Commissions

The following brokerage commissions were paid by the Fund during the specified time periods:

 

Fiscal Year End

  

Brokerage Commissions Paid By Fund

November 30, 2007

   $ 0

November 30, 2006

   $ 0

November 30, 2005

   $ 0

Securities Issued By Regular Broker/Dealers

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Fund purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of the Fund, and the following table sets forth the value of the Fund’s aggregate holdings of the securities of each such issuer as of November 30, 2007:

 

Broker/Dealer

  

Value of Securities

None

   N/A

Transactions with Research Firms

During the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, the Fund allocated the following amount of transactions, and related commissions, to broker/dealer firms that have been deemed by MFS to provide valuable Research (“Research Firms”). The provision of Research was not necessarily a factor in the placement of this business with such Research Firms. (1)

 

Dollar Amount of Transactions With Research Firms

  

Commissions Paid on Transactions With Research Firms

$0

   $ 0

 

(1) The amounts shown do not include transactions directed to electronic communication networks (ECNs) owned by the Research Firms.


PART C

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits:

 

  1. Financial Statements:

The following are incorporated by reference from the Trust’s Annual Report to its shareholders for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007, copies of which have been filed with the SEC:

Portfolio of Investments at November 30, 2007

Statement of Assets and Liabilities at November 30, 2007

Statement of Operations for year ended November 30, 2007

Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the years ended November 30, 2007 and 2006

Financial Highlights for the fiscal years ended November 30, 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003

Notes to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

  2. Exhibits:

 

  (a)(1) Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated January 22, 1987. (1)

 

       (2) Amendment No. 1, dated August 4, 1989 to Agreement and Declaration of Trust. (1)

 

       (3) Certification of Amendment to the Declaration of Trust, dated June 29, 2007; filed herewith.

 

  (b) Amended and Restated By-Laws of MFS High Yield Municipal Trust, dated February 26, 2008; filed herewith.

 

  (c) Inapplicable.

 

  (d) Copies of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws included as Items 25.2.a and 25.2.b.

 

  (e) The section “Dividend Reinvestment and Cash Purchase Plan” on page 10 of the Registrant’s Annual Report to its Shareholders, for its fiscal year ended November 30, 2007; incorporated herein by reference.

 

  (f) Inapplicable.

 

  (g) Investment Advisory Agreement, dated June 29, 2007; filed herewith.

 

  (h) Omitted pursuant to General Instruction G.3 to Form N-2.

 

  (i) Inapplicable.


  (j)(1) Master Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company, dated December 18, 2006. (3)

 

      (2) Appendix A, as of September 27, 2007, to the Master Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company, dated December 18, 2006. (4)

 

      (3) Fund Accounting Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company, dated December 18, 2006. (3)

 

      (4) Appendix A, as of September 27, 2007, to the Fund Accounting Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Company, dated December 18, 2006. (4)

 

  (k)(1) Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between Registrant and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., and Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc., dated December 13, 2006. (5)

 

      (2) Amendment, dated June 29, 2007, to the Transfer Agency and Service Agreement between the Registrant and Computershare Inc. f/k/a/ Computershare Shareholder Services, Inc., dated December 13, 2006. (5)

 

      (3) Closed-End Fund Oversight Agreement, dated January 1, 2007, and Exhibit A to the Closed-End Fund Oversight Agreement, as of June 29, 2007. (5)

 

      (4) Master Administrative Services Agreement, dated March 1, 1997, as amended and restated January 1, 2008. (2)

 

      (5) Exhibit A, as revised June 1, 2008, to the Master Administrative Services Agreement, dated March 1, 1997 as amended and restated January 1, 2008. (5)

 

  (l) Omitted pursuant to General Instruction G.3 to Form N-2.

 

  (m) Inapplicable.

 

  (n) Omitted pursuant to General Instruction G.3 to Form N-2.

 

  (o) Omitted pursuant to General Instruction G.3 to Form N-2.

 

  (p) Inapplicable.

 

  (q) Inapplicable.

 

  (r)(1) Code of Ethics as amended and restated effective February 25, 2008 pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940. (2)

 

      (2) Code of Ethics for Personal Trading and Conduct for Non-Management Directors of MFS, effective June 7, 2007. (2)


      (3) Code of Ethics for Non-MFS Management Trustees effective January 1, 2005, as amended February 25, 2008. (2)

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Amendment No. 8 filed with the SEC via EDGAR on April 28, 1999.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to MFS Series Trust II (File Nos. 33-7637 and 811-4775) Post-Effective Amendment No. 40 filed with the SEC via EDGAR on March 27, 2008.

 

(3) Incorporated by reference to MFS Series Trust XII (File Nos. 333-126388 and 811-21780) Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 filed with the SEC via EDGAR on June 28, 2007.

 

(4) Incorporated by reference to MFS Series Trust X (File Nos. 33-1657 and 811-4492) Post-Effective Amendment No. 65 filed with the SEC via EDGAR on November 27, 2007.

 

(5) Incorporated by reference to MFS Government Markets Income Trust (File No. 811-5078) Post-Effective Amendment No. 13 filed with the SEC via EDGAR on August 6, 2008.

 

Item 26. Marketing Arrangements:

Inapplicable.

 

Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution:

Inapplicable.

 

Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Trust:

Inapplicable.

 

Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities:

 

(1)

Title of Class

  

(2)

Number of Record Holders

Common Shares

  

1,553

(as of July 10, 2008)

Preferred Shares

  

4

(as of July 10, 2008)

 

Item 30. Indemnification:

Article V of the Registrant’s Declaration of Trust provides that the Registrant will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Registrant, unless as to liabilities to the Registrant or its shareholders, it is finally adjudicated that they engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices, or with respect to any matter unless it is adjudicated that they did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interest of the Registrant. In the case of a settlement, such indemnification will not be provided unless it has been determined in accordance with the Declaration of Trust that such officers or Trustees have not engaged in misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in their offices.

The Trustees and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of the Registrant’s investment adviser are insured under an errors and omissions liability insurance policy. The Registrant and its officers are also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.


Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser:

MFS serves as investment adviser to the following open-end Funds comprising the MFS Family of Funds: Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Fund; Massachusetts Investors Trust; MFS Series Trust I (which has seven series: MFS Cash Reserve Fund, MFS Core Equity Fund, MFS Core Growth Fund, MFS New Discovery Fund, MFS Research International Fund, MFS Technology Fund and MFS Value Fund); MFS Series Trust II (which has one series: MFS Growth Fund (formerly, MFS Emerging Growth Fund); MFS Series Trust III (which has three series: MFS High Income Fund, MFS High Yield Opportunities Fund and MFS Municipal High Income Fund); MFS Series Trust IV (which has three series: MFS Government Money Market Fund, MFS Mid Cap Growth Fund and MFS Money Market Fund); MFS Series Trust V (which has three series: MFS International New Discovery Fund, MFS Research Fund and MFS Total Return Fund); MFS Series Trust VI (which has three series: MFS Global Equity Fund, MFS Global Total Return Fund and MFS Utilities Fund); MFS Series Trust VII (which currently has no series); MFS Series Trust VIII (which has two series: MFS Global Growth Fund and MFS Strategic Income Fund); MFS Series Trust IX (which has six series: MFS Bond Fund, MFS Inflation-Adjusted Bond Fund, MFS Limited Maturity Fund, MFS Municipal Limited Maturity Fund, MFS Research Bond Fund and MFS Research Bond Fund J); MFS Series Trust X (which has 12 series: MFS Aggressive Growth Allocation Fund, MFS Conservative Allocation Fund, MFS Emerging Markets Debt Fund, MFS Emerging Markets Equity Fund, MFS Floating Rate High Income Fund, MFS Growth Allocation Fund, MFS International Diversification Fund, MFS International Growth Fund, MFS International Value Fund, MFS Moderate Allocation Fund, MFS New Endeavor Fund and MFS Strategic Value Fund); MFS Series Trust XI (which has two series: MFS Mid Cap Value Fund and MFS Blended Research Core Equity Fund (formerly, MFS Union Standard Equity Fund); MFS Series Trust XII (which has 6 series: MFS Lifetime Retirement Income Fund, MFS Lifetime 2010 Fund, MFS Lifetime 2020 Fund, MFS Lifetime 2030 Fund; MFS Lifetime 2040 Fund and MFS Sector Rotational Fund; MFS Series Trust XIII (which has 2 series: MFS Government Securities Fund and MFS Diversified Income Fund); MFS Series Trust XIV (which has one series: MFS Institutional Money Market Portfolio); MFS Series Trust XV (which has one series: MFS Diversified Target Return Fund) and MFS Municipal Series Trust (which has 16 series: MFS Alabama Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Arkansas Municipal Bond Fund, MFS California Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Florida Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Georgia Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Maryland Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Massachusetts Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Mississippi Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Municipal Income Fund, MFS New York Municipal Bond Fund, MFS North Carolina Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Pennsylvania Municipal Bond Fund, MFS South Carolina Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Tennessee Municipal Bond Fund, MFS Virginia Municipal Bond Fund and MFS West Virginia Municipal Bond Fund (the “MFS Funds”). The principal business address of each of the MFS Funds is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116.

MFS also serves as investment adviser of the following open-end Funds: MFS Institutional Trust (“MFSIT”) (which has two series) and MFS Variable Insurance Trust (“MVI”) (which has 16 series). The principal business address of each of the aforementioned funds is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116.

In addition, MFS serves as investment adviser to the following closed-end funds: MFS Charter Income Trust, MFS Government Markets Income Trust, MFS Intermediate Income Trust, MFS Multimarket Income Trust, MFS Municipal Income Trust, MFS Special Value Trust, MFS California Insured Municipal Fund, MFS High Income Municipal Trust, MFS InterMarket Income Trust I, MFS Intermediate High Income Fund, MFS Investment Grade Municipal Trust and MFS High Yield Municipal Trust (the “MFS Closed-End Funds”). The principal business address of each of the MFS Closed-End Funds is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116.

Lastly, MFS serves as investment adviser to MFS Variable Insurance Trust II (formerly, MFS/Sun Life Series Trust (“MFS/SL”)) (which has 28 series), Capital Appreciation Variable Account, Global


Governments Variable Account, Government Securities Variable Account, High Yield Variable Account, Money Market Variable Account and Total Return Variable Account (collectively, the “Accounts”). The principal business address of MFS/SL is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02116. The principal business address of each of the aforementioned Accounts is One Sun Life Executive Park, Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts, 02181.

Robert C. Pozen is Chairman, Director and Chairman of the Board, Robert J. Manning is Director, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and President, Donald A. Stewart, Kevin Dougherty and Thomas A. Bogart are Directors, Martin E. Beaulieu is Executive Vice President and the Director of Global Distribution, Robin A. Stelmach is Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Maria F. Dwyer is Executive Vice President, Chief Regulatory Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, Paul T. Kirwan is Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark N. Polebaum is an Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, David A. Antonelli is Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer - Non-U.S. and Global Equity Investments and Co-Director of Global Research, Michael W. Roberge is Executive Vice President, Chief Investment Officer - U.S. Investments and Co-Director of Global Research, Elizabeth Petipas is Assistant Treasurer, Erica Blake, Kimberly M. Collins, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone, Susan S. Newton, Genevieve D. Pluhowski and Lisa A. Sheeler are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy Tierney is the Tax Officer.


Massachusetts Investors Trust

Massachusetts Investors Growth Stock Fund

MFS Series Trust I

MFS Series Trust II

MFS Series Trust III

MFS Series Trust IV

MFS Series Trust V

MFS Series Trust VI

MFS Series Trust VII

MFS Series Trust VIII

MFS Series Trust IX

MFS Series Trust X

MFS Series Trust XI

MFS Series Trust XII

MFS Series Trust XIII

MFS Series Trust XIV

MFS Series Trust XV

MFS Municipal Series Trust

MFS Variable Insurance Trust

MFS Institutional Trust

MFS Municipal Income Trust

MFS Multimarket Income Trust

MFS Government Markets Income Trust

MFS Intermediate Income Trust

MFS Charter Income Trust

MFS Special Value Trust

MFS California Insured Municipal Fund

MFS High Income Municipal Trust

MFS High Yield Municipal Trust

MFS InterMarket Income Trust I

MFS Intermediate High Income Fund

MFS Investment Grade Municipal Trust

J. Atwood Ives is the Chair, Robert J. Manning, Director, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and President of MFS is President, Maria F. Dwyer, Executive Vice President, Chief Regulatory Officer and Chief Compliance Officer is Treasurer, James O. Yost and Ellen Moynihan, Senior Vice Presidents of MFS, and David L. DiLorenzo and Mark D. Fischer, Vice Presidents of MFS, are the Assistant Treasurers, Mark N. Polebaum, Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Secretary and Clerk of MFS, is the Secretary, Brian E. Langenfeld, Assistant Vice President and Counsel of MFS, Christopher R. Bohane, Timothy M. Fagan and Susan A. Pereira, Vice Presidents and Senior Counsels of MFS, Ethan D. Corey, Special Counsel of MFS, Richard S. Weitzel, Vice President and Assistant General Counsel of MFS and Susan S. Newton, Senior Vice President and Associate General Counsel of MFS are Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Clerks.

MFS Variable Insurance Trust II (formerly, MFS/Sun Life Series Trust)

J. Kermit Birchfield is Chairman, Robert J. Manning is President, Maria F. Dwyer is Treasurer, James O. Yost, Ellen M. Moynihan, David L. DiLorenzo and Mark D. Fischer are the Assistant Treasurers, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary and Assistant Clerk, Brian E. Langenfeld, Christopher R. Bohane, Ethan D. Corey, Susan A. Pereira, Richard S. Weitzel, Timothy M. Fagan and Susan S. Newton are the Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Clerks.


Money Market Variable Account

High Yield Variable Account

Capital Appreciation Variable Account

Government Securities Variable Account

Total Return Variable Account

Global Governments Variable Account

J. Kermit Birchfield is Chairman, Robert J. Manning is President, Maria F. Dwyer is Treasurer, James O. Yost, Ellen M. Moynihan, David L. DiLorenzo and Mark D. Fischer are the Assistant Treasurers, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary and Brian E. Langenfeld, Christopher R. Bohane, Ethan D. Corey, Susan A. Pereira, Richard S. Weitzel, Timothy M. Fagan and Susan S. Newton are the Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Clerks.

MFS Floating Rate Income Fund - (Cayman Islands Registered Fund)

MFS Meridian Funds, SICAV

Martin E. Beaulieu, Maria F. Dwyer and Robin A. Stelmach are Directors, Mark D. Fischer, David L. DiLorenzo, James O. Yost and Ellen M. Moynihan are the Assistant Treasurers, Mark N. Polebaum is Secretary and Christopher R. Bohane, Mitchell C. Freestone, Susan S. Newton, Richard S. Weitzel and Timothy M. Fagan are Assistant Secretaries.

MFS International Ltd. (“MIL Bermuda”), a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda and a subsidiary of MFS, whose principal business address is Canon’s Court, 22 Victoria Street, Hamilton HM 12 Bermuda, serves as investment adviser to and distributor for MFS Floating Rate Income Fund and the MFS Meridian Funds, SICAV (“SICAV Funds”). The SICAV Funds are organized in Luxembourg and qualify as an undertaking for collective investments in transferable securities (UCITS). The principal business address of the Funds is 47, Boulevard Royal, L-2449 Luxembourg. The SICAV Funds include Asia Pacific Ex-Japan Fund, Continental European Equity Fund, Emerging Markets Debt Fund, Emerging Markets Equity Fund, Euro Reserve Fund, European Bond Fund, European Equity Fund, European Growth Fund, European High Yield Bond Fund, European Smaller Companies Fund, European Value Fund, Global Total Return Fund, Global Equity Fund, Global Growth Fund, Global Value Fund, Inflation-Adjusted Bond Fund, Japan Equity Fund, Limited Maturity Fund, Research Bond Fund, Research International Fund, Strategic Income Fund, Technology Fund, U.K. Equity Fund, U.S. Dollar Money Market Fund, U.S. Mid Cap Growth Fund, U.S. Government Bond Fund, U.S. High Yield Bond Fund, U.S. Research Fund, U.S. Large Cap Growth Fund and U.S. Value Fund. The MFS Floating Rate Income Fund is organized as an exempt company under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The principal business address for the MFS Floating Rate Income Fund is P.O. Box 309, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, British West Indies.

Martin E. Beaulieu is Director, Chairman and Vice President, James A. Jessee is Director and President, Robert J. Manning is Director and Vice President, Carol W. Geremia is Vice President, Paul T. Kirwan is the Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is the Assistant Treasurer, Karen Carson is Secretary, Mitchell C. Freestone, Ethan D. Corey, Mark N. Polebaum, Daniel W. Finegold and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Secretaries, Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer, Sarah Moule is Resident Representative and Appleby Corporate Svs. Ltd. Is Assistant Resident Representative.

MFS International (U.K.) Ltd. (“MIL-UK”), a private limited company registered with the Registrar of Companies for England and Wales whose current address is Eversheds, Senator House, 85 Queen Victoria Street, London, England EC4V 4JL, is involved primarily in marketing and investment research activities with respect to private clients and the Cayman Islands Registered Fund and the MFS Meridian Funds, SICAV.


Olivier Lebleu is Managing Director, Mitchell C. Freestone and Barnaby Wiener are Directors. Paul T. Kirwan is the Treasurer, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary, Carol W. Geremia is Vice President, Elizabeth Petipas is the Assistant Treasurer and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Do Brazil Desenvolviment O De Marcaao LTDA (“MIL Brazil”), a private commercial limited liability quota company organized under the laws of Brazil whose current address is Al Campinas, 1070, 7 andar, Sala 15, Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil, is primarily involved in providing market development services to increment the use of MFS products and services in Brazil as well as being a distributor of the MFS Floating Rate Income Fund and MFS Meridian Funds, SICAV.

Robert J. Manning is the Advisory Board Member and Benedicto D. Filho is the Manager.

MFS Institutional Advisors (Australia) Ltd. (“MFSI-Australia”), a private limited company organized under the Corporations Law of New South Wales, Australia whose current address is Level 27, Australia Square, 264 George Street, Sydney, NSW2000, Australia, is involved primarily in investment management and distribution of Australian superannuation unit trusts and acts as an investment adviser to institutional accounts.

Robert J. Manning and Martin E. Beaulieu are Directors, Simon Gresham is Resident Director, Carol W. Geremia is Director and President, Mark N. Polebaum is Secretary, Amanda J. Hough is Resident Secretary, Paul T. Kirwan is the Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is the Assistant Treasurer and Mitchell C. Freestone, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Fund Distributors, Inc. (“MFD”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MFS, serves as distributor for the MFS Funds, MVI and MFSIT.

Robert J. Manning is the Director, Martin E. Beaulieu is a Director and Chairman of the Board, James A. Jessee is President, Paul T. Kirwan is the Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is the Assistant Treasurer, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary, Erica Blake, Kimberly M. Collins, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone, Susan S. Newton, Genevieve D. Pluhowski and Lisa A. Sheeler are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Service Center, Inc. (“MFSC”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MFS, serves as shareholder servicing agent to the MFS Funds, the MFS Closed-End Funds, MFSIT and MVI.

Robert J. Manning is Director and Chairman of the Board, Maureen Leary-Jago is a Director and the President, Paul T. Kirwan is Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is Assistant Treasurer, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary, Mitchell C. Freestone, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc. (“MFSI”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MFS, provides investment advice to substantial private clients.

Robert J. Manning is Chairman of the Board, Chief Investment Officer and a Director, Martin E. Beaulieu is a Director, Carol W. Geremia is the President, Maria F. Dwyer is Chief Compliance Officer, Mark N. Polebaum is Secretary, Paul T. Kirwan is Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is Assistant Treasurer, Erica Blake, Kimberly M. Collins, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone, Susan S. Newton, Genevieve D. Pluhowski and Lisa A. Sheeler are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is Tax Officer.


MFS Investment Management K.K. (Japan) (“MIMKK”), a wholly owned subsidiary of MFS, is a corporation incorporated in Japan. MIMKK, whose address is 16F Daido Seimei Kasumigaseki Bldg., 1-4-2- Kasumigaseki, Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo Japan 100 0013, is involved in investment management activities.

Carol W. Geremia, Robertson G. Mansi and Susan Pereira are Directors, Takafumi Ishii is a Director and Representative Director, Paul T. Kirwan is Statutory Auditor, Carol W. Geremia is Vice President, Elizabeth Petipas is Assistant Treasurer, Mark N. Polebaum is Secretary, Daniel W. Finegold, Ethan D. Corey, Susan S. Newton and Mitchell C. Freestone are Assistant Secretaries. Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Heritage Trust Company (“MFS Trust”), a New Hampshire-chartered limited-purpose trust company whose current address is 650 Elm Street, Suite 404, Manchester, NH 03101, provides directed trustee services to retirement plans.

Carol W. Geremia is Director and President, Maria F. Dwyer is Chairman, Director and Chairman of the Board, Deborah H. Miller, Robertson G. Mansi, Christopher Haley and Betsy Palmer are Directors, Paul T. Kirwan is the Treasurer, David L. DiLorenzo, Mark D. Fischer, Ellen M. Moynihan, Elizabeth Petipas, Rhonda A. Snow and James O. Yost are Assistant Treasurers, Kimberly M. Collins is Clerk, William C. Smith, John J. McAree and Kerry J. Lifton are Trust Officers, David A. Antonelli, Brett A. Fleishman, Nicholas D. Smithie, Barry P. Dargan, Matthew W. Krummell, Thomas Melendez, Edward O’Dette, Terri A. Vittozzi and Jennifer L. Niceforo are Investment Officers, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Clerks and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Japan Holdings, LLC, a private limited liability company organized under the laws of Delaware whose address is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116, is primarily a holding company and is 50% owned by Massachusetts Financial Services Company and 50% owned by Sun Life Financial (Japan), Inc.

Robert J. Manning and Carol W. Geremia are Managers, Paul T. Kirwan is Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is Assistant Treasurer, Mark N. Polebuam is Secretary, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone, Ethan D. Corey and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

Sun Life of Canada (U.S.) Financial Services Holdings, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose address is 500 Boylston Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, is the direct parent company of Massachusetts Financial Services Company.

Robert J. Manning is the Director, Chairman of the Board and President, Thomas A. Bogart and Kevin P. Dougherty are Directors, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary, Erica Blake, Kimberly M. Collins, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone, Susan S. Newton, Genevieve D. Pluhowski and Lisa A. Sheeler are Assistant Secretaries, Paul T. Kirwan is the Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is the Assistant Treasurer and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax officer.

MFS Investment Management Company (LUX) S.A., a joint stock company organized under the laws of Luxembourg whose registered office is 49, Avenue J.F. Kennedy, L-1855, Kirchberg, Luxembourg, is the management company of the MFS Investment Funds, which has 3 portfolios: MFS Investment Funds-Global Equity Ex-Japan Fund, MFS Investment Funds-Global Equity Fund and MFS Investment Funds-Global Equity Eurozone Bias Fund.


Maria F. Dwyer is Director and President, Martin E. Beaulieu and Robin A. Stelmach are Directors, Paul T. Kirwan is Treasurer, Mark D. Fischer, Elizabeth Petipas, David L. DiLorenzo, Ellen M. Moynihan and James O. Yost are Assistant Treasurers, Mark N. Polebaum is the Secretary, Christopher R. Bohane, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone, Ethan D. Corey, Timothy M. Fagan, Richard S. Weitzel and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

Four Pillars Capital, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Delaware whose address is 500 Boylston Street, 12th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02116, is the direct parent company of Massachusetts Financial Services Company.

Robert J. Manning is Director and President, Paul T. Kirwan is Director and Treasurer, Elizabeth Petipas is Assistant Treasurer, Mark N. Polebaum is Secretary, Ethan D. Corey, Daniel W. Finegold, Mitchell C. Freestone and Susan S. Newton are Assistant Secretaries and Timothy F. Tierney is the Tax Officer.

MFS Institutional Advisors (Canada), Inc. (MFSIC), a company incorporated under the laws of Canada whose address is 39 Forest Grove Drive, Whitby, Ontario L1R2A6, Canada, is a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of MFS Institutional Advisors, Inc. The company is a registered limited market dealer in Ontario.

Carol W. Geremia is President and Director, Martin E. Beaulieu is Director, Sarah E. Donahue is Director and Assistant Secretary, Ethan D. Corey is Secretary and Paul T. Kirwan is Treasurer.

In addition, the following persons, Directors or officers of MFS, have the affiliations indicated:

 

Donald A. Stewart

   Chief Executive Officer, Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada, Sun Life Financial Centre, 150 King Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada (Mr. Stewart is also an officer and/or Director of various subsidiaries and affiliates of Sun Life)

Thomas A. Bogart

   General Counsel for Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada, Sun Life Financial Centre, 150 King Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Kevin Dougherty

   President of Sun Life Global Investments, Sun Life Financial Centre, 150 King Street West, Toronto, Ontario, Canada

 

Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records:

The accounts and records of the Trust are located, in whole or in part, at the office of the Trust and the following locations:

 

NAME

  

ADDRESS

Massachusetts Financial
Services Company

  

500 Boylston Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

State Street Bank and
Trust Company

  

State Street South, 5-West

North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171


MFS Service Center , Inc.

  

100 Hancock Street

North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
(transfer agent)

  

250 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

Ropes & Gray
(counsel)

  

One International Place

Boston, MA 02110

 

Item 33. Management Services:

Inapplicable.

 

Item 34. Undertakings:

Inapplicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Trust has duly caused this Amendment to its Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 6th day of August, 2008.

 

MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST
By:    SUSAN S. NEWTON
  Susan S. Newton
  Assistant Secretary


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description of Exhibit

  (a)(3)

   Certification of Amendment to the Declaration of Trust, dated June 29, 2007.

  (b)     

   Amended and Restated By-Laws of MFS High Yield Municipal Trust, dated February 26, 2008.

  (g)     

   Investment Advisory Agreement, dated June 29, 2007.
EX-99.A3 2 dex99a3.htm CERTIFICATION OF AMENDMENT TO THE DECLARATION OF TRUST Certification of Amendment to the Declaration of Trust

EXHIBIT NO. 99.(a)3

COLONIAL MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

CERTIFICATION OF AMENDMENT

TO THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

Pursuant to Article IX, Section 7 of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated January 22, 1987, as amended (the “Declaration”), of Colonial Municipal Income Trust (the “Trust”), the Trustees of the Trust hereby amend Article I, Section 1 of the Declaration to read in its entirety as follows:

Section 1. This Trust shall be known as “MFS High Yield Municipal Trust,” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.”

Pursuant to Article IX, Section 7 of the Declaration, this instrument shall be effective upon the filing of this instrument with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, a majority of the Trustees of the Trust have executed this amendment, in one or more counterparts, all constituting a single instrument, as an instrument under seal in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as of June 29, 2007, and further certify, as provided by the provisions of Article IX, Section 7 of the Declaration, that this amendment was duly adopted by the undersigned in accordance with Section 7 of the Declaration.

 

ROBERT E. BUTLER     ROBERT J. MANNING
Robert E. Butler     Robert J. Manning
804 W. Park Avenue     13 Rockyledge Road
State College PA 16803     Swampscott MA 01907
LAWRENCE H. COHN     LAWRENCE T. PERERA
Lawrence H. Cohn     Lawrence T. Perera
45 Singletree Road     18 Marlborough Street
Chestnut Hill MA 02467     Boston MA 02116
DAVID H. GUNNING     ROBERT C. POZEN
David H. Gunning     Robert C. Pozen
2571 N. Park Blvd.     9 Arlington Street
Cleveland Heights OH 44106     Boston MA 02116
WILLIAM R. GUTOW     J. DALE SHERRATT
William R. Gutow     J. Dale Sherratt
3 Rue Dulac     86 Farm Road
Dallas TX 75230     Sherborn MA 01770
MICHAEL HEGARTY     LAURIE J. THOMSEN
Michael Hegarty     Laurie J. Thomsen
177 Old Briarcliff Road     235 Nashawtuc Road
Briarcliff Manor NY 10510     Concord MA 01742
J. ATWOOD IVES     ROBERT W. UEK
J. Atwood Ives     Robert W. Uek
17 West Cedar Street     536 Tierra Mar Lane
Boston MA 02108     Naples FL 34108
EX-99.B 3 dex99b.htm AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS OF MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST Amended and Restated By-Laws of MFS High Yield Municipal Trust

February 26, 2008

EXHIBIT NO. 99.(b)

As Amended - 5/8/01 - Article 2, Section 1.3

As Amended - 2/13/01 - Article 2, Section 1.3 and Article 7

As Amended - 12/13/00 - Article 12, Section 12.10(1)(5)

As Amended - 6/20/01 - Article 2, Section 1.3, Article 3, Section 1.17

As Amended - 12/9/04 - Article 12, Part II

As Amended - 8/11/04 - Article 3, Section 1.9; Article 4., Section 1.16; Article 4, Section 1.19

As Amended 2/7/07 - Article 2.1

As Amended 6/29/07 - Article 4 and Name

As Amended 12/18/2007 - Article 2

As Amended 2/26/2008 - Article 7

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

OF

MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST

Article 1.

Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Principal Office

1.1. Agreement and Declaration of Trust. These By-Laws shall be subject to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as from time to time in effect (the “Declaration of Trust”), of MFS Municipal Income Trust, a Massachusetts business Trust established by the Declaration of Trust (the “Trust.”)

1.2. Principal Office of the Trust. The principal office of the Trust shall be located in Boston, Massachusetts.

Article 2.

Shareholders

2.1 Shareholder Meetings. Except as provided in the next sentence, regular meetings of the shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held, so long as Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on at least an annual basis, on such day and at such place as shall be designated by a majority of the Trustees. In the event that such a meeting is not held in any annual period if so required, whether the omission be by oversight or otherwise, a subsequent special meeting may be called by a majority of the Trustees and held in lieu of such meeting with the same effect as if held within such annual period. A Special meeting of the shareholders of the Trust may be called at any time by a majority of the Trustees, by the president or, if a majority of the Trustees and the president shall fail to call any meeting of shareholders for a period of 30 days after written application of one or

 

1


February 26, 2008

 

more shareholders who hold at least 10% of all outstanding shares of the Trust, then such shareholders may call such meeting. Each call of a meeting shall state the place, date, hour and purposes of the meeting.

2.2 Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees for Trustees and Other Shareholder Proposals.

(a) As used in this Section 2.2, the term “annual meeting” refers to any annual meeting of shareholders as well as any special meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting as described in the first two sentences of Section 2.1 of these Bylaws, and the term “special meeting” refers to all meetings of shareholders other than an annual meeting or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting.

(b) The matters proposed by shareholders to be considered and brought before any annual or special meeting of shareholders shall be limited to only such matters, including the nomination and election of Trustees, as shall be brought properly before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2 shall be eligible for election as Trustees, and no proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall be brought before an annual or special meeting of shareholders or otherwise considered unless in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.2, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of beneficial interest, if any, of the Trust to nominate and elect a specified number of Trustees in certain circumstances.

(c) For any matter to be properly before any annual meeting, the matter must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees pursuant to Section 2.4 of these Bylaws, or (ii) brought before the meeting in the manner specified in this Section 2.2(c) by a shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting or by a shareholder (a “Beneficial Owner”) that holds Shares entitled to vote at the meeting through a nominee or “street name” holder of record and that can demonstrate to the Trust such indirect ownership and such Beneficial Owner’s entitlement to vote such Shares, provided that the shareholder was the shareholder of record or the Beneficial Owner held such Shares at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.2(c) is delivered to the secretary.

In addition to any other requirements under applicable law and the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws, persons nominated by shareholders for election as Trustees and any other proposals by shareholders may be properly brought before an annual

 

2


February 26, 2008

 

meeting only pursuant to timely notice (the “Shareholder Notice”) in writing to the secretary. To be timely, the Shareholder Notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than forty-five (45) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the first anniversary date of the date on which the Trust first sent its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting; provided, however, with respect to the annual meetings to be held in the calendar years 2008 and 2009, the Shareholder Notice must be so delivered or mailed and so received on or before March 18, 2008, and May 1, 2009, respectively; provided further, however, if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date (an annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an “Other Annual Meeting Date”), such Shareholder Notice must be given in the manner provided herein by the later of the close of business on (i) the date forty-five (45) days prior to such Other Annual Meeting Date or (ii) the tenth (10th) business day following the date such Other Annual Meeting Date is first publicly announced or disclosed.

Any shareholder desiring to nominate any person or persons (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee or Trustees of the Trust shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person or persons to be nominated; (B) the class or series and number of all Shares of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by each such person or persons, as reported to such shareholder by such nominee(s); (C) any other information regarding each such person required by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency applicable to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the person or persons to be nominated that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees or directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether such shareholder believes any nominee is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding each nominee that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; and (ii) the written and signed consent of the person or persons to be nominated to be named as nominees and to serve as Trustees if elected. In addition, a majority of the Trustees may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as they may

 

3


February 26, 2008

 

reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee. Any Shareholder Notice required by this Section 2.2(c) in respect of a proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall also set forth a description of and the text of the proposal, which description and text shall state a fixed number of Trustees that otherwise complies with applicable law, these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust.

Without limiting the foregoing, any shareholder who gives a Shareholder Notice of any matter proposed to be brought before a shareholder meeting (whether or not involving nominees for Trustees) shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) the description of and text of the proposal to be presented; (ii) a brief written statement of the reasons why such shareholder favors the proposal; (iii) such shareholder’s name and address as they appear on the Trust’s books; (iv) any other information relating to the shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies with respect to the matter(s) proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (v) the class or series and number of all Shares of the Trust owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder; (vi) any material interest of such shareholder in the matter proposed (other than as a shareholder); (vii) a representation that the shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the shareholder meeting to act on the matter(s) proposed; (viii) if the proposal involves nominee(s) for Trustees, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by the shareholder; and (ix) in the case of a Beneficial Owner, evidence establishing such Beneficial Owner’s indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, Shares at the meeting of shareholders. As used in this Section 2.2, Shares “beneficially owned” shall mean all Shares which such person is deemed to beneficially own pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

(d) For any matter to be properly before any special meeting, the matter must be specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees pursuant to Section 2.4 of these Bylaws. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees, any shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting if and only if the shareholder provides a notice containing the information required in the Shareholder Notice to the secretary required with respect to annual meetings by Section 2.2(c) hereof, and such notice is delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Trust not

 

4


February 26, 2008

 

later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by a majority of the Trustees to be elected at such meeting are publicly announced or disclosed.

(e) For purposes of this Section 2.2, a matter shall be deemed to have been “publicly announced or disclosed” if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or in a Web site accessible to the public maintained by the Trust or by its investment adviser or an affiliate of such investment adviser with respect to the Trust.

(f) In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or a public announcement thereof) of a meeting of shareholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of notice as provided in this Section 2.2.

(g) The person presiding at any meeting of shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to (i) determine whether a nomination or proposal of other matters to be brought before a meeting and notice thereof have been duly made and given in the manner provided in this Section 2.2 and elsewhere in these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust and (ii) if not so made or given, to direct and declare at the meeting that such nomination and/or such other matters shall be disregarded and shall not be considered. Any determination by the person presiding shall be binding on all parties absent manifest error.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.2 or otherwise in these Bylaws, unless required by federal law, no matter shall be considered at or brought before any annual or special meeting unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Trustees and, in particular, no Beneficial Owner shall have any rights as a shareholder except as may be required by federal law. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 2.2 shall be construed as creating any implication or presumption as to the requirements of federal law.

2.3 Place of Meetings. All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Trust, or, to the extent permitted by the Declaration of Trust, at such other place within the United States as shall be designated by the Trustees or the president of the Trust.

2.4 Notice of Meetings. A written notice of each meeting of shareholders, stating the place, date and hour and the purposes of the meeting, shall be given at least seven days before the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat by

 

5


February 26, 2008

 

leaving such notice with him or at his residence or usual place of business or by mailing it, postage prepaid, and addressed to such shareholder at his address as it appears in the records of the Trust. Such notice shall be given by the secretary or an assistant secretary or by an officer designated by the Trustees. No notice of any meeting of shareholders need be given to a shareholder if a written waiver of notice, executed before or after the meeting by such shareholder or his attorney thereunto duly authorized, is filed with the records of the meeting.

2.5 Ballots. No ballot shall be required for any election unless requested by a shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election.

2.6 Proxies. Shareholders entitled to vote may vote either in person or by proxy in writing dated not more than six months before the meeting named therein, which proxies shall be filed with the secretary or other person responsible to record the proceedings of the meeting before being voted. Unless otherwise specifically limited by their terms, such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting but shall not be valid after the final adjournment of such meeting. The placing of a shareholder’s name on a proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such shareholder shall constitute execution of such proxy by or on behalf of such shareholder.

Article 3

Trustees

3.1 Committees and Advisory Board. The Trustees may appoint from their number an executive committee and other committees. Except as the Trustees may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for conduct of its business. The Trustees may appoint an advisory board to consist of not less than two nor more than five members. The members of the advisory board shall be compensated in such manner as the Trustees may determine and shall confer with and advise the Trustees regarding the investments and other affairs of the Trust. Each member of the advisory board shall hold office until the first meeting of the Trustees following the next meeting of the shareholders and until his successor is elected and qualified, or until he sooner dies, resigns, is removed, or becomes disqualified, or until the advisory board is sooner abolished by the Trustees.

In addition, the Trustees may appoint a Dividend Committee of not less than three persons, which shall be comprised of at least one Trustee of the Trust.

 

6


February 26, 2008

 

No special compensation shall be payable to members of the Dividend Committee. Each member of the Dividend Committee will hold office until the successors are elected and qualified or until the member dies, resigns, is removed, becomes disqualified or until the Committee is abolished by the Trustees.

3.2 Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as the Trustees may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent Trustees.

3.3 Special Meetings. Special meeting of the Trustees may be held at any time at any place designated in the call of the meeting, when called by the board chair, the president or the treasurer or by two or more Trustees, sufficient notice thereof being given to each Trustee by the secretary or an assistant secretary or by the board chair, the officer or one of the Trustees calling the meeting.

3.4 Notice. It shall be sufficient notice to a Trustee to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours or by telegram at least twenty-four hours before the meeting addressed to the Trustee at his or her usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice to him or her in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Trustee if a written waiver of notice, executed by him or her before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Trustee who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him or her. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

3.5 Quorum. At any meeting of the Trustees one-third of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum; provided, however, a quorum shall not be less than two. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

7


February 26, 2008

 

Article 4.

Officers and Agents

4.1 Enumeration; Qualification. The officers of the Trust shall be a president, a treasurer and a secretary who shall be elected by the Trustees. In addition, there shall be an Independent Chief Compliance Officer, who shall be elected or appointed by a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust as defined under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) (the Independent Trustees”), and otherwise in accordance with rule 38a-1 (or any successor rule) thereunder, as such rule may be amended from time to time (“Rule 38a-1”). The Trustees from time to time may in their discretion elect or appoint such other officers, if any, as the business of the Trust may require pursuant to section 4.3 of these By-Laws. The Trust may also have such agents, if any, as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion appoint. Any officer may be but none need be a Trustee or shareholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

4.2 Powers. Subject to the other provisions of these By-Laws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein and in the Declaration of Trust set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to his or her office as if the Trust were organized as a Massachusetts business corporation and such other duties and powers as the Trustees may from time to time designate, including without limitation the power to make purchases and sales of portfolio securities of the Trust pursuant to recommendations of the Trust’s investment adviser in accordance with the policies and objectives of the Trust set forth in its prospectus and with such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time have issued. The Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall perform the duties and have the responsibilities of the chief compliance officer of the Trust in accordance with Rule 38a-1, and shall perform such other duties and have such other responsibilities as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Trustees. The Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall report directly to the Trustees or a Committee of the Trustees in carrying out his functions.

4.3 Election. The president, the treasurer and the secretary shall be elected annually by the Trustees at their first meeting following the annual meeting of the shareholders. The Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall be elected pursuant to Section 4.1 of these By-Laws. Other elected officers, if any, may be elected or appointed by the Trustees at said meeting or at any other time. Assistant officers may be appointed by the elected officers.

4.4 Tenure. The president, the treasurer, the secretary and the Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified, or in each case until he or she sooner dies,

 

8


February 26, 2008

 

resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified, provided that any removal of the Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall also require the vote or consent of a majority of the Independent Trustees and otherwise be in accordance with the provisions of Rule 38a-1. Each other officer shall hold office at the pleasure of the Trustees. Each agent shall retain his or her authority at the pleasure of the Trustees.

4.5 President and Vice Presidents. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust. The president shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders at which he or she is present, except as otherwise voted by the Trustees. Any vice president shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees.

4.6 Treasurer, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. The treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust and, subject to any arrangement made by the Trustees with a bank or trust company or other organization as custodian or transfer or shareholder services agent, shall be in charge of its valuable papers and shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the president. Any assistant treasurer shall have such duties and powers as shall be designated from time to time by the Trustees.

The controller shall be the officer of the Trust primarily responsible for ensuring all expenditures of the Trust are reasonable and appropriate. The controller shall be responsible for oversight and maintenance of liquidity and leverage facilities available to the Trust and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

The chief accounting officer of the Trust shall be in charge of its books and accounting records. The chief accounting officer shall be responsible for preparation of financial statements of the Trust and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

4.7 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The secretary shall record all proceedings of the shareholders and the Trustees in books to be kept therefor, which books shall be kept at the principal office of the Trust. In the absence of the secretary from any meeting of shareholders or Trustees, an assistant secretary, or if there be none or he or she is absent, a temporary clerk chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof in the aforesaid books.

 

9


February 26, 2008

 

4.9 Board Chair. The Trustees shall annually elect one of their number to serve as their chair. The board chair shall hold such position until his or her successor is chosen and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. The board chair shall hold such position at the pleasure of the Trustees. The board chair shall preside at all meetings of the Trustees at which he or she is present and shall perform any other duties and responsibilities prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. In the absence of the board chair, or in the event that such position is vacant, the Trustees present at any meeting shall designate one of their number to preside at such meeting. The board chair shall not be considered an officer of the Trust.

Article 5.

Resignations and Removals

Any Trustee, officer or advisory board member may resign at any time by delivering his or her resignation in writing to the president, the treasurer or the secretary or to a meeting of the Trustees. The Trustees may remove any officer elected by them with or without cause by the vote or consent of a majority of the Trustees then in office provided that any removal of the Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall also require the vote or consent of a majority of the Independent Trustees and otherwise be in accordance with Rule 38a-1. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no Trustee, officer, or advisory board member resigning, and no officer or advisory board member removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal.

Article 6.

Vacancies

A vacancy in any office may be filled at any time. Each successor shall hold office for the unexpired term, and in the case of the president, the treasurer and the secretary, until his or her successor is chosen and qualified, or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes disqualified. A vacancy in the office of the Independent Chief Compliance Officer shall be filled in accordance with Section 4.1 of these By-Laws.

 

10


February 26, 2008

 

Article 7.

Shares of Beneficial Interest

7.1 Share Certificates. Except as provided in Section 12.1, in lieu of issuing certificates for shares, the Trustees or the transfer agent shall keep accounts upon the books of the Trust for the record holders of such shares.

7.2 Discontinuance of Issuance of Certificates. Except as provided in Section 12.1, the Trustees have discontinued the issuance of share certificates and may, by written notice to each shareholder, require the surrender of share certificates of the Trust for cancellation. Such surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of shares in the Trust.

Article 8.

Record Date and Closing Transfer Books

The Trustees may fix in advance a time, which shall not be more than 90 days before the date of any meeting of shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or making of any other distribution to shareholders, as the record date for determining the shareholders having the right to notice and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, and in such case only shareholder of record on such record date shall have such right, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books of the Trust after the record date; or without fixing such record date the Trustees may for any such purposes close the transfer books for all or any part of such period.

Article 9.

Seal

The seal of the Trust shall, subject to alteration by the Trustees, consist of a flat-faced circular die with the word “Massachusetts” together with the name of the Trust and the year of its organization, cut or engraved thereon; but, unless otherwise required by the Trustees, the seal shall not be necessary to be placed on, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust.

 

11


February 26, 2008

 

Article 10.

Execution of Papers

Except as the Trustees may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the Trust shall be signed, and all transfers of securities standing in the name of the Trust shall be executed, by the president or by one of the vice presidents or by the treasurer or by whomsoever else shall be designated for that purpose by the vote of the Trustees and need not bear the seal of the Trust.

Article 11.

Fiscal Year

Except as from time to time otherwise provided by the Trustees, the fiscal year of the Trust shall end on November 30.

Article 12.

Shares of Beneficial Interest

The Trust has an unlimited number of common shares, without par value, which may be issued from time to time by the Trustees of the Trust. The Trust also has a class of 3,600 preferred shares, without par value, which may be issued by the Trustees from time to time in one or more series and with such designations, preferences and other rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions as are determined by the Board of Trustees or a duly authorized committee thereof and set forth in this Article 12.

12.1 Statement Creating One Series of Municipal Auction Rate Cumulative Preferred Shares.

There is one series of Municipal Auction Rate Cumulative Preferred Shares.

 

12


February 26, 2008

 

PART I

DESIGNATION

SERIES F: A series of 3,600 preferred shares, without par value, liquidation preference $25,000 per share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends, if any, thereon (whether or not earned or declared), is hereby designated “Municipal Auction Rate Cumulative Preferred Shares, Series F” and is referred to below as “Series F Municipal Preferred.” Each share of Series F Municipal Preferred shall be issued on July 20, 1999; have an Applicable Rate for its Initial Rate Period equal to 3.30% per annum; have an initial Dividend Payment Date of Monday, July 26, 1999; and have such other preferences, limitations and relative voting and other rights, in addition to those required by applicable law or set forth in the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, as are set forth in Part I and Part II of this Section 12.1. Series F Municipal Preferred shall constitute a separate series of Municipal Preferred of the Trust. The Board of Trustees of the Trust may, in their discretion, increase the number of shares of Municipal Preferred authorized under these By-laws to authorize the issuance of another series of Municipal Preferred so long as such issuance is permitted by paragraph 5 of this Part I of this Section 12.1.

1. Definitions. Unless the context or use indicates another or different meaning or intent, in Part I and Part II of this Section 12.1 the following terms have the following meanings, whether used in the singular or plural:

“‘AA’ Composite Commercial Paper Rate,” on any date for any Rate Period of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean (i)(A) in the case of any Minimum Rate Period or any Special Rate Period of fewer than 49 Rate Period Days, the interest equivalent of the 30-day rate; provided, however, that if such Rate Period is a Minimum Rate Period and the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate is being used to determine the Applicable Rate for shares of such series when all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, then the interest equivalent of the seven-day rate, and (B) in the case of any Special Rate Period of (1) 49 or more but fewer than 70 Rate Period Days, the interest equivalent of the 60-day rate; (2) 70 or more but fewer than 85 Rate Period Days, the arithmetic average of the interest equivalent of the 60-day and 90-day rates; (3) 85 or more but fewer than 99 Rate Period Days, the interest equivalent of the 90-day rate; (4) 99 or more but fewer than 120 Rate Period Days, the arithmetic average of the interest equivalent of the 90-day and 120-day rates; (5) 120 or more but fewer than 141 Rate Period Days, the interest equivalent of the 120-day rate; (6) 141 or more but fewer than 162 Rate Period Days, the arithmetic average of the 120-day and 180-day rates; and (7) 162 or more but fewer than 183 Rate Period Days, the interest equivalent of the 180-day rate, in each case on commercial paper placed on behalf of issuers whose corporate bonds are rate “AA” by S&P or the equivalent of such rating by S&P or another rating agency, as made available on a discount basis or otherwise by the

 

13


February 26, 2008

 

Federal Reserve Bank of New York for the Business Day next preceding such date; or (ii) in the event that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York does not make available any such rate, then the arithmetic average of such rates, as quoted on a discount basis or otherwise, by the Commercial Paper Dealers to the Auction Agent for the close of business on the Business Day next preceding such date. If any Commercial Paper Dealer does not quote a rate required to determine the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate, the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate shall be determined on the basis of the quotation or quotations furnished by the remaining Commercial Paper Dealer or Commercial Paper Dealers and any Substitute Commercial Paper Dealer or Substitute Commercial Paper Dealers selected by the Trust to provide such rate or rates not being supplied by any Commercial Paper Dealer or Commercial Paper Dealers, as the case may be, or, if the Trust does not select any such Substitute Commercial Paper Dealer or Substitute Commercial Paper Dealers, by the remaining Commercial Paper Dealer or Commercial Paper Dealers. For purposes of this definition, the “interest equivalent” of a rate stated on a discount basis (a “discount rate”) for commercial paper of a given days’ maturity shall be equal to the quotient (rounded upwards to the next higher one-thousandth (.001) of 1% of (A) the discount rate divided by (B) the difference between (x) 1.00 and (y) a fraction the numerator of which shall be the product of the discount rate times the number of days in which such commercial paper matures and the denominator of which shall be 360.

“Accountant’s Confirmation” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 7(c) of this Part I of Section 12.1.

“Affiliate” shall mean, for purposes of the definition of “Outstanding,” any Person known to the Auction Agent to be controlled by, in control of or under common control with the Trust; provided, however, that no Broker-Dealer controlled by, in control of or under common control with the Trust shall be deemed to be an Affiliate nor shall any corporation or any Person controlled by, in control of or under common control with such corporation, one of the trustees, directors or executive officers of which is a trustee of the Trust be deemed to be an Affiliate solely because such trustee, director or executive officer is also a trustee of the Trust.

“Agent Member” shall mean a member of or participant in the Securities Depository that will act on behalf of a Bidder.

“Anticipation Notes” shall mean Tax Anticipation Notes (TANs), Revenue Anticipation Notes (RANs), Tax and Revenue Anticipation Notes (TRANs), Grant Anticipation Notes (GANs) that are rated by S&P and Bond Anticipation Notes (BANs).

 

14


February 26, 2008

 

“Applicable Rate” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2(e)(i) of this Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Auction” shall mean each periodic implementation of the Auction Procedures.

“Auction Agency Agreement” shall mean the agreement between the Trust and the Auction Agent which provides, among other things, that the Auction Agent will follow the Auction Procedures for purposes of determining the Applicable Rate for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred so long as the Applicable Rate for shares of such series is to be based on the results of an Auction.

“Auction Agent” shall mean the entity appointed as such by a resolution of the Board of Trustees in accordance with paragraph 6 of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Auction Date,” with respect to any Rate Period, shall mean the Business Day next preceding the first day of such Rate Period.

“Auction Procedures” shall mean the procedures for conducting Auctions set forth in Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Available Municipal Preferred” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Benchmark Rate” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 3(c) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Beneficial Owner” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, means a customer of a Broker-Dealer who is listed on the records of that Broker-Dealer (or, if applicable, the Auction Agent) as a holder of shares of such series.

“Bid” and “Bids” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 1(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Bidder” and “Bidders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 1(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1; provided, however, that neither the Trust nor any affiliate thereof shall be permitted to be a Bidder in an Auction, except that any Broker-Dealer that is an affiliate of the Trust may be a Bidder in an Auction, but only if the Orders placed by such Broker-Dealer are not for its own account.

 

15


February 26, 2008

 

“Board of Trustees” shall mean the Board of Trustees of the Trust or any duly authorized committee thereof.

“Broker-Dealer” shall mean any broker-dealer, commercial bank or other entity permitted by law to perform the functions required of a Broker-Dealer in Part II of this Section 12.1, that is a member of, or a participant in, the Securities Depository or is an affiliate of such member or participant, has been selected by the Trust and has entered into a Broker-Dealer Agreement that remains effective.

“Broker-Dealer Agreement” shall mean an agreement among the Trust, the Auction Agent and a Broker-Dealer pursuant to which such Broker-Dealer agrees to follow the procedures specified in Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Business Day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, and which is neither a Saturday, Sunday nor any other day on which banks in The City of New York, New York are authorized by law to close.

“By-laws” means these Amended and Restated By-laws of the Trust.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commercial Paper Dealers” means Lehman Commercial Paper Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith and such other commercial paper dealer or dealers as the Trust may from time to time appoint, or, in lieu of any thereof, their respective affiliates or successors.

“Common Shares” means the common shares of beneficial interest, without par value, of the Trust.

“Cure Date” shall have the meaning specified in of paragraph 11(b) of this Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Date of Original Issue” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean the date on which the Trust originally issued such shares.

“Declaration” shall mean the Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated January 22, 1987 of the Trust, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated August 4, 1989 to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust, both on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and as hereafter restated or amended from time to time.

 

16


February 26, 2008

 

“Deposit Securities” shall mean cash and Municipal Obligations rated at least A-1+ or SP-1+ by S&P, except that, for purposes of subparagraph (a)(v) of paragraph 11 of Part I of this Section 12.1, such Municipal Obligations shall be considered “Deposit Securities” only if they are also rated P-1, MIG-1 or VMIG-1 by Moody’s.

“Discounted Value,” as of any Valuation Date, shall mean, (i) with respect to an S&P Eligible Asset, the quotient of the Market Value thereof divided by the applicable S&P Discount Factor and (ii) (a) with respect to a Moody’s Eligible Asset that is not currently callable as of such Valuation Date at the option of the issuer thereof, the quotient of the Market Value thereof divided by the applicable Moody’s Discount Factor, or (b) with respect to a Moody’s Eligible Asset that is currently callable as of such Valuation Date at the option of the issuer thereof, the quotient of (1) the lesser of the Market Value or call price thereof, including any call premium, divided by (2) the applicable Moody’s Discount Factor.

“Dividend Payment Date,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean any date on which dividends are payable on shares of such series pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 2(d) of Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Dividend Period,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean the period from and including the Date of Original Issue of shares of such series to but excluding the initial Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series and any period thereafter from and including one Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series to but excluding the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series.

“Escrowed Bonds” means Municipal Obligations that (i) have been determined to be legally defeased in accordance with S&P’s legal defeasance criteria, (ii) have been determined to be economically defeased in accordance with S&P’s economic defeasance criteria and assigned a rating of AAA by S&P, (iii) are not rated by S&P but have been determined to be legally defeased by Moody’s, or (iv) have been determined to be economically defeased by Moody’s and assigned a rating no lower than the rating that is Moody’s equivalent of S&P’s AAA rating.

“Existing Holder,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean a Broker-Dealer (or any such other Person as may be permitted by the Trust) that is listed on the records of the Auction Agent as a holder of shares of such series.

 

17


February 26, 2008

 

“Failure to Deposit,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean a failure by the Trust to pay to the Auction Agent, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, (A) on the Business Day next preceding any Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series, in funds available on such Dividend Payment Date in The City of New York, New York, the full amount of any dividend (whether or not earned or declared) to be paid on such Dividend Payment Date on any share of such series or (B) on the Business Day next preceding any redemption date in funds available on such redemption date for shares of such series in The City of New York, New York, the Redemption Price to be paid on such redemption date for any shares of such series after notice of redemption is mailed pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of Part I of this Section 12.1; provided, however, that the foregoing clause (B) shall not apply to the Trust’s failure to pay the Redemption Price in respect of shares of Municipal Preferred when the related Notice of Redemption provides that redemption of such shares is subject to one or more conditions precedent and any such condition precedent shall not have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption.

“Federal Tax Rate Increase” shall have the meaning specified in the definition of “Moody’s Volatility Factor.”

“Gross-up Payment” in respect of any dividend means payment to a Holder of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred of an amount which, giving effect to the Taxable Allocations made with respect to such dividend, would cause such Holder’s after-tax returns (taking into account both the Taxable Allocations and the Gross-up Payment) to be equal to the after-tax return the Holder would have received if no such Taxable Allocations had occurred. Such Gross-up Payment shall be calculated: (i) without consideration being given to the time value of money; (ii) assuming that no Holder of shares of Municipal Preferred is subject to the Federal alternative minimum tax with respect to dividends received from the Trust; and (iii) assuming that each Holder of shares of Municipal Preferred is taxable at the maximum marginal regular Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or net capital gain, as applicable, or the maximum marginal regular Federal corporate income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or net capital gain, as applicable, whichever is greater, in effect at the time such Gross-up Payment is made.

 

18


February 26, 2008

 

“Holder,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean the Registered Holder of such shares as the same appears on the record books of the Trust.

“Hold Order” and “Hold Orders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 1(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Independent Accountant” shall mean a nationally recognized accountant, or firm of accountants, that is, with respect to the Trust, an independent public accountant or firm of independent public accountants under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

“Initial Margin” means the amount of cash or securities deposited with a broker as a margin payment at the time of purchase or sale of a futures contract.

“Initial Rate Period,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean the period from and including the Date of Original Issue for such series to but excluding the initial Dividend Payment Date for such series.

“Interest Equivalent” shall mean a yield on a 360-day basis of a discount basis security which is equal to the yield on an equivalent interest-bearing security.

“Inverse Floater” shall mean trust certificates or other instruments evidencing interests in one or more municipal securities that qualify as S&P Eligible Assets (and satisfy the issuer and size requirements of the definition of S&P Eligible Assets) the interest rates on which are adjusted at short-term intervals on a basis that is inverse to the simultaneous readjustment of the interest rates on corresponding floating rate trust certificates or other instruments issued by the same issuer, provided that the ratio of the aggregate dollar amount of floating rate instruments to inverse floating rate instruments issued by the same issuer does not exceed one to one at their time or original issuance unless the floating rate instrument has only one reset remaining until maturity.

“Kenny Index” shall have the meaning set forth under the definition of “Taxable Equivalent of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Rate.”

“Late Charge” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 2(e)(i)(B) of Part I of this Section 12.1.

 

19


February 26, 2008

 

“Liquidation Preference,” with respect to a given number of shares of Municipal Preferred, means $25,000 times that number.

“Market Value” of any asset of the Trust means the market value thereof determined by the pricing service designated from time to time by the Board of Trustees. Market Value of any asset shall include any interest accrued thereon. The pricing service will use current industry standards to value portfolio securities. The pricing service may employ electronic data processing techniques or a matrix system, or both, to determine valuations. Securities for which quotations are not readily available shall be valued at fair value as determined by the pricing service using methods which include consideration of: yields or prices of municipal bonds of comparable quality, type of issue, coupon, maturity and rating; indications as to value from dealers; and general market conditions. In the event the pricing service is unable to value a security, the security shall be valued at the lower of two dealer bids obtained by the Trust from dealers who are nationally recognized members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who are independent of the investment advisor to the Trust and make a market in the security, at least one of which shall be in writing. Futures contracts and options are valued at closing prices for such instruments established by the exchange or board of trade on which they are traded, or if market quotations are not readily available, are valued at fair value on a consistent basis using methods determined in good faith by the Trustees.

“Maximum Potential Gross-up Payment Liability,” as of any Valuation Date, shall mean the aggregate amount of Gross-up Payments that would be due if the Trust were to make Taxable Allocations, with respect to any taxable year, estimated based upon dividends paid and the amount of undistributed realized net capital gains and other taxable income earned by the Trust, as of the end of the calendar month immediately preceding such Valuation Date, and assuming such Gross-up Payments are fully taxable.

“Maximum Rate,” for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred on any Auction Date for shares of such series, shall mean:

(i) in the case of any Auction Date which is not the Auction Date immediately prior to the first day of any proposed Special Rate Period designated by the Trust pursuant to paragraph 4 of Part I of this Section 12.1, the product of (A) the Reference Rate on such Auction Date for the next Rate Period of shares of such series and (B) the Rate Multiple on such Auction Date, unless shares of such series have or had a Special Rate Period (other than a Special Rate Period of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer) and an Auction at which

 

20


February 26, 2008

 

Sufficient Clearing Bids existed has not yet occurred for a Minimum Rate Period of shares of such series after such Special Rate Period, in which case the higher of:

(A) the dividend rate on shares of such series for the then-ending Rate Period; and

(B) the product of (1) the higher of (x) the Reference Rate on such Auction Date for a Rate Period equal in length to the then-ending Rate Period of shares of such series, if such then-ending Rate Period was 364 Rate Period Days or fewer, or the Treasury Note Rate on such Auction Date for a Rate Period equal in length to the then-ending Rate Period of shares of such series, if such then-ending Rate Period was more than 364 Rate Period Days, and (y) the Reference Rate on such Auction Date for a Rate Period equal in length to such Special Rate Period of shares of such series, if such Special Rate Period was 364 Rate Period Days or fewer, or the Treasury Note Rate on such Auction Date for a Rate Period equal in length to such Special Rate Period, if such Special Rate Period was more than 364 Rate Period Days and (2) the Rate Multiple on such Auction Date; or

(ii) in the case of any Auction Date which is the Auction Date immediately prior to the first day of any proposed Special Rate Period designated by the Trust pursuant to paragraph 4 of Part I of this Section 12.1, the product of (A) the highest of (1) the Reference Rate on such Auction Date for a Rate Period equal in length to the then-ending Rate Period of shares of such series, if such then-ending Rate Period was 364 Rate Period Dates or fewer, or the Treasury Note Rate on such Auction Date for a Rate Period equal in length to the then-ending Rate Period of shares of such series, if such then-ending Rate Period was more than 364 Rate Period Days, (2) the Reference Rate on such Auction Date for the Special Rate Period for which the Auction is being held if such Special Rate Period is 364 Rate Period Days or fewer or the Treasury Note Rate on such Auction Date for the Special Rate Period for which the Auction is being held if such Special Rate Period is more than 364 Rate Period Days, and (3) the Reference Rate on such Auction Date for Minimum Rate Periods and (B) the Rate Multiple on such Auction Date.

“Minimum Rate Period” shall mean any Rate Period consisting of 7 Rate Period Days.

 

21


February 26, 2008

 

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors.

“Moody’s Discount Factor” shall mean, for purposes of determining the Discounted Value of any Moody’s Eligible Asset, the percentage determined by reference to the rating on such asset and the shortest Exposure Period set forth opposite such rating that is the same length as or is longer than the Moody’s Exposure Period, in accordance with the table set forth below:

 

     Rating Category  

Exposure Period

   Aaa*     Aa*     A*     Baa*     Other**     (V)MIG-1***     SP-1+****     Unrated*****  

7 weeks

   151 %   159 %   166 %   173 %   187 %   136 %   148 %   225 %

8 weeks or less but greater than seven weeks

   154     161     168     176     190     137     149     231  

9 weeks or less but greater than eight weeks

   156     163     170     177     192     138     150     240  

 

* Moody’s rating.

 

** Municipal Obligations not rated by Moody’s but rated BBB by S&P.

 

*** Municipal Obligations rated MIG-1 or VMIG-1, which do not mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable in 30 days and which do not have a long-term rating.

 

**** Municipal Obligations not rated by Moody’s but rated SP-1+ by S&P, which do not mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable in 30 days and which do not have a long-term rating.

 

***** Municipal Obligations rated less than Baa3 by Moody’s or less than BBB by S&P or not rated by Moody’s or S&P.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Moody’s Discount Factor for short-term Municipal Obligations will be 115%, so long as such Municipal Obligations are rated at least MIG-1, VMIG-1 or P-1 by Moody’s and mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable in 30 days or less or 125% so long as such Municipal Obligations are rated at least A-1+/AA or SP-1+/AA by S&P and mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable in 30 days or less and (ii) no Moody’s Discount Factor will be applied to cash or to Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold or futures, options and similar instruments (to the extent such securities are Moody’s Eligible Assets); provided, however, that for purposes of determining the Moody’s Discount Factor applicable to a Municipal Obligation, any Municipal Obligation (excluding any short-term Municipal Obligation) not rated by Moody’s but rated by S&P shall be deemed to have a Moody’s rating which is one full rating category lower than its S&P rating.

 

22


February 26, 2008

 

“Moody’s Eligible Asset” shall mean cash, Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold, futures, options and similar instruments (other than Inverse Floaters and index warrants) or a Municipal Obligation that (i) pays interest in cash, (ii) does not have its Moody’s rating, if applicable, suspended by Moody’s, (iii) is part of an issue of Municipal Obligations of at least $10,000,000, and (iv) is not subject to a covered call or a covered put option written by the Trust. Municipal Obligations issued by any one issuer and not rated by Moody’s or rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s and not rated by S&P or rated lower than BBB by S&P (“Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations”) may comprise no more than 4% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; such Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by the same issuer and rated BBB by S&P may comprise no more than 4% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; such BBB-rated Municipal Obligations and Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by the same issuer and rated Baa by Moody’s or A by S&P may comprise no more than 6% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; such BBB, Baa and A-rated Municipal Obligations and Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by the same issuer and rated A by Moody’s or AA by S&P, may comprise no more than 10% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; and such BBB, Baa, A and AA-rated Municipal Obligations and Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by the same issuer and rated Aa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P, may comprise no more than 20% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, any Municipal Obligation backed by the guaranty, letter of credit or insurance issued by a third party shall be deemed to be issued by such third party if the issuance of such third-party credit is the sole determinant of the rating on such Municipal Obligations. Municipal Obligations issued by issuers located within a single state or territory and not rated by Moody’s or rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s and not rated by S&P or rated lower than BBB by S&P may comprise no more than 12% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; such Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by issuers located within the same state or territory and rated BBB by S&P may comprise no more than 12% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; such BBB-rated Municipal Obligations and Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by issuers located within the same state or territory and rated Baa by Moody’s or A by S&P, may comprise no more than 20% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets; such BBB, Baa and A-rated Municipal Obligations and Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by issuers located within the same state or territory and rated A by Moody’s or AA by S&P, may comprise no more than 40% of total Moody’s

 

23


February 26, 2008

 

Eligible Assets; and such BBB, Baa, A and AA-rated Municipal Obligations and Unrated Moody’s Municipal Obligations, if any, together with any Municipal Obligations issued by issuers located within the same state or territory and rated Aa by Moody’s or AAA by S&P, may comprise no more than 60% of total Moody’s Eligible Assets. Municipal Obligations which are not rated by Moody’s or S&P may comprise no more than 40% of the aggregate Market Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets; provided, however, that if the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations exceeds 40% of the aggregate Market Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets, a portion of such Municipal Obligations (selected by the Trust) shall not be considered Moody’s Eligible Assets, so that the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations (excluding such portion) does not exceed 40% of the aggregate Market Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets; provided, however, that no such unrated Municipal Obligation shall be considered a Moody’s Eligible Asset if such Municipal Obligation shall be in “default”, which term shall mean for purposes of this definition, either (a) the nonpayment by the issuer of interest or principal when due or (b) the notification of the Trust by the trustee under the underlying indenture or other governing instrument for such Municipal Obligation that the issuer will fail to pay when due principal or interest on such Municipal Obligation. For purposes of applying the foregoing requirements, a Municipal Obligation shall be deemed to be rated BBB by S&P if rated BBB-, BBB or BBB+ by S&P, Moody’s Eligible Assets shall be calculated without including cash, and Municipal Obligations rated MIG-1, VMIG-1 or P-1 or, if not rated by Moody’s, rated A-1+/Aa or SP-1+/AA by S&P, shall be considered to have a long-term rating of A. When the Trust sells a Municipal Obligation and agrees to repurchase such Municipal Obligation at a future day, such Municipal Obligation shall be valued at its Discounted Value for purposes of determining Moody’s Eligible Assets, and the amount of the repurchase price of such Municipal Obligation shall be included as a liability for purposes of calculating the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount. When the Trust purchases a Moody’s Eligible Asset and agrees to sell it at a future date, such Eligible Asset shall be valued at the amount of cash to be received by the Trust upon such future date, provided that the counterparty to the transaction has a long-term debt rating of at least A2 and a short-term debt rating of at least P1 from Moody’s and the transaction has a term of no more than 30 days; otherwise such Eligible Asset shall be valued at the Discounted Value of such Eligible Asset. For purposes of determining the aggregate Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets, such aggregate amount shall be reduced with respect to any futures contracts as set forth in paragraph 10(a) of this Part I.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an asset will not be considered a Moody’s Eligible Asset to the extent it is (i) subject to any material lien, mortgage, pledge, security interest or security agreement of any kind (collectively, “Liens”), except for (a) Liens which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and

 

24


February 26, 2008

 

which Moody’s has indicated to the Trust will not affect the status of such asset as a Moody’s Eligible Asset, (b) Liens for taxes that are not then due and payable or that can be paid thereafter without penalty, (c) Liens to secure payment for services rendered or cash advanced to the Trust by Massachusetts Financial Services Company, Inc., The Chase Manhattan Bank or the Auction Agent and (d) Liens by virtue of any repurchase agreement or futures contract; or (ii) deposited irrevocably for the payment of any liabilities for purposes of determine the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount.

“Moody’s Exposure Period” shall mean the period commencing on a given Valuation Date and ending 49 days thereafter.

“Moody’s Volatility Factor” shall mean, as of any Valuation Date, (i) in the case of any Minimum Rate Period, any Special Rate period of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer, or any Special Rate Period of 57 Rate Period Days or more, a multiplicative factor equal to 275%, except as otherwise provided in the last sentence of this definition; (ii) in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 28 but fewer than 36 Rate Period Days, a multiplicative factor equal to 203%; (iii) in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 35 but fewer than 43 Rate Period Days, a multiplicative factor equal to 217%; (iv) in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 42 but fewer than 50 Rate Period Days, a multiplicative factor equal to 226%; and (v) in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 49 but fewer than 57 Rate Period Days, a multiplicative factor equal to 235%. If, as a result of the enactment of changes to the Code, the greater of the maximum marginal Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and the maximum marginal Federal corporate income tax rate applicable to ordinary income will increase, such increase being rounded up to the next five percentage points (the “Federal Tax Rate Increase”), until the effective date of such increase, the Moody’s Volatility Factor in the case of any Rate Period described in (i) above in this definition instead shall be determined by reference to the following table:

 

Federal

Tax Rate
Increase

   Volatility
Factor
 

  5%

   295 %

10%

   317 %

15%

   341 %

20%

   369 %

25%

   400 %

30%

   436 %

35%

   477 %

40%

   525 %

 

25


February 26, 2008

 

“Municipal Obligations” shall mean “Municipal Obligations” as defined in the Trust’s registration statement on Form N-2 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 16, 1999 (the “Registration Statement”).

“Municipal Preferred” shall mean Municipal Auction Rate Cumulative Preferred Shares, without par value, liquidation preference $25,000 per share, of the Trust.

“Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount,” as of any Valuation Date, shall mean the dollar amount equal to the sum of (i) (A) the product of the number of shares of Municipal Preferred outstanding on such date multiplied by $25,000 (plus the product of the number of shares of any other series of Preferred Shares outstanding on such date multiplied by the liquidation preference of such shares), plus any redemption premium applicable to shares of Municipal Preferred (or other Preferred Shares) then subject to redemption; (B) the aggregate amount of dividends that will have accumulated at the respective Applicable Rates (whether or not earned or declared) to (but not including) the first respective Dividend Payment Dates for shares of Municipal Preferred outstanding that follow such Valuation Date (plus the aggregate amount of dividends, whether or not earned or declared, that will have accumulated in respect of other outstanding Preferred Shares to, but not including, the first respective dividend payment dates for such other shares that follow such Valuation Date); (C) the aggregate amount of dividends that would accumulate on shares of each series of Municipal Preferred outstanding from such first respective Dividend Payment Date therefor through the 49th day after such Valuation Date, at the Maximum Rate (calculated as if such Valuation Date were the Auction Date for the Rate Period commencing on such Dividend Payment Date) for a Minimum Rate Period of

 

26


February 26, 2008

 

shares of such series to commence on such Dividend Payment Date, assuming, solely for purposes of the foregoing, that if on such Valuation Date the Trust shall have delivered a Notice of Special Rate Period to the Auction Agent pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(i) of this Part I with respect to shares of such series, such Maximum Rate shall be the higher of (a) the Maximum Rate for the Special Rate Period of shares of such series to commence on such Dividend Payment Date and (b) the Maximum Rate for a Minimum Rate Period of shares of such series to commence on such Dividend Payment Date, multiplied by the Volatility Factor applicable to a Minimum Rate Period, or, in the event the Trust shall have delivered a Notice of Special Rate Period to the Auction Agent pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(i) of this Part I with respect to shares of such series designating a Special Rate Period consisting of 49 Rate Period Days or more, the Volatility Factor applicable to a Special Rate Period of that length (plus the aggregate amount of dividends that would accumulate at the maximum dividend rate or rates on any other Preferred Shares outstanding from such respective dividend payment dates through 49th day after such Valuation Date, as established by or pursuant to the respective statements establishing and fixing the rights and preferences of such other Preferred Shares) (except that (1) if such Valuation Date occurs at a time when a Failure to Deposit (or, in the case of Preferred Shares other than Municipal Preferred, a failure similar to a Failure to Deposit) has occurred that has not been cured, the dividend for purposes of calculation would accumulate at the current dividend rate then applicable to the shares in respect of which such failure has occurred and (2) for those days during the period described in this subparagraph (C) in respect of which the Applicable Rate in effect immediately prior to such Dividend Payment Date will remain in effect (or, in the case of the Preferred Shares other than Municipal Preferred, in respect of which the dividend rate or rates in effect immediately prior to such respective dividend payment dates will remain in effect), the dividend for purposes of calculation would accumulate at such Applicable Rate (or other rate or rates, as the case may be) in respect of those days); (D) the amount of anticipated expenses of the Trust for the 90 days subsequent to such Valuation Date; (E) the amount of the Trust’s Maximum Potential Gross-up Payment Liability in respect of shares of Municipal Preferred (and similar amounts payable in respect of other Preferred Shares pursuant to provisions similar to those contained in paragraph 3 of Part I of this Section 12.1) as of such Valuation Date; and (F) any current liabilities as of such Valuation Date to the extent not reflected in any of (i) (A) through (i)(E) (including, without limitation, any payables for Municipal Obligations purchased as of such Valuation Date and any liabilities incurred for the purpose of clearing securities transactions) less (ii) the value (i.e., for purposes of current Moody’s guidelines, the face value of cash, short-term Municipal Obligations rated MIG-1, VMIG-1 or P-1, and short-term securities that are the direct obligation of the U.S. government, provided in each case that such securities mature on or prior to the date upon which any of (i) (A) through (i)(F) become payable, otherwise the Moody’s Discounted Value or for purposes of current S&P guides, the face value of cash, short-term municipal securities rated “A-1+” or “SP-1+” and mature or have a demand feature exercisable in 30 days or less, and short-term securities that are the direct obligation of the U.S. government, provided in each case that such securities mature on or prior to the date upon which any of (i)(A) through (i)(F) become payable, otherwise S&P’s Discounted Value) of any of the Trust’s assets irrevocably deposited by the Trust for the payment of any of (i) (A) through (i)(F).

 

27


February 26, 2008

 

“Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Cure Date,” with respect to the failure by the Trust to satisfy the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount (as required by paragraph 7(a) of Part I of this Section 12.1) as a given Valuation Date, shall mean the second Business Day following such Valuation Date.

“Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report” shall mean a report signed by the President, Treasurer, Controller, Secretary or any Senior Vice President or Vice President of the Trust which sets forth, as of the related Valuation Date, the assets of the Trust, the Market Value and the Discounted Value thereof (seriatim and in aggregate), and the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount.

“1940 Act” shall mean the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

“1940 Act Cure Date,” with respect to the failure by the Trust to maintain the 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage (as required by paragraph 7 of this Part I of Section 12.1) as of the last Business Day of each month, shall mean the last Business Day of the following month.

“1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage” shall mean asset coverage, as defined in Section 18(h) of the 1940 Act, of at least 200% with respect to all outstanding senior securities of the Trust which are shares of beneficial interest, including all outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred (or such other asset coverage as may in the future be specified in or under the 1940 Act as the minimum asset coverage for senior securities which are shares or stock of a closed-end investment company as a condition of declaring dividends on its common shares or stock).

“Notice of Redemption” shall mean any notice with respect to the redemption of shares of Municipal Preferred pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of this Part I of Section 12.1.

“Notice of Special Rate Period” shall mean any notice with respect to a Special Rate Period of shares of Municipal Preferred pursuant to paragraph 4(d)(i) of this Part I of Section 12.1.

“Order” and “Orders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 1(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Outstanding” shall mean, as of any Auction Date with respect to shares of any series of Municipal Preferred, the number of shares of such series theretofore issued

 

28


February 26, 2008

 

by the Trust except, without duplication, (i) any shares of such series theretofore canceled or delivered to the Auction Agent for cancellation or redeemed by the Trust, (ii) any shares of such series as to which the Trust or any Affiliate thereof shall be an Existing Holder and (iii) any shares of such series represented by any certificate in lieu of which a new certificate has been executed and delivered by the Trust.

“Persons” shall mean and include an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated association, a joint venture or other entity or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

“Potential Beneficial Owner,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean a customer of a Broker-Dealer that is not a Beneficial Owner of shares of such series but that wishes to purchase shares of such series, or that is a Beneficial Owner of shares of such series that wishes to purchase additional shares of such series.

“Potential Holder,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean a Broker-Dealer (or any such other person as may be permitted by the Trust) that is not an Existing Holder of shares of such series or that is an Existing Holder of shares of such series that wishes to become the Existing Holder of additional shares of such series.

“Preferred Shares” shall mean the preferred shares, without par value, of the Trust, and includes the shares of Municipal Preferred.

“Rate Multiple,” for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred on any Auction Date for shares of such series, shall mean the percentage, determined as set forth below, based on the prevailing rating of shares of such series in effect at the close of business on the Business Day next preceding such Auction Date:

 

Prevailing Rating

   Percentage  

“aa3”/AA- or higher

   110 %

“a3”/A-

   125 %

“baa3”/BBB-

   150 %

“ba3”/BB-

   200 %

Below “ba3”/BB-

   250 %

 

29


February 26, 2008

 

provided, however, that in the event the Trust has notified the Auction Agent of its intent to allocate income taxable for Federal income tax purposes to shares of such series prior to the Auction establishing the Applicable Rate for shares of such series, the applicable percentage in the foregoing table shall be divided by the quantity 1 minus the maximum marginal regular Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or the maximum marginal regular Federal corporate income tax rate applicable to ordinary income, whichever is greater.

For purposes of this definition, the “prevailing rating” of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall be (i) “aa3”/AA- or higher if such shares have a rating of “aa3” or better by Moody’s and AA- or better by S&P or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected as provided below, (ii) if not “aa3”/AA- or higher, then “a3”/A- if such shares have a rating of “a3” or better by Moody’s and A- or better by S&P or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected as provided below, (iii) if not “aa3”/AA- or higher or “a3”/A-, then “baa3”/BBB- if such shares have a rating of “baa3” or better by Moody’s and BBB- or better by S&P or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected as provided below, (iv) if not “aa3”/AA- or higher, “a3”/A- or “baa3”/BBB-, then “ba3”/BB- if such shares have a rating of “ba3” or better by Moody’s and BB- or better by S&P or the equivalent of such ratings by such agencies or a substitute rating agency or substitute rating agencies selected as provided below, and (v) if not “aa3”/AA- or higher, “a3”/A-, “baa3”/BBB-, or “ba3”/BB-, then Below “ba3”/BB-; provided, however, that if such shares are rated by only one rating agency, the prevailing rating will be determined without reference to the rating of any other rating agency. The Trust shall take all reasonable action necessary to enable either S&P or Moody’s to provide a rating for shares of Municipal Preferred. If neither S&P nor Moody’s shall make such a rating available, Salomon Smith Barney, Inc. or its successor shall select at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as that term is used in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time) to act as a substitute rating agency in respect of shares of such series of Municipal Preferred, and the Trust shall take all reasonable action to enable such rating agency to provide a rating for such shares.

“Rate Period,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean the Initial Rate Period of shares of such series and any Subsequent Rate Period, including any Special Rate Period, of shares of such series.

 

30


February 26, 2008

 

“Rate Period Days,” for any Rate Period or Dividend Period, means the number of days that would constitute such Rate Period or Dividend Period but for the application of paragraph 2(d) of Part I of this Section 12.1 or paragraph 4(b) of Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold” shall mean (A) for purposes of calculating Moody’s Eligible Assets as of any Valuation Date, no more than the aggregate of the following: (i) the book value of receivables for Municipal Obligations sold as of or prior to such Valuation Date if such receivables are due within five business days of such Valuation Date, and if the trades which generated such receivables are (x) settled through clearing house firms with respect to which the Trust has received prior written authorization from Moody’s or (y) with counterparties having a Moody’s long-term debt rating of at least Baa3; and (ii) the Moody’s Discounted Value of Municipal Obligations sold as of or prior to such Valuation Date which generated receivables, if such receivables are due within five business days of such Valuation Date but do not comply with either of the conditions specified in (i) above, and (B) for purposes of calculating S&P Eligible Assets as of any Valuation Date, the book value of receivables for Municipal Obligations sold as of or prior to such Valuation Date if such receivables are due within five business days of such Valuation Date.

“Redemption Price” shall mean the applicable redemption price specified in paragraph 11(a) or (b) of Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Reference Rate” shall mean (i) the higher of the Taxable Equivalent of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Rate and the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate in the case of Minimum Rate Periods and Special Rate Periods of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer; (ii) the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate in the case of Special Rate Periods of more than 28 Rate Period Days but fewer than 183 Rate Period Days; and (iii) the Treasury Bill Rate in the case of Special Rate Periods of more than 182 Rate Period Days but fewer than 365 Rate Period Days.

“Registration Statement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Municipal Obligations.”

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

31


February 26, 2008

 

“S&P Discount Factor” shall mean, for purposes of determining the Discounted Value of any S&P Eligible Asset, the percentage determined by reference to the rating on such asset and the shortest S&P Exposure Period set forth opposite such rating that is the same length as or is longer than the S&P Exposure Period, in accordance with the table set forth below:

 

     Rating Category  

Exposure Period

   AAA*     AA*     A*     BBB*     Unrated**  

45 Business Days

   190 %   195 %   210 %   250 %   220 %

25 Business Days

   170     175     190     230     220  

10 Business Days

   155     160     175     215     220  

7 Business Days

   150     155     170     210     220  

3 Business Days

   130     135     150     190     220  

 

* S&P rating.

 

** S&P Eligible Assets not rated by S&P or rated less than BBB by S&P and not rated at least the equivalent of an “A” rating by another nationally recognized credit rating agency.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the S&P Discount Factor for short-term Municipal Obligations will be 115%, so long as such Municipal Obligations are rated A-1+ or SP-1+ by S&P and mature or have a demand feature exercisable within 30 days or less, 120% if such Municipal Obligations are rated A-1 or SP-1- by S&P and mature or have a demand feature exercisable within 30 days or less, or 125% if such Municipal Obligations are not rated by S&P but are rated VMIG-1, P-1 or MIG-1 by Moody’s; provided, however, that any such Moody’s-rated short-term Municipal Obligations which have demand features exercisable within 30 days or less must be backed by a letter of credit, liquidity facility or guarantee from a bank or other financial institution with a short-term rating of at least A-1+ from S&P; and further provided that such Moody’s-rated short-term Municipal Obligations may comprise no more than 50% of short-term Municipal Obligations that qualify as S&P Eligible Assets; (ii) no S&P Discount Factor will be applied to cash, futures, options, Inverse Floaters and similar instruments or to Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold; and (iii) except as set forth in clause (i) above, in the case of any Municipal Obligation that is not rated by S&P but qualifies as an S&P Eligible Asset pursuant to clause (iii) of that definition, such Municipal Obligation will be deemed to have an S&P rating one full rating category lower than the S&P rating category that is the equivalent of the rating category in which such Municipal Obligation is placed by such other nationally recognized credit rating agency. For purposes of the foregoing, Anticipation Notes rated SP-1+ or, if not rated by S&P, rated MIG-1 or VMIG-1 by Moody’s, which do not mature or have a demand feature at par exercisable in 30 days and which do not have a long-term rating, shall be considered to be short-term Municipal Obligations.

 

32


February 26, 2008

 

“S&P Eligible Asset” shall mean cash (excluding any cash irrevocably deposited by the Trust for the payment of any liabilities within the meaning of Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount), Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold, futures, options, Inverse Floaters and similar instruments or a Municipal Obligation owned by the Trust that (i) is interest bearing and pays interest at least semi-annually; (ii) is payable with respect to principal and interest in U.S. Dollars; (iii) is publicly rated BBB or higher by S&P or, except in the case of Anticipation Notes that are Grant Anticipation Notes or Bond Anticipation Notes which must be rated by S&P to be included in S&P Eligible Assets, if not rated by S&P but rated by another nationally recognized credit rating agency, is rated at least A by such agency; (iv) is not part of a private placement of Municipal Obligations (except in the case of Inverse Floaters); (v) is part of an issue of Municipal Obligations with an original issue size of at least $20 million or, if of an issue with an original issue size below $20 million (but in no event below $10 million), is issued by an issuer with a total of at least $50 million of securities outstanding; and (vi) is not subject to a covered call or covered put option written by the Trust. Solely for purposes of this definition, the term “Municipal Obligation” means any obligation the interest on which is exempt from regular Federal income taxation and which is issued by any of the fifty United States, the District of Columbia or any of the territories of the United States, their subdivisions, counties, cities, towns, villages, school districts and agencies (including authorities and special districts created by the states), and federally sponsored agencies such as local housing authorities. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations:

(1) Municipal Obligations (excluding Escrowed Bonds) of any one issuer or guarantor (excluding bond insurers) shall be considered S&P Eligible Assets only to the extent the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations does not exceed 10% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets, provided that 2% is added to the applicable S&P Discount Factor for every 1% by which the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations exceeds 5% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets, and provided that Municipal Obligations (excluding Escrowed Bonds) not rated by S&P or rated less than BBB by S&P and not rated at least A by another nationally recognized credit rating agency of any one issuer or guarantor (excluding bond insurers) shall constitute S&P Eligible Assets only to the extent the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations does not exceed 5% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets;

(2) Municipal Obligations not rated at least BBB or not rated by S&P or not rated at least A by another nationally recognized credit rating agency shall be considered S&P Eligible Assets only to the extent the Market Value of such

 

33


February 26, 2008

 

Municipal Obligations does not exceed 50% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets; provided, however, that if the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations exceeds 50% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets, a portion of such Municipal Obligations (selected by the Trust) shall not be considered S&P Eligible Assets, so that the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations (excluding such portion) does not exceed 50% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets;

(3) Long-term Municipal Obligations (excluding Escrowed Bonds) issued by issuers in any one state or territory shall be considered S&P Eligible Assets only to the extent that the Market Value of such Municipal Obligations does not exceed 25% of the aggregate Market Value of S&P Eligible Assets; and

(4) Municipal Obligations which are not interest bearing or do not pay interest at least semi-annually shall be considered S&P Eligible Assets if rated AAA by S&P.

For purposes of determining the aggregate Discounted Value of S&P’s Eligible Assets, such aggregate amount shall be reduced with respect to any futures contracts as set forth in paragraph 10(a) of this Part I.

“S&P Exposure Period” shall mean the period commencing on a given Valuation Date and ending three business days thereafter.

“S&P Volatility Factor” shall mean, as of any Valuation Date, a multiplicative factor equal to (i) 305% in the case of any Minimum Rate Period or any Special Rate Period of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer; (ii) 268% in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 28 Rate Period Days but fewer than 183 Rate Period Days; and (iii) 204% in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 182 Rate Period Days.

“Securities Depository” shall mean The Depository Trust Company and its successors and assigns or any other securities depository selected by the Trust which agrees to follow the procedures required to be followed by such securities depository in connection with shares of Municipal Preferred.

“Sell Order” and “Sell Orders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 1(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

 

34


February 26, 2008

 

“Special Rate Period,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 4(a) of Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Special Redemption Provisions” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 11(a)(i) of Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Submission Deadline” shall mean 1:30 P.M., New York City time, on any Auction Date or such other time on any Auction Date by which Broker-Dealers are required to submit Orders to the Auction Agent as specified by the Auction Agent from time to time.

“Submitted Bid” and “Submitted Bids” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Submitted Hold Order” and “Submitted Hold Orders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Submitted Order” and “Submitted Orders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Submitted Sell Order” and “Submitted Sell Orders” shall have the respective meanings specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Subsequent Rate Period,” with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, shall mean the period from and including the first day following the Initial Rate Period of shares of such series to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series and any period thereafter from and including one Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series to but excluding the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series; provided, however, that if any Subsequent Rate Period is also a Special Rate Period, such term shall mean the period commencing on the first day of such Special Rate Period and ending on the last day of the last Dividend Period thereof.

“Substitute Commercial Paper Dealer” shall mean CS First Boston or Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or their respective affiliates or successors, if such entity is a commercial paper dealer; provided, however, that none of such entities shall be a Commercial Paper Dealer.

“Substitute U.S. Government Securities Dealer” shall mean CS First Boston and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated or their respective affiliates or successors, if such entity is a U.S. Government securities dealer; provided, however, that none of such entities shall be a U.S. Government Securities Dealer.

 

35


February 26, 2008

 

“Sufficient Clearing Bids” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Taxable Allocation” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 3 of Part I of this Section 12.1.

“Taxable Equivalent of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Rate,” on any date for any Minimum Rate Period or Special Rate Period of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer, shall mean 90% of the quotient of (A) the per annum rate expressed on an interest equivalent basis equal to the S&P Kenny 30 day High Grade Index or any successor index (the “Kenny Index”) (provided, however, that any such successor index must be approved by Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred)), made available for the Business Day immediately preceding such date but in any event not later than 8:30 A.M., New York City time, on such date by S&P J.J. Kenny Evaluation Services or any successor thereto, based upon 30-day yield evaluations at par of short-term bonds the interest on which is excludable for regular Federal Income tax purposes under the Code, of “high grade” component issuers selected by S&P J.J. Kenny Evaluation Services or any such successor from time to time in its discretion, which component issuers shall include, without limitation, issuers of general obligation bonds, but shall exclude any bonds the interest on which constitutes an item of tax preference under Section 57(a)(5) of the Code, or successor provisions, for purposes of the “alternative minimum tax,” divided by (B) 1.00 minus the maximum marginal regular Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or the maximum marginal regular Federal corporate income tax rate applicable to ordinary income (in each case expressed as a decimal), whichever is greater; provided, however, that if the Kenny Index is not made so available by 8:30 A.M., New York City time, on such date by S&P J.J. Kenny Evaluation Services or any successor, the Taxable Equivalent of the Short-Term Municipal Bond Rate shall mean the quotient of (A) the per annum rate expressed on an interest equivalent basis equal to the most recent Kenny Index so made available for any preceding Business Day, divided by (B) 1.00 minus the maximum marginal regular Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or the maximum marginal regular Federal corporate income tax rate applicable to ordinary income (in each case expressed as a decimal), whichever is greater.

 

36


February 26, 2008

 

“Taxable Income” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 3(c) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

“Treasury Bill” shall mean a direct obligation of the U.S. Government having a maturity at the time of issuance of 364 days or less.

“Treasury Bill Rate,” on any date for any Rate Period, shall mean (i) the bond equivalent yield, calculated in accordance with prevailing industry convention, of the rate on the most recently auctioned Treasury Bill with a remaining maturity closest to the length of such Rate Period, as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on such date for the Business Day next preceding such date; or (ii) in the event that any such rate is not published in The Wall Street Journal, then the bond equivalent yield, calculated in accordance with prevailing industry convention, as calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the bid price quotations of the most recently auctioned Treasury Bill with a remaining maturity closest to the length of such Rate Period, as determined by bid price quotations as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date obtained from the U.S. Government Securities Dealers to the Auction Agent.

“Treasury Note” shall mean a direct obligation of the U.S. Government having a maturity at the time of issuance of five years or less but more than 364 days.

“Treasury Note Rate,” on any date for any Rate Period, shall mean (i) the yield on the most recently auctioned Treasury Note with a remaining maturity closest to the length of such Rate Period, as quoted in The Wall Street Journal on such date for the Business Day next preceding such date; or (ii) in the event that any such rate is not published in The Wall Street Journal, then the yield as calculated by reference to the arithmetic average of the bid price quotations of the most recently auctioned Treasury Note with a remaining maturity closest to the length of such Rate Period, as determined by bid price quotations as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding such date obtained from the U.S. Government Securities Dealers to the Auction Agent. If any U.S. Government Securities Dealer does not quote a rate required to determine the Treasury Bill Rate of the Treasury Note Rate, the Treasury Bill Rate or the Treasury Note Rate shall be determined on the basis of the quotation or quotations furnished by the remaining U.S. Government Securities Dealer or U.S. Government Securities Dealers and any Substitute U.S. Government Securities Dealers selected by the Trust to provide such rate or rates not being supplied by any U.S. Government Securities Dealer or U.S. Government Securities Dealers, as the case may be, or, if the Trust does not select any such Substitute U.S. Government Securities Dealer or Substitute U.S. Government Securities Dealers, by the remaining U.S. Government Securities Dealer or U.S. Government Securities Dealers.

 

37


February 26, 2008

 

“U.S. Government Securities Dealer” shall mean Lehman Government Securities Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Salomon Smith Barney Inc. and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York or their respective affiliates or successors, if such entity is a U.S. government securities dealer.

“Valuation Date” shall mean, for purposes of determining whether the Trust is maintaining the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, each Business Day.

“Variation Margin” means, in connection with an outstanding futures contract owned or sold by the Trust, the amount of cash or securities paid to or received from a broker (subsequent to the Initial Margin payment) from time to time as the price of such futures contract fluctuates.

“Volatility Factor” shall mean, as of any Valuation Date, the greater of the Moody’s Volatility Factor and the S&P Volatility Factor.

“Voting Period” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 5(b) of this Part I of Section 12.1.

“Winning Bid Rate” shall have the meaning specified in paragraph 3(a) of Part II of this Section 12.1.

2. Dividends.

(1) Ranking. The shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall rank on a parity with each other, with shares of any other series of Municipal Preferred and with shares of any other series of Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends by the Trust.

(2) Cumulative Cash Dividends. The Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred of any series shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Trustees, out of funds legally available therefor in accordance with the Declaration, these By-laws and applicable law, cumulative cash dividends at the Applicable Rate for shares of such series, determined as set forth in subparagraph (e) of this paragraph 2, and no more (except to the extent set forth in paragraph 3 of this Part I), payable on the Dividend Payment Dates with respect to shares of such series

 

38


February 26, 2008

 

determined pursuant to subparagraph (d) of this paragraph 2. Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred shall not be entitled to any dividend, whether payable in cash, property or shares, in excess of full cumulative dividends, as herein provided, on shares of Municipal Preferred. No interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend payment or payments on shares of Municipal Preferred which may be in arrears, and, except to the extent set forth in subparagraph (e)(i) of this paragraph 2, no additional sum of money shall be payable in respect of any such arrearage.

(3) Dividends Cumulative From Date of Original Issue. Dividends on shares of Municipal Preferred of any series shall accumulate at the Applicable Rate for shares of such series from the Date of Original Issue thereof.

(4) Dividend Payment Dates and Adjustments Thereof. The Dividend Payment Dates with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall be Monday, July 26, 1999 and each Monday thereafter with respect to shares of Series F Municipal Preferred; provided, however, that:

(1) (A) if the Monday on which dividends would otherwise be payable is not a Business Day, then such dividends shall be payable on such shares on the first Business Day that falls after such Monday; and

(2) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph 2(d), the Trust in its discretion may establish the Dividend Payment Dates in respect of any Special Rate Period of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred consisting of more than 28 Rate Period Days; provided, however, that such dates shall be set forth in the Notice of Special Rate Period relating to such Special Rate Period, as delivered to the Auction Agent, which Notice of Special Rate Period shall be filed with the Secretary of the Trust; and further provided that (1) any such Dividend Payment Date shall be a Business Day and (2) the last Dividend Payment Date in respect of such Special Rate Period shall be the Business Day immediately following the last day thereof, as such last day is determined in accordance with subparagraph (b) of paragraph 4 of this Part I.

 

39


February 26, 2008

 

(5) Dividend Rates and Calculation of Dividends.

(1) Dividend Rates. The dividend rate on shares of Municipal Preferred of any series during the period from and after the Date of Original Issue of shares of such series to and including the last day of the Initial Rate Period of shares of such series shall be equal to the rate per annum set forth with respect to shares of such series under “Designation” in this Part I. For each Subsequent Rate Period of shares of such series thereafter, the dividend rate on shares of such series shall be equal to the rate per annum that results from an Auction for shares of such series on the Auction Date next preceding such Subsequent Rate Period; provided, however, that if:

(A) an Auction for any such Subsequent Rate Period is not held for any reason other than as described below, the dividend rate on shares of such series for such Subsequent Rate Period will be the Maximum Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date therefor;

(B) any Failure to Deposit shall have occurred with respect to shares of such series during any Rate Period thereof (other than any Special Rate Period consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days or any Rate Period succeeding any Special Rate Period consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days during which a Failure to Deposit occurred that has not been cured), but, prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the third Business Day next succeeding the date on which such Failure to Deposit occurred, such Failure to Deposit shall have been cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 and the Trust shall have paid to the Auction Agent a late charge (“Late Charge”) equal to the sum of (1) if such Failure to Deposit consisted of the failure timely to pay to the Auction Agent the full amount of dividends with respect to any Dividend Period of the shares of such series, an amount computed by multiplying (x) 200% of the Reference Rate for the Rate Period during which such Failure to Deposit occurs on the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days for which such Failure to Deposit has not been cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 (including the day such Failure to Deposit occurs and excluding the day such Failure to Deposit is cured) and the denominator of which shall be 360, and applying the rate obtained against the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the outstanding shares of such series and (2) if such Failure to Deposit consisted of the failure timely to pay to the Auction Agent the Redemption Price of the shares, if any, of such series for which Notice of Redemption has been mailed by the Trust pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of

 

40


February 26, 2008

 

this Part I, an amount computed by multiplying (x) 200% of the Reference Rate for the Rate Period during which such Failure to Deposit occurs on the redemption date by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days for which such Failure to Deposit is not cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 (including the day such Failure to Deposit occurs and excluding the day such Failure to Deposit is cured) and the denominator of which shall be 360, and applying the rate obtained against the aggregate Liquidation Preference of the outstanding shares of such series to be redeemed, no Auction will be held in respect of shares of such series for the Subsequent Rate Period thereof and the dividend rate for shares of such series for such Subsequent Rate Period will be the Maximum Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date for such Subsequent Rate Period;

(C) any Failure to Deposit shall have occurred with respect to shares of such series during any Rate Period thereof (other than any Special Rate Period consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days or any Rate Period succeeding any Special Rate Period consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days during which a Failure to Deposit occurred that has not been cured), and, prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the third Business Day next succeeding the date on which such Failure to Deposit occurred, such Failure to Deposit shall not have been cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 or the Trust shall not have paid the applicable Late Charge to the Auction Agent, no Auction will be held in respect of shares of such series for the first Subsequent Rate Period thereof thereafter (or for any Rate Period thereof thereafter to and including the Rate Period during which (1) such Failure to Deposit is cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 and (2) the Trust pays the applicable Late Charge to the Auction Agent (the condition set forth in this clause (2) to apply only in the event Moody’s is rating such shares at the time the Trust cures such Failure to Deposit), in each case no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day prior to the end of such Rate Period), and the dividend rate for shares of such series for each such Subsequent Rate Period shall be a rate per annum equal to the Maximum Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date for such Subsequent Rate Period (but with the prevailing rating for shares of such series, for purposes of determining such Maximum Rate, being deemed to be “Below ‘ba3’/BB-”); or

 

41


February 26, 2008

 

(D) any Failure to Deposit shall have occurred with respect to shares of such series during a Special Rate Period thereof consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days, or during any Rate Period thereof succeeding any Special Rate Period consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days during which a Failure to Deposit occurred that has not been cured, and, prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day preceding the Auction Date for the Rate Period subsequent to such Rate Period, such Failure to Deposit shall not have been cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 or, in the event Moody’s is then rating such shares, the Trust shall not have paid the applicable Late Charge to the Auction Agent (such Late Charge, for purposes of this subparagraph (D), to be calculated by using, as the Reference Rate, the Reference Rate applicable to a Rate Period (x) consisting of more than 182 Rate Period Days but fewer than 365 Rate Period Days and (y) commencing on the date on which the Rate Period during which Failure to Deposit occurs commenced), no Auction will be held in respect of shares of such series for such Subsequent Rate Period (or for any Rate Period thereof thereafter to and including the Rate Period during which (1) such Failure to Deposit is cured in accordance with subparagraph (f) of this paragraph 2 and (2) the Trust pays the applicable Late Charge to the Auction Agent (the condition set forth in this clause (2) to apply only in the event Moody’s is rating such shares at the time the Trust cures such Failure to Deposit), in each case no later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the fourth Business Day prior to the end of such Rate Period), and the dividend rate for shares of such series for each such Subsequent Rate Period shall be a rate per annum equal to the Maximum Rate for shares of such series on the Auction Date for such Subsequent Rate Period (but with the prevailing rating for shares of such series, for purposes of determining such Maximum Rate, being deemed to be “Below ‘ba3’/BB-”) (the rate per annum of which dividends are payable on shares of a series of Municipal Preferred for any Rate Period thereof being herein referred to as the “Applicable Rate” for shares of such series).

(2) Calculation of Dividends. The amount of dividends per share payable on shares of a series of Municipal Preferred on any date on which dividends shall be payable on shares of such series shall be computed by multiplying the Applicable Rate for shares of such series in effect for such Dividend Period or Dividend Periods or part thereof for which dividends have not been paid by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of

 

42


February 26, 2008

 

days in such Dividend Period or Dividend Periods or part thereof and the denominator of which shall be 365 if such Dividend Period consists of 7 Rate Period Days and 360 for all other Dividend Periods, and applying the rate obtained against $25,000.

(6) Curing a Failure to Deposit. A Failure to Deposit with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall have been cured (if such Failure to Deposit is not solely due to the willful failure of the Trust to make the required payments to the Auction Agent) with respect to any Rate Period of shares of such series if, within the respective time periods described in subparagraph (e)(i) of this paragraph 2, the Trust shall have paid to the Auction Agent (A) all accumulated and unpaid dividends on shares of such series and (B) without duplication, the Redemption Price for shares, if any, of such series for which Notice of Redemption has been mailed by the Trust pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of Part I of this Section 12.1 of the By-laws; provided, however, that the foregoing clause (B) shall not apply to the Trust’s failure to pay the Redemption Price in respect of shares of Municipal Preferred when the related Redemption Notice provides that redemption of such shares is subject to one or more conditions precedent and any such condition precedent shall not have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption.

(7) Dividend Payments by Trust to Auction Agent. The Trust shall pay to the Auction Agent, not later than 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Business Day next preceding each Dividend Payment Date for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, an aggregate amount of funds available on the next Business Day in The City of New York, New York, equal to the dividends to be paid to all Holders of shares of such series on such Dividend Payment Date.

(8) Auction Agent as Trustee of Dividend Payments by Trust. All moneys paid to the Auction Agent for the payment of dividends (or for the payment of any Late Charge) shall be held in trust for the payment of such dividends (and any such Late Charge) by the Auction Agent for the benefit of the Holders specified in subparagraph (i) of this paragraph 2. Any moneys paid to the Auction Agent in accordance with the foregoing but not applied by the Auction Agent to the payment of dividends (and any such Late Charge) will, to the extent permitted by law, be repaid to the Trust at the end of 90 days from the date on which such moneys were so to have been applied.

(9) Dividends Paid to Holders. Each dividend on shares of Municipal Preferred shall be paid on the Dividend Payment Date therefor to the Holders thereof as their names appear on the record books of the Trust on the Business Day next preceding such Dividend Payment Date.

 

43


February 26, 2008

 

(10) Dividends Credited Against Earliest Accumulated But Unpaid Dividends. Any dividend payment made on shares of Municipal Preferred shall first be credited against the earliest accumulated but unpaid dividends due with respect to such shares. Dividends in arrears for any past Dividend Period may be declared and paid at any time, without reference to any regular Dividend Payment Date, to the Holders as their names appear on the record books of the Trust on such date, not exceeding 15 days preceding the payment date thereof, as may be fixed by the Board of Trustees.

(11) Dividends Designated as Exempt-Interest Dividends. Dividends on shares of Municipal Preferred shall be designated as exempt-interest dividends up to the amount of tax-exempt income of the Trust, to the extent permitted by, and for purposes of, Section 852 of the Code.

3. Gross-up Payments.

Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Trustees, out of funds legally available therefor in accordance with the Declaration, these By-laws and applicable law, dividends in an amount equal to the aggregate Gross-up Payments as follows:

(1) Minimum Rate Periods and Special Rate Periods of 28 Rate Period Days or Fewer. If, in the case of any Minimum Rate Period or any Special Rate Period of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer, the Trust allocates any net capital gain or other income taxable for Federal income tax purposes to a dividend paid on shares of Municipal Preferred without having given advance notice thereof to the Auction Agent as provided in paragraph 5 of Part II of this Section of the By-laws (such allocation being referred to herein as a “Taxable Allocation”) solely by reason of the fact that such allocation is made retroactively as a result of the redemption of all or a portion of the outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred or the liquidation of the Trust, the Trust shall, prior to the end of the calendar year in which such dividend was paid, provide notice thereof to the Auction Agent and direct the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent to send such notice with a Gross-up Payment to each Holder of such shares that was entitled to such dividend payment during such calendar year at such Holder’s address as the same appears or last appeared on the record books of the Trust.

(2) Special Rate Periods of More Than 28 Rate Period Days. If, in the case of any Special Rate Period of more than 28 Rate Period Days, the Trust makes a Taxable

 

44


February 26, 2008

 

Allocation to a dividend paid on shares of Municipal Preferred, the Trust shall, prior to the end of the calendar year in which such dividend was paid, provide notice thereof to the Auction Agent and direct the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent to send such notice with a Gross-up Payment to each Holder of shares that was entitled to such dividend payment during such calendar year at such Holder’s address as the same appears or last appeared on the record books of the Trust.

(3) No Gross-up Payments In the Event of a Reallocation. The Trust shall not be required to make Gross-up Payments with respect to any net capital gain or other taxable income determined by the Internal Revenue Service to be allocable in a manner different from that allocated by the Trust.

4. Designation of Special Rate Periods.

(1) Length of and Preconditions for Special Rate Period. The Trust, at its option, may designate any succeeding Subsequent Rate Period of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred as a Special Rate Period consisting of a specified number of Rate Period Days evenly divisible by seven and not more than 1,820, subject to adjustment as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 4. A designation of a Special Rate Period shall be effective only if (A) notice thereof shall have been given in accordance with subparagraphs (c) and (d)(i) of this paragraph 4, (B) an Auction for shares of such series shall have been held on the Auction Date immediately preceding the first day of such proposed Special Rate Period and Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series shall have existed in such Auction, and (C) if any Notice of Redemption shall have been mailed by the Trust pursuant to paragraph 11(c) of this Part I with respect to any shares of such series, the Redemption Price with respect to such shares shall have been deposited with the Auction Agent. In the event the Trust wishes to designate any succeeding Subsequent Rate Period for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred as a Special Rate Period consisting of more than 28 Rate Period Days, the Trust shall notify S&P (if S&P is then rating such series) and Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating such series) in advance of the commencement of such Subsequent Rate Period that the Trust wishes to designate such Subsequent Rate Period as a Special Rate Period and shall provide S&P (if S&P is then rating such series) and Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating such series) with such documents as either may request.

(2) Adjustment of Length of Special Rate Period. In the event the Trust wishes to designate a Subsequent Rate Period as a Special Rate Period, but the day following what would otherwise be the last day of such Special Rate Period is not (a) a Monday that is a Business Day in the case of a series of Municipal Preferred designated as “Series F Municipal Preferred” in this Part I, then the Trust shall designate such

 

45


February 26, 2008

 

Subsequent Rate Period as a Special Rate Period consisting of the period commencing on the first day following the end of the immediately preceding Rate Period and ending on the first Sunday that is followed by a Monday that is a Business Day preceding what would otherwise be such last day, in the case of Series F Municipal Preferred.

(3) Notice of Proposed Special Rate Period. If the Trust proposes to designate any succeeding Subsequent Rate Period of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred as a Special Rate Period pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 4, not less than 20 (or such lesser number of days as may be agreed to from time to time by the Auction Agent) nor more than 30 days prior to the date the Trust proposes to designate as the first day of such Special Rate Period (which shall be such day that would otherwise be the first day of a Minimum Rate Period), notice shall be (i) published or caused to be published by the Trust in a newspaper of general circulation to the financial community in The City of New York, New York, which carries financial news, and (ii) mailed by the Trust by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of shares of such series. Each such notice shall state (A) that the Trust may exercise its option to designate a succeeding Subsequent Rate Period of shares of such series as a Special Rate Period, specifying the first day thereof and (B) that the Trust will, by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day next preceding such date (or by such later time or date, or both, as may be agreed to by the Auction Agent) notify the Auction Agent of either (x) its determination, subject to certain conditions, to exercise such option, in which case the Trust shall specify the Special Rate Period designated, or (y) its determination not to exercise such option.

(4) Notice of Special Rate Period. No later than 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day next preceding the first day of any proposed Special Rate Period of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred as to which notice has been given as set forth in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 4 (or such later time or date, or both, as may be agreed to by the Auction Agent), the Trust shall deliver to the Auction Agent either:

(1) a notice (“Notice of Special Rate Period”) stating (A) that the Trust has determined to designate the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series as a Special Rate Period, specifying the same and the first day thereof, (B) the Auction Date immediately prior to the first day of such Special Rate Period, (C) that such Special Rate Period shall not commence if (1) an Auction for shares of such series shall not be held on such Auction Date for any reason or (2) an Auction for shares of such series shall be held on such Auction Date

 

46


February 26, 2008

 

but Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series shall not exist in such Auction, (D) the scheduled Dividend Payment Dates for shares of such series during such Special Rate Period and (E) the Special Redemption Provisions, if any, applicable to shares of such series in respect of such Special Rate Period; such notice to be accompanied by a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report showing that, as of the third Business Day next preceding such proposed Special Rate Period, Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating such series) and S&P Eligible Assets (if S&P is then rating such series) each have an aggregate Discounted Value at least equal to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount as of such Business Day (assuming for purposes of the foregoing calculation that (a) the Maximum Rate is the Maximum Rate on such Business Day as if such Business Day were the Auction Date for the proposed Special Rate Period, and (b) the Moody’s Discount Factors applicable to Moody’s Eligible Assets are determined by reference to the first Exposure Period longer than the Exposure Period then applicable to the Trust, as described in the definition of Moody’s Discount Factor herein); or

(2) a notice stating that the Trust has determined not to exercise its option to designate a Special Rate Period of shares of such series and that the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series shall be a Minimum Rate Period.

(5) Failure to Deliver Notice of Special Rate Period. If the Trust fails to deliver either of the notices described in subparagraphs (d)(i) or (d)(ii) of this paragraph 4 (and, in the case of the notice described in subparagraph (d)(i) of this paragraph 4, a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report to the effect set forth in such subparagraph (if either Moody’s or S&P is then rating the series in question)) with respect to any designation of any proposed Special Rate Period to the Auction Agent by 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the second Business Day next preceding the first day of such proposed Special Rate Period (or by such later time or date, or both, as may be agreed to by the Auction Agent), the Trust shall be deemed to have delivered a notice to the Auction Agent with respect to such Special Rate Period to the effect set forth in subparagraph (d)(ii) of this paragraph 4. In the event the Trust delivers to the Auction Agent a notice described in subparagraph (d)(i) of this paragraph 4, it shall file a copy of such notice with the Secretary of the Trust, and the contents of such notice shall be binding on the Trust. In the event the Trust delivers to the Auction Agent a notice described in subparagraph (d)(ii) of this paragraph 4, the Trust will provide Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the series in question) and S&P (if S&P is then rating the series in question) a copy of such notice.

 

47


February 26, 2008

 

5. Voting Rights.

(1) One Vote Per Share of Municipal Preferred. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration, this paragraph 5 or as otherwise required by law, (i) each Holder of shares of Municipal Preferred shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Municipal Preferred held by such Holder on each matter submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Trust, and (ii) the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares, including each share of Municipal Preferred, and of Common Shares shall vote together as a single class; provided, however, that, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Trust held for the election of trustees, the holders of outstanding Preferred Shares, including Municipal Preferred, represented in person or by proxy at said meeting, shall be entitled, as a class, to the exclusion of the holders of all other securities and classes of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust, to elect two trustees of the Trust, each Preferred Share, including each share of Municipal Preferred, entitling the holder thereof to one vote. Subject to subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 5, the holders of outstanding Common Shares and Preferred Shares, including Municipal Preferred, voting together as a single class, shall elect the balance of the trustees.

(2) Voting For Additional Trustees.

(1) Voting Period. During any period in which any one or more of the conditions described in subparagraphs (A) or (B) of this subparagraph (b)(i) shall exist (such period being referred to herein as a “Voting Period”), the number of trustees constituting the Board of Trustees shall be automatically increased by the smallest number that, when added to the two trustees elected exclusively by the holders of Preferred Shares, including shares of Municipal Preferred, would constitute a majority of the Board of Trustees as so increased by such smallest number; and the holders of Preferred Shares, including Municipal Preferred, shall be entitled, voting as a class on a one-vote-per-share basis (to the exclusion of the holders of all other securities and classes of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust), to elect such smallest number of additional trustees, together with the two trustees that such holders are in any event entitled to elect. A Voting Period shall commence:

(A) if at the close of business on any dividend payment date accumulated dividends (whether or not earned or declared) on any outstanding Preferred Share, including Municipal Preferred, equal to at least two full years’ dividends shall be due and unpaid and sufficient cash or specified securities shall not have been deposited with the Auction Agent for the payment of such accumulated dividends; or

 

48


February 26, 2008

 

(B) if at any time holders of Preferred Shares are entitled under the 1940 Act to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust.

Upon the termination of a Voting Period, the voting rights described in this subparagraph (b)(i) shall cease, subject always, however, to the revesting of such voting rights in the Holders upon the further occurrence of any of the events described in this subparagraph (b)(i).

(2) Notice of Special Meeting. As soon as practicable after the accrual of any right of the holders of Preferred Shares to elect additional trustees as described in subparagraph (b)(i) of this paragraph 5, the Trust shall notify the Auction Agent and the Auction Agent shall call a special meeting of such holders, by mailing a notice of such special meeting to such holders, such meeting to be held not less than 10 nor more than 20 days after the date of mailing of such notice. If the Trust fails to send such notice to the Auction Agent or if the Auction Agent does not call such a special meeting, it may be called by any such holder on like notice. The record date for determining the holders entitled to notice of and to vote at such special meeting shall be the close of business on the fifth Business Day preceding the day on which such notice is mailed. At any such special meeting and at each meeting of holders of Preferred Shares held during a Voting Period at which trustees are to be elected, such holders, voting together as a class (to the exclusion of the holders of all other securities and classes of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust), shall be entitled to elected the number of trustees prescribed in subparagraph (b)(i) of this paragraph 5 on a one-vote-per-share basis.

(3) Terms of Office of Existing Trustees. The terms of office of all persons who are trustees of the Trust at the time of a special meeting of Holders and holders of other Preferred Shares to elect trustees shall continue, notwithstanding the election at such meeting by the Holders and such other holders of the number of trustees that they are entitled to elect, and the persons so elected by the Holders and such other holders, together with the two incumbent trustees elected by the Holders and such other holders of Preferred Shares and the remaining incumbent trustees elected by the Holders of the Common Shares and Preferred Shares, shall constitute the duly elected trustees of the Trust.

 

49


February 26, 2008

 

(4) Terms of Office of Certain Trustees to Terminate Upon Termination of Voting Period. Simultaneously with the termination of a Voting Period, the term of office of the additional trustees elected by the Holders and holders of other Preferred Shares pursuant to subparagraph (b)(i) of this paragraph 5 shall terminate, the remaining trustees shall constitute the trustees of the Trust and the voting rights of the Holders and such other holders to elect additional trustees pursuant to subparagraph (b)(i) of this paragraph 5 shall cease, subject to the provisions of the last sentence of subparagraph (b)(i) of this paragraph 5.

(3) Holders of Municipal Preferred To Vote on Certain Other Matters.

(1) Increases in Capitalization. So long as any shares of Municipal Preferred are outstanding, the Trust shall not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the shares of Municipal Preferred outstanding at the time, in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting, voting as a separate class: (a) authorize, create or issue any class or series of shares ranking prior to or on a parity with shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, or authorize, create or issue additional shares of any series of Municipal Preferred (except that, notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the provisions of paragraph 10(c) of this Part I, the Board of Trustees, without the vote or consent of the Holders of Municipal Preferred, may from time to time authorize and create, and the Trust may from time to time issue, additional shares of any series of Municipal Preferred or classes or series of Preferred Shares ranking on a parity with shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust; provided, however, that if Moody’s or S&P is not then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred, the aggregate liquidation preference of all Preferred Shares of the Trust outstanding after any such issuance, exclusive of accumulated and unpaid dividends, may not exceed $90,000,000) or (b) amend, alter or repeal the provisions of the Declaration or the By-Laws, including this Section 12.1, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise, so as to materially affect any preference, right or power of such shares of Municipal Preferred to the Holders thereof; provided, however, that (i) none of the actions permitted by the exception to (a) above will be deemed

 

50


February 26, 2008

 

to affect such preferences, rights or powers, (ii) a division of a share of Municipal Preferred will be deemed to affect such preferences, rights or powers only if the terms of such division adversely affect the Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred and (iii) the authorization, creation and issuance of classes or series of shares ranking junior to shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, will be deemed to affect such preferences, rights or powers only if Moody’s or S&P is then rating shares of Municipal Preferred and such issuance would, at the time thereof, cause the Trust not to satisfy the 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage or the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount. So long as any shares of Municipal Preferred are outstanding, the Trust shall not, without the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Municipal Preferred outstanding at the time, in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting, voting as a separate class, file a voluntary application for relief under Federal bankruptcy law or any similar application under state law for so long as the Trust is solvent and does not foresee becoming insolvent. If any action set forth above would adversely affect the rights of one ore more series (the “Affected Series”) of Municipal Preferred in a manner different from any other series of Municipal Preferred, the Trust will not approve any such action without the affirmative vote or consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the shares of each such Affected Series outstanding at the time, in person or by proxy, either in writing or at a meeting (each such Affected Series voting at a separate class).

(2) 1940 Act Matters. Unless a higher percentage is provided for in the Declaration or these By-laws, (A) the affirmative vote of the Holders of at least a majority of the Preferred Shares, including Municipal Preferred, outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any conversion of the Trust from a closed-end to an open-end investment company and (B) the affirmative vote of the Holders of a “majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares,” including Municipal Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) adversely affecting such shares. The affirmative vote of the Holders of a “majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares,” including Municipal Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any action not described in the first sentence of this paragraph 5(c)(ii) requiring a vote of security holders of the Trust under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act. For purposes of the foregoing, “majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares” means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the

 

51


February 26, 2008

 

Holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less. In the event a vote of Holders of Municipal Preferred is required pursuant to the provisions of Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act, the Trust shall, not later than ten business Days prior to the date on which such vote is to be taken, notify Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) that such vote is to be taken and the nature of the action with respect to which such vote is to be taken. The Trust shall, not later than ten Business Days after the date on which such vote is taken, notify Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) of the results of such vote.

(4) Board May Take Certain Actions Without Shareholder Approval. The Board of Trustees, without the vote or consent of the shareholders of the Trust, may from time to time amend, alter or repeal any or all of the definitions of the terms listed below, or any provision of this Section 12.1 of the By-laws viewed by Moody’s or S&P as a predicate for any such definition, and any such amendment, alteration or repeal will not be deemed to affect the preferences, rights or powers of shares of Municipal Preferred or the Holders thereof; provided, however, that the Board of Trustees receives written confirmation from Moody’s (such confirmation being required to be obtained only in the event Moody’s is rating the shares of Municipal Preferred and in no event being required to be obtained in the case of the definitions of (x) Deposit Securities, Discounted Value, Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold and Other Issues as such terms apply to S&P Eligible Asset and (y) S&P Discount Factor, S&P Eligible Asset, S&P Exposure Period, S&P Volatility Factor) and S&P (such confirmation being required to be obtained only in the event S&P is rating the shares of Municipal Preferred and in no event being required to be obtained in the case of the definitions of (x) Discounted Value, Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold and Other Issues as such terms apply to Moody’s Eligible Asset, and (y) Moody’s Discount Factor, Moody’s Eligible Asset, Moody’s Exposure Period and Moody’s Volatility Factor) that any such amendment, alteration or repeal would not impair the ratings then assigned by Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be, to shares of Municipal Preferred:

 

Deposit Securities

Discounted Value

Escrowed Bonds

Market Value

Maximum Potential Gross-up Payment Liability

Municipal Preferred Basic

  

Moody’s Exposure Period

Moody’s Volatility Factor

1940 Act Cure Date

1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage

Other Issues

 

52


February 26, 2008

 

Maintenance Amount

Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Cure Date

Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report

Moody’s Discount Factor

Moody’s Eligible Asset

  

Receivables for Municipal Obligations Sold

S&P Discount Factor

S&P Eligible Asset

S&P Exposure Period

S&P Volatility Factor

Valuation Date

Volatility Factor

In addition, the Trust may change its policies to comply with changes in rating agency requirements upon receiving written notification of such changes. Such changes will be subject to ratification by the Board of Trustees.

(5) Voting Rights Set Forth Herein Are Sole Voting Rights. Unless otherwise required by law, these By-laws or by the Declaration, the Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred shall not have any relative rights or preferences or other special rights other than those specifically set forth herein.

(6) No Preemptive Rights or Cumulative Voting. The Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred shall have no preemptive rights or rights to cumulative voting.

(7) Voting for Trustees Sole Remedy for Trust’s Failure to Pay Dividends. In the event that the Trust fails to pay any dividends on the shares of Municipal Preferred, the exclusive remedy of the Holders shall be the right to vote for Trustees pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph 5.

(8) Holders Entitled to Vote. For purposes of determining any rights of the Holders to vote on any matter, whether such right is created by this Section 12.1, by the other provisions of these By-laws or the Declaration, by statute or otherwise, no Holder shall be entitled to vote any share of Municipal Preferred and no share of Municipal Preferred shall be deemed to be “outstanding” for the purpose of voting or determining the number of shares required to constitute a quorum if, prior to or concurrently with the time of determination of shares entitled to vote or shares deemed outstanding for quorum purposes, as the case may be, the requisite Notice of Redemption with respect to such shares shall have been mailed as provided in paragraph 11(c) of this Part I and the Redemption Price for the redemption of such shares shall have been deposited in trust with the Auction Agent for that purpose. No shares of Municipal Preferred held by the Trust or any affiliate of the Trust (except for shares held by a Broker-Dealer that is an affiliate of the Trust for the account of its customers) shall have any voting rights or be deemed to be outstanding for voting or other purposes.

 

53


February 26, 2008

 

6. 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage.

The Trust shall maintain, as of the last Business Day of each month in which any share of Municipal Preferred is outstanding, the 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage.

7. Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount.

(1) So long as shares of Municipal Preferred are outstanding, the Trust shall maintain, on each Valuation Date, and shall verify to its satisfaction that it is maintaining on such Valuation Date, (i) S&P Eligible Assets having an aggregate Discounted Value equal to or greater than the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and (ii) Moody’s Eligible Assets having an aggregate Discounted Value equal to or greater than the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred).

(2) On or before 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the third Business Day after a Valuation Date on which the Trust fails to satisfy the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, and on the third Business Day after the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Cure Date with respect to such Valuation Date, the Trust shall complete and deliver to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and the Auction Agent (if either S&P or Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report as of the date of such failure or such Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Cure Date, as the case may be, which will be deemed to have been delivered to the Auction Agent if the Auction Agent receives a copy of telecopy, telex or other electronic transcription thereof and on the same day the Trust mails to the Auction Agent for delivery on the next Business Day the full Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report.

The Trust shall also deliver a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report to (i) the Auction Agent (if either Moody’s or S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) as of (A) the fifteenth day of each month (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and (B) the last Business Day of each month, and (ii) S&P, if and when requested for any Valuation Date, on or before the third Business Day after such request. A failure by the Trust to deliver a Municipal

 

54


February 26, 2008

 

Preferred Basic Maintenance Report pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be delivery of a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report indicating the Discounted Value for all assets of the Trust is less than the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, as of the relevant Valuation Date.

(3) As frequently as requested by Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) or S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), the Trust shall cause the Independent Accountant to confirm in writing to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and the Auction Agent (if either S&P or Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) (i) the mathematical accuracy of the calculations reflected in such Report and (ii) that, in such Report , the Trust determined in accordance with this paragraph whether the Trust had, at the time of such request , S&P Eligible Assets (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) of an aggregate Discounted Value at least equal to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount and Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) of an aggregate Discounted Value at least equal to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount (such confirmation being herein called the “Accountant’s Confirmation”).

(4) Within ten Business Days after the date of delivery of a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report in accordance with subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 7 relating to any Valuation Date on which the Trust failed to satisfy the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, and relating to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Cure Date with respect to such failure to satisfy the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, the Trust shall cause the Independent Accountant to provide to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and the Auction Agent (if either S&P or Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) an Accountant’s Confirmation as to such Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report.

(5) If any Accountant’s Confirmation delivered pursuant to subparagraph (c) or (d) of this paragraph 7 shows that an error was made in the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report for a particular Valuation Date for which such Accountant’s Confirmation was required to be delivered, or shows that a lower aggregate Discounted Value for the aggregate of all S&P Eligible Assets (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) or Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), as the case may be, of the Trust was determined by the Independent Accountant, the calculation or determination made by such Independent Accountant shall be final and conclusive and shall be binding on the

 

55


February 26, 2008

 

Trust, and the Trust shall accordingly amend and deliver the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and the Auction Agent (if either S&P or Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) promptly following receipt by the Trust of such Accountant’s Confirmation.

(6) On or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first Business Day after the Date of Original Issue of any shares of Municipal Preferred, the Trust shall complete and deliver to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report as of the close of business on such Date of Original Issue. Within five Business Days of such Date of Original Issue, the Trust shall cause the Independent Accountant to confirm in writing to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) (i) the mathematical accuracy of the calculations reflected in such Report and (ii) that the Discounted Value of S&P Eligible Assets reflected thereon equals or exceeds the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount reflected thereon.

(7) On or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day after either (i) the Trust shall have redeemed Common Shares or (ii) the ratio of the Discounted Value of S&P Eligible Assets or the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount is less than or equal to 105%, the Trust shall complete and deliver to S&P (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) or Moody’s (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred), as the case may be, a Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Report as of the date of either such event.

8. [Reserved].

9. Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions.

(1) Dividends on Preferred Shares Other Than Municipal Preferred. Except as set forth in the next sentence, no dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on the shares of any class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust ranking, as to the payment of dividends, on a parity with shares of Municipal Preferred for any period unless full cumulative dividends have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid on the shares of each series of Municipal Preferred through its most recent Dividend Payment Date. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of each series of Municipal Preferred through its most recent Dividend Payment Date or upon the shares of any other class or series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with shares of Municipal Preferred through their most recent respective dividend payment dates, all dividends declared upon shares of Municipal Preferred and any other such class or series of shares

 

56


February 26, 2008

 

of beneficial interest ranking on a parity as to the payment of dividends with shares of Municipal Preferred shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share on shares of Municipal Preferred and such other class or series of shares of beneficial interest shall in all cases bear to each other the same ratio that accumulated dividends per share on the shares of Municipal Preferred and such other class or series of shares of beneficial interest bear to each other (for purposes of this sentence, the amount of dividends declared per share of Municipal Preferred shall be based on the Applicable Rate for such shares for the Dividend Periods during which dividends were not paid in full).

(2) Dividends and Other Distributions With Respect to Common Shares Under the 1940 Act. The Board of Trustees shall not declare any dividend (except a dividend payable in Common Shares), or declare any other distribution, upon the Common Shares, or purchase Common Shares, unless in every such case the Preferred Shares have, at the time of any such declaration or purchase, an asset coverage (as defined in and determined pursuant to the 1940 Act) of at least 200% (or such other asset coverage as may in the future be specified in or under the 1940 Act as the minimum asset coverage for senior securities which are shares or stock of a closed-end investment company as a condition of declaring dividends on its common shares or stock) after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be.

(3) Other Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions. For so long as any share of Municipal Preferred is outstanding, and except as set forth in subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 9 and paragraph 12(c) of this Part I, (A) the Trust shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or other distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in shares of, or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase, Common Shares or other shares, if any, ranking junior to the shares of Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) in respect of the Common Shares or any other shares of the Trust ranking junior to or on a parity with the shares of Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or call for redemption, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Common Shares or any other such junior shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Trust ranking junior to the shares of Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up), or any such parity

 

57


February 26, 2008

 

shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Trust ranking junior to or on a parity with Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up), unless (i) full cumulative dividends on shares of each series of Municipal Preferred through its most recently ended Dividend Period shall have been paid or shall have been declared and sufficient funds for the payment thereof deposited with the Auction Agent and (ii) the Trust has redeemed the full number of shares of Municipal Preferred required to be redeemed by any provision for mandatory redemption pertaining thereto, and (B) the Trust shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend or other distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in shares of, or in options, warrants or rights to subscribe for or purchase, Common Shares or other shares, if any, ranking junior to shares of Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) in respect of Common Shares or any other shares of the Trust ranking junior to shares of Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, or call for redemption, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any Common Shares or any other such junior shares (except by conversion into or exchange for shares of the Trust ranking junior to shares of Municipal Preferred as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up), unless immediately after such transaction the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and S&P Eligible Assets (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) would each at least equal the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount.

10. Rating Agency Restrictions.

For so long as any shares of Municipal Preferred are outstanding and Moody’s or S&P, or both, are rating such shares, the Trust will not, unless it has received written confirmation from Moody’s or S&P, or both, as appropriate, that any such action would not impair the ratings then assigned by such rating agency to such shares, engage in any one or more of the following transactions:

(1) purchase or sell futures contracts, write, purchase or sell options on futures contracts or write put options (except covered put options) or call options (except covered call options) on portfolio securities except that the Trust may purchase or sell futures contracts based on the Bond Buyer Municipal Bond Index (the “Municipal Index”) or United States Treasury Bonds or Notes (“Treasury Bonds”) and write, purchase or sell put and call options on such contracts (collectively, “Hedging Transactions”), subject to the following limitations:

(1) the Trust will not engage in any Hedging Transaction based on the Municipal Index (other than transactions which terminate a futures contract or option held by the Trust by the Trust’s taking an opposite position thereto (“Closing Transactions”)), which would cause the Trust at the time of such transaction to own or have sold the least of (A) more than 1,000 outstanding futures contracts based on the Municipal Index, (B) outstanding futures contracts based on the Municipal Index exceeding in number 25% of the quotient of the Market Value of the Trust’s total assets divided by $1,000 or (C) outstanding futures contracts based on the Municipal Index exceeding in number 10% of the average number of daily open interest futures contracts based on the Municipal Index in the 30 days preceding the time of effecting such transaction as reported by The Wall Street Journal.

 

58


February 26, 2008

 

(2) the Trust will not engage in any Hedging Transaction based on Treasury Bonds (other than Closing Transactions) which would cause the Trust at the time of such transaction to own or have sold the lesser of (A) outstanding futures contracts based on Treasury Bonds exceeding in number 50% of the quotient of the Market Value of the Trust’s total assets divided by $100,000 ($200,000 in the case of the two-year United States Treasury Note) or (B) outstanding futures contracts based on Treasury Bonds exceeding in number 10% of the average number of daily traded futures contracts based on Treasury Bonds in the 30 days preceding the time of effecting such transaction as reported by The Wall Street Journal;

(3) the Trust will engage in Closing Transactions to close out any outstanding futures contract which the Trust owns or has sold or any outstanding option thereon owned by the Trust in the event (A) the Trust does not have S&P Eligible Assets or Moody’s Eligible Assets, as the case may be, with an aggregate Discounted Value equal to or greater than the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount on two consecutive Valuation Dates and (B) the Trust is required to pay Variation Margin on the second such Valuation Date;

(4) the Trust will engage in a Closing Transaction to close out any outstanding futures contract or option thereon in the month prior to the delivery month under the terms of such futures contract or option thereon unless the Trust holds the securities deliverable under such terms; and

 

59


February 26, 2008

 

(5) when the Trust writes a futures contract or option thereon, it will either maintain an amount of cash, cash equivalents or fixed-income securities rated BBB or better by S&P or Moody’s, as the case may be for S&P purposes and any liquid assets for Moody’s purposes, in a segregated account with the Trust’s custodian, so that the amount so segregated plus the amount of Initial Margin and Variation Margin held in the account of or on behalf of the Trust’s broker with respect to such futures contract or option equals the Market Value of the futures contract or option, or, in the event the Trust writes a futures contract or option thereon which requires delivery of an underlying security, it shall hold such underlying security in its portfolio.

For purposes of determining whether the Trust has S&P Eligible Assets or Moody’s Eligible Assets, as the case may be, with a Discounted Value that equals or exceeds the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, the Discounted Value of cash or securities held for the payment of Initial Margin or Variation Margin shall be zero and the aggregate Discounted Value of S&P Eligible Assets or Moody’s Eligible Assets, as the case may be, shall be reduced by an amount equal to (I) 30% of the aggregate settlement value, as marked to market, of any outstanding futures contracts based on the Municipal Index which are owned by the Trust plus (II) 25% of the aggregate settlement value, as marked to market, of any outstanding futures contracts based on Treasury Bonds which contracts are owned by the Trust.

(2) borrow money, except that the Trust may, without obtaining the written confirmation described above, borrow money for the purpose of clearing securities transactions if (i) the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount would continue to be satisfied after giving effect to such borrowing (which shall mean, for purposes of the calculation of the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, adding the amount of the liability for such borrowing to the calculation of the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount under subparagraph (F) under the definition of that term in Part I of this Section 12.1) and (ii) such borrowing (A) is privately arranged with a bank or other person and is evidenced by a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness that is not intended to be publicly distributed or (B) is for “temporary purposes,” is evidenced by a promissory note or other evidence of indebtedness and is an amount not exceeding 5 per centum of the value of the total assets of the Trust at the time of the borrowing; for purposes of the foregoing, “temporary purpose” means that the borrowing is to be repaid within sixty days and is not to be extended or renewed;

(3) issue additional shares of any series of Municipal Preferred or any class or series of shares ranking prior to or on a parity with shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Trust, or reissue any shares of Municipal Preferred previously purchased or redeemed by the Trust;

 

60


February 26, 2008

 

(4) engage in any short sales of securities;

(5) lend securities;

(6) merge or consolidate into or with any corporation;

(7) change the pricing service (currently both Muller Data Corporation and Standard & Poor’s J.J. Kenny Evaluation Services are used by the Trust) referred to in the definition of Market Value to a pricing service other than Muller Data Corporation or Standard & Poor’s J.J. Kenny Evaluation Services; or

(8) enter into reverse repurchase agreements.

11. Redemption.

(1) Optional Redemption.

(1) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (v) of this subparagraph (a), shares of Municipal Preferred of any series may be redeemed, at the option of the Trust, as a whole or from time to time in part, on the second Business Day preceding any Dividend Payment Date for shares of such series, out of funds legally available therefor, at a redemption price per share equal to the sum of $25,000 plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to (but not including) the date fixed for redemption; provided, however, that (1) shares of a series of Municipal Preferred may not be redeemed in part if after such partial redemption fewer than 500 shares of such series remain outstanding; (2) unless otherwise provided herein, shares of a series of Municipal Preferred are redeemable by the Trust during the Initial Rate Period thereof only on the second Business Day next preceding the last Dividend Payment Date for such Initial Rate Period; and (3) subject to subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph, (a) the Notice of Special Rate Period relating to a Special Rate Period of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, as delivered to the Auction Agent and filed with the Secretary of the Trust, may provide that shares of such series shall not be redeemable during the whole or any part of such Special Rate Period (except as provided in subparagraph (iv) of this subparagraph (a)) or shall be redeemable during the whole or any part of such Special Rate Period only upon payment of such redemption premium or premiums as shall be specified therein (“Special Redemption Provisions”).

 

61


February 26, 2008

 

(2) A Notice of Special Rate Period relating to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred for a Special Rate Period thereof may contain Special Redemption Provisions only if the Trust’s Board of Trustees, after consultation with the Broker-Dealer or Broker-Dealers for such Special Rate Period of shares of such series, determines that such Special Redemption Provisions are in the best interest of the Trust.

(3) If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of a series of Municipal Preferred are to be redeemed pursuant to subparagraph (i) of this subparagraph (a), the number of shares of such series to be redeemed shall be determined by the Board of Trustees, and such shares shall be redeemed pro rata from the Holders of shares of such series in proportion to the number of shares of such series held by such Holders.

(4) Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (v) of this subparagraph (a), shares of any series of Municipal Preferred may be redeemed, at the option of the Trust, as a whole but not in part, out of funds legally available therefor, on the first day following any Dividend Period thereof included in a Rate Period consisting of more than 364 Rate Period Days if, on the date of determination of the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for such Rate Period, such Applicable Rate equaled or exceeded on such date of determination the Treasury Note Rate for such Rate Period, at a redemption price per share equal to the sum of $25,000 plus an amount equal to accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to (but not including) to the date fixed for redemption.

(5) The Trust may not on any date mail a Notice of Redemption pursuant to subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 11 in respect of a redemption contemplated to be effected pursuant to this subparagraph (a) unless on such date (a) the Trust has available Deposit Securities with maturity or tender dates not later than the day preceding the applicable redemption date and having a value not less than the amount (including any applicable premium) due to Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred by reason of the redemption of such shares on such redemption date and (b) the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets (if Moody’s is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) and the Discounted Value of S&P Eligible Assets (if S&P is then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred) each at least equal the Municipal Preferred Basic

 

62


February 26, 2008

 

Maintenance Amount, and would at least equal the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount immediately subsequent to such redemption if such redemption were to occur on such date. For purposes of determining in clause (b) of the preceding sentence whether the Discounted Value of Moody’s Eligible Assets at least equals the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount, the Moody’s Discount Factors applicable to Moody’s Eligible Assets shall be determined by reference to the first Exposure Period longer than the Exposure Period then applicable to the Trust, as described in the definition of Moody’s Discount Factor herein.

(2) Mandatory Redemption. The Trust shall redeem, at a redemption price equal to $25,000 per share plus accumulated but unpaid dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to (but not including) the date fixed by the Board of Trustees for redemption, certain of the shares of Municipal Preferred, if the Trust fails to have either Moody’s Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value, or S&P Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value, greater than or equal to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount or fails to maintain the 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage, in accordance with the requirements of the rating agency or agencies then rating the shares of Municipal Preferred, and such failure is not cured on or before the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Cure Date or the 1940 Act Cure Date, as the case may be (the “Cure Date”). The number of shares of Municipal Preferred to be redeemed shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the minimum number of shares of Municipal Preferred, together with all other Preferred Shares subject to redemption or retirement, the redemption of which, if deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the opening of business on the Cure Date, would have resulted in the Trust’s having both Moody’s Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value, and S&P Eligible Assets with a Discounted Value, greater than or equal to the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount or maintaining the 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage, as the case may be, on such Cure Date (provided, however, that if there is no such minimum number of shares of Municipal Preferred and other Preferred Shares the redemption or retirement of which would have had such result, all shares of Municipal Preferred and Preferred Shares then outstanding shall be redeemed), and (ii) the maximum number of shares of Municipal Preferred, together with all other Preferred Shares subject to redemption or retirement, that can be redeemed out of funds expected to be legally available therefor in accordance with the Declaration, these By-laws and applicable law. In determining the shares of Municipal Preferred required to be redeemed in accordance with the foregoing, the Trust shall allocate the number required to be redeemed to satisfy the Municipal Preferred Basic Maintenance Amount or the 1940 Act Municipal Preferred Asset Coverage, as the case may be, pro rata among shares of Municipal Preferred and other Preferred Shares (and, then pro rata

 

63


February 26, 2008

 

among each series of Municipal Preferred) subject to redemption or retirement. The Trust shall effect such redemption on the date fixed by the Trust therefor, which date shall not be earlier than 20 days nor later than 40 days after such Cure Date, except that if the Trust does not have funds legally available for the redemption of all of the required number of shares of Municipal Preferred and other Preferred Shares which are subject to redemption or retirement or the Trust otherwise is unable to effect such redemption on or prior to 40 days after such Cure Date, the Trust shall redeem those shares of Municipal Preferred and other Preferred Shares which it was unable to redeem on the earliest practicable date on which it is able to effect such redemption. If fewer than all of the outstanding shares of a series of Municipal Preferred are to be redeemed pursuant to this subparagraph (b), the number of shares of such series to be redeemed shall be redeemed pro rata from the Holders of shares of such series in proportion to the number of shares of such series held by such Holders.

(3) Notice of Redemption. If the Trust shall determine or be required to redeem shares of a series of Municipal Preferred pursuant to subparagraph (a) or (b) of this paragraph 11, it shall mail a Notice of Redemption with respect to such redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of the shares of such series to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address as the same appears on the record books of the Trust on the record date established by the Board of Trustees. Such Notice of Redemption shall be so mailed not less than 20 nor more than 45 days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Each such Notice of Redemption shall state: (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Municipal Preferred to be redeemed and the series thereof; (iii) the CUSIP number for shares of such series; (iv) the Redemption Price; (v) the place or places where the certificate(s) for such shares (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Trustees shall so require and the Notice of Redemption shall so state) are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; (vi) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accumulate on such redemption date; and (vii) the provisions of this paragraph 11 under which such redemption is made. If fewer than all shares of a series of Municipal Preferred held by any Holder are to be redeemed, the Notice of Redemption mailed to such Holder shall also specify the number of shares of such series to be redeemed from such Holder. The Trust may provide in any Notice of Redemption relating to an optional redemption contemplated to be effected pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 11 that such redemption is subject to one or more conditions precedent and that the Trust shall not be required such redemption unless each such condition shall have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption.

 

64


February 26, 2008

 

(4) No Redemption Under Certain Circumstances. Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a) or (b) of this paragraph 11, if any dividends on shares of a series of Municipal Preferred (whether or not earned or declared) are in arrears, no shares of such series shall be redeemed unless all outstanding shares of such series are simultaneously redeemed, and the Trust shall not purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of such series; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the purchase or acquisition of all outstanding shares of such series pursuant to the successful completion of an otherwise lawful purchase or exchange offer made on the same terms to, and accepted by, Holders of all outstanding shares of such series.

(5) Absence of Funds Available for Redemption. To the extent that any redemption for which Notice of Redemption has been mailed is not made by reason of the absence of legally available funds therefor in accordance with the Declaration, these By-laws and applicable law, such redemption shall be made as soon as practicable to the extent such funds become available. Failure to redeem shares of Municipal Preferred shall be deemed to exist at any time after the date specified for redemption in a Notice of Redemption when the Trust shall have failed, for any reason whatsoever, to deposit in trust with the Auction Agent the Redemption Price with respect to any shares of which such Notice of Redemption has been mailed; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply in the case of the Trust’s failure to deposit in trust with the Auction Agent the Redemption Price with respect to any shares where (1) the Notice of Redemption relating to such redemption provided that such redemption was subject to one or more conditions precedent and (2) any such condition precedent shall not have been satisfied at the time or times and in the manner specified in such Notice of Redemption. Notwithstanding the fact that the Trust may not have redeemed shares of Municipal Preferred for which a Notice of Redemption has been mailed, dividends may be declared and paid on shares of Municipal Preferred and shall include those shares of Municipal Preferred for which a Notice of Redemption has been mailed.

(6) Auction Agent as Trustee of Redemption Payments by Trust. All moneys paid to the Auction Agent for payment of the Redemption Price of shares of Municipal Preferred called for redemption shall be held in trust by the Auction Agent for the benefit of Holders of shares so to be redeemed.

(7) Shares for Which Notice of Redemption Has Been Given Are No Longer Outstanding. Provided a Notice of Redemption has been mailed pursuant to subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 11, upon the deposit with the Auction Agent (on the Business Day next preceding the date fixed for redemption thereby, in funds available on the next Business Day in The City of New York, New York) of funds

 

65


February 26, 2008

 

sufficient to redeem the shares of Municipal Preferred that are the subject of such notice, dividends on such shares shall cease to accumulate and such shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose, and all rights of the Holders of the shares so called for redemption shall cease and terminate, except the right of such Holders to receive the Redemption Price, but without any interest or other additional amount, except as provided in paragraphs 2(e)(i) and 3 of this Part I. Upon surrender in accordance with the Notice of Redemption of the certificates for any shares so redeemed (property endorsed or assigned for transfer, if the Board of Trustees shall so require and the Notice of Redemption shall so state), the Redemption Price shall be paid by the Auction Agent to the Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred subject to redemption. In the case that fewer than all of the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued, representing the unredeemed shares, without cost to the Holder thereof. The Trust shall be entitled to receive from the Auction Agent, promptly after the date fixed for redemption, any cash deposited with the Auction Agent in excess of (i) the aggregate Redemption Price of the shares of Municipal Preferred called for redemption on such date and (ii) all other amounts to which Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred called for redemption may be entitled. Any funds so deposited that are unclaimed at the end of 90 days from such redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be repaid to the Trust, after which time the Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred so called for redemption may look only to the Trust for payment of the Redemption Price and all other amounts to which they may be entitled. The Trust shall be entitled to receive, from time to time after the date fixed for redemption, any interest on the funds so deposited.

(8) Compliance With Applicable Law. In effecting any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 11, the Trust shall use its best efforts to comply with all applicable conditions precedent to effecting such redemption under the 1940 Act and any applicable Massachusetts law, but shall effect no redemption except in accordance with the 1940 Act and any applicable Massachusetts law.

(9) Only Whole Shares of Municipal Preferred May Be Redeemed. In the case of any redemption pursuant to this paragraph 11, only whole shares of Municipal Preferred shall be redeemed, and in the event that any provision of the Declaration or these By-laws would require redemption of a fractional shares, the Auction Agent shall be authorized to round up so that only whole shares are redeemed.

 

66


February 26, 2008

 

12. Liquidation Rights.

(1) Ranking. The shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall rank on a parity with each other, with shares of any other series of Municipal Preferred and with shares of any other series of Preferred Shares as to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust.

(2) Distributions Upon Liquidation. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred then outstanding shall be entitled to receive and to be paid out of the assets of the Trust available for distribution to its shareholders, before any payment or distribution shall be made on the Common Shares or on any other class of shares of the Trust ranking junior to the Municipal Preferred upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up, an amount equal to the Liquidation Preference with respect to such shares plus an amount equal to all dividends thereon (whether or not earned or declared) accumulated but unpaid to (but not including) the date of final distributions in same-day funds, together with any payments required to be made pursuant to paragraph 3 of this Part I in connection with the liquidation of the Trust. After the payment to the Holders of the shares of Municipal Preferred of the full preferential amounts provided for in this subparagraph (b), the holders of Municipal Preferred as such shall have no right or claim to any of the remaining assets of the Trust.

(3) Pro Rata Distributions. In the event the assets of the Trust available for distribution to the Holders of shares of Municipal Preferred upon any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to pay in full all amounts to which such Holders are entitled pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 12, no such distribution shall be made on account of any shares of any other class or series of Preferred Shares ranking on a parity with the shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the distribution of assets upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up unless proportionate distributive amounts shall be paid on account of the shares of Municipal Preferred, ratably, in proportion to the full distributable amounts for which holders of all such parity shares are respectively entitled upon such dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

(4) Rights of Junior Shares. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series or class or classes of shares ranking on a parity with the shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust, after payment shall have been made in full to the Holders of the shares of Municipal Preferred as provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 12, but not prior thereto, any other series or class or classes of shares

 

67


February 26, 2008

 

ranking junior to the shares of Municipal Preferred with respect to the distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Trust shall, subject to the respective terms and provisions (if any) applying thereto, be entitled to receive any and all assets remaining to be paid or distributed, and the Holders of the shares of Municipal Preferred shall not be entitled to share therein.

(5) Certain Events Not Constituting Liquidation. Neither the sale of all or substantially all of the property or business of the Trust, nor the merger or consolidation of the Trust into or with any Massachusetts business trust or corporation nor the merger or consolidation of any Massachusetts business trust or corporation into or with the Trust shall be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, for the purposes of this paragraph 12.

13. Miscellaneous.

(1) Amendment of this Section 12.1 to Add Additional Series. Subject to the provisions of subparagraph (c) of paragraph 10 of this Part I, the Board of Trustees may, by resolution duly adopted, without shareholder approval (except as otherwise provided by this Section 12.1 or required by applicable law), amend Section 12.1 to (1) reflect any amendment hereto which the Board of Trustees is entitled to adopt pursuant to the terms of this Section 12.1 without shareholder approval or (2) add additional series of Municipal Preferred or additional shares of a series of Municipal Preferred (and terms relating thereto) to the series and shares of Municipal Preferred theretofore described thereon. Each such additional series and all such additional shares shall be governed by the terms of this Section 12.1.

(2) [Reserved]

(3) No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Municipal Preferred shall be issued.

(4) Status of Shares of Municipal Preferred Redeemed, Exchanged or Otherwise Acquired by the Trust. Shares of Municipal Preferred which are redeemed, exchanged or otherwise acquired by the Trust shall return to the status of authorized and unissued Preferred Shares without designation as to series.

(5) Board May Resolve Ambiguities. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board of Trustees may interpret or adjust the provisions of this Section 12.1 to resolve any inconsistency or ambiguity or to remedy any formal defect, and may amend this Section 12.1 with respect to any series of Municipal Preferred prior to this issuance of shares of such series.

 

68


February 26, 2008

 

(6) Headings Not Determinative. The headings contained in this Section 12.1 are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Section 12.1.

(7) Notices. All notices or communications, unless otherwise specified in the By-Laws of the Trust or this Section 12.1, shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid.

PART II

14. Orders.

(1) Prior to the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred:

(1) each Beneficial Owner of shares of such series may submit to its Broker-Dealer by telephone or otherwise information as to:

(1) the number of Outstanding shares, if any, of such series held by such Beneficial Owner which such Beneficial Owners desires to continue to hold without regard to the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of such shares;

(2) the number of Outstanding shares, if any, of such series held by such Beneficial Owner which such Beneficial Owner offers to sell if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series shall be less than the rate per annum specified by such Beneficial Owner; and/or

(3) the number of Outstanding shares, if any, of such series held by such Beneficial Owner which such Beneficial Owner offers to sell without regard to the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series; and

 

69


February 26, 2008

 

(2) one or more Broker-Dealers, using lists of Potential Beneficial Owners, shall in good faith for the purpose of conducting a competitive Auction in a commercially reasonable manner, contact Potential Beneficial Owners (by telephone or otherwise), including Persons that are not Beneficial Owners, on such lists to determine the number of shares, if any, of such series which each such Potential Beneficial Owner offers to purchase if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series shall not be less than the rate per annum specified by such Potential Beneficial Owner.

For purposes hereof, the communication by a Beneficial Owner or Potential Beneficial Owner to a Broker-Dealer, or by a Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent, of information referred to in clause (i)(a), (i)(B), (i)(C), or (ii) of this subparagraph (a) is hereinafter referred to as an “Order” and collectively as “Orders” and each Beneficial Owner and each Potential Beneficial Owner placing an Order with a Broker-Dealer, and such Broker-Dealer placing an Order with the Auction Agent, is hereinafter referred to as a “Bidder” and collectively as “Bidders”; an Order containing the information referred to in clause (i)(A) of this subparagraph (a) is hereinafter referred to as a “Hold Order” and collectively as “Hold Orders”; an Order containing the information referred to in clause (i)(B) or (ii) of this subparagraph (a) is hereinafter referred to as a “Bid” and collectively as “Bids”; and an Order containing the information referred to in clause (i)(C) of this subparagraph (a) is hereinafter referred to as a “Sell Order” and collectively as “Sell Orders.”

(2) (i) A Bid by a Beneficial Owner or an Existing Holder of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred subject to an Auction on any Auction Date shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell:

(1) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Bid if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be less than the rate specified therein;

(2) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series to be determined as set forth in paragraph 4(a)(iv) of this Part II if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be equal to the rate specified therein; or

 

70


February 26, 2008

 

(3) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Bid if the rate specified therein shall be higher than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series, or such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series to be determined as set forth in paragraph 4(b)(iii) of this Part II if the rate specified therein shall be higher than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series and Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series do not exist.

(ii) A Sell Order by a Beneficial Owner or an Existing Holder of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred subject to an Auction on any Auction Date shall constitute an irrevocable offer to sell:

(A) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Sell Order; or

(B) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series as set forth in paragraph 4(b)(iii) of this Part II if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series do not exist;

provided, however, that a Broker-Dealer that is an Existing Holder with respect to shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall not be liable to any Person for failing to sell such shares pursuant to a Sell Order described in the proviso to paragraph 2(c) of this Part II if (1) such shares were transferred by the Beneficial Owner thereof without compliance by such Beneficial Owner or its transferee Broker-Dealer (or other transferee person, if permitted by the Trust) with the provisions of paragraph 7 of this Part II or (2) such Broker- Dealer has informed the Auction Agent pursuant to the terms of its Broker-Dealer Agreement that, according to such Broker-Dealer’s records, such Broker-Dealer believes it is not the Existing Holder of such shares.

(iii) A Bid by a Potential Beneficial Holder or a Potential Holder of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred subject to an Auction on any Auction Date shall constitute an irrevocable offer to purchase:

(A) the number of Outstanding shares of such series specified in such Bid if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be higher than the rate specified therein; or

(B) such number or a lesser number of Outstanding shares of such series as set forth in paragraph 4(a)(v) of this Part II if the Applicable Rate for shares of such series determined on such Auction Date shall be equal to the rate specified therein.

 

71


February 26, 2008

 

(3) No Order for any number of shares of Municipal Preferred other than whole shares shall be valid.

15. Submission of Orders by Broker-Dealers to Auction Agent.

(1) Each Broker-Dealer shall submit in writing to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date all Orders for shares of Municipal Preferred of a series subject to an Auction on such Auction Date obtained by such Broker-Dealer, designating itself (unless otherwise permitted by the Trust) as an Existing Holder in respect of shares subject to Orders submitted or deemed submitted to it by Beneficial Owners and as a Potential Holder in respect of shares subject to Orders submitted to it by Potential Beneficial Owners, and shall specify with respect to each Order for such shares:

(1) the name of the Bidder placing such Order (which shall be the Broker-Dealer unless otherwise permitted by the Trust);

(2) the aggregate number of shares of such series that are the subject of such Order;

(3) to the extent that such Bidder is an Existing Holder of shares of such series:

(1) the number of shares, if any, of such series subject to any Hold Order of such Existing Holder;

(2) the number of shares, if any, of such series subject to any Bid of such Existing Holder and the rate specified in such Bid; and

(3) the number of shares, if any, of such series subject to any Sell Order of such Existing Holder; and

(4) to the extent such Bidder is a Potential Holder of shares of such series, the rate and number of shares of such series specified in such Potential Holder’s Bid.

(2) If any rate specified in any Bid contains more than three figures to the right of the decimal point, the Auction Agent shall round such rate up to the next highest one thousandth (.001) of 1%.

 

72


February 26, 2008

 

(3) If an Order or Orders covering all of the Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred of a series held by any Existing Holder is not submitted to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline, the Auction Agent shall deem a Hold Order to have been submitted by or on behalf of such Existing Holder covering the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder and not subject to Orders submitted to the Auction Agent; provided, however, that if an Order or Orders covering all of the Outstanding shares of such series held by any Existing Holder is not submitted to the Auction Agent prior to the Submission Deadline for an Auction relating to a Special Rate Period consisting of more than 28 Rate Period Days, the Auction Agent shall deem a Sell Order to have been submitted by or on behalf of such Existing Holder covering the number of outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder and not subject to Orders submitted to the Auction Agent.

(4) If one or more Orders of an Existing Holder is submitted to the Auction Agent covering in the aggregate more than the number of Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred of a series subject to an Auction held by such Existing Holder, such Orders shall be considered valid in the following order of priority:

(1) all Hold Orders for shares of such series shall be considered valid, but only up to and including in the aggregate the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder, and if the number of shares of such series subject to such Hold Orders exceeds the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder, the number of shares subject to each such Hold Order shall be reduced pro rata to cover the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder;

(2)   (A) any Bid for shares of such series shall be considered valid up to and including the excess of the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder over the number of shares of such series subject to any Hold Orders referred to in clause (i) above;

(B) subject to subclause (A), if more than one Bid of an Existing Holder for shares of such series is submitted to the Auction Agent with the same rate and the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to such Bids is greater than such excess, such Bids shall be considered valid up to and including the amount of such excess, and the number of shares of such series subject to each Bid with the same rate shall be reduced pro rata to cover the number of shares of such series equal to such excess;

 

73


February 26, 2008

 

(C) subject to subclauses (A) and (B), if more than one Bid of an Existing Holder for shares of such series is submitted to the Auction Agent with different rates, such Bids shall be considered valid in the ascending order of their respective rates up to and including the amount of such excess; and

(D) in any such event, the number, if any, of such Outstanding shares of such series subject to any portion of Bids considered not valid in whole or in part under this clause (ii) shall be treated as the subject of a Bid for shares of such series by or on behalf of a Potential Holder at the rate therein specified; and

(3) all Sell Orders for shares of such series shall be considered valid up to and including the excess of the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder over the sum of shares of such series subject to valid Hold Orders referred to in clause (i) above and valid Bids referred to in clause (ii) above.

(5) If more than one Bid for one or more shares of a series of Municipal Preferred is submitted to the Auction Agent by or on behalf of any Potential Holder, each such Bid submitted shall be a separate Bid with the rate and number of shares therein specified.

(6) Any Order submitted by a Beneficial Owner or a Potential Beneficial Owner to its Broker-Dealer, or by a Broker-Dealer to the Auction Agent, prior to the Submission Deadline on any Auction Date, shall be irrevocable.

16. Determination of Sufficient Clearing Bids, Winning Bid Rate and Applicable Rate.

(1) Not earlier than the Submission Deadline on each Auction Date for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, the Auction Agent shall assemble all valid Orders submitted or deemed submitted to it by the Broker-Dealers in respect of shares of such series (each such Order as submitted or deemed submitted by a Broker-Dealer being hereinafter referred to individually as a “Submitted Hold Order,” a “Submitted Bid” or a “Submitted Sell Order,” as the case may be, or as a “Submitted Order,” and collectively as “Submitted Hold Orders,” “Submitted Bids” or “Submitted Sell Orders,” as the case may be, or as “Submitted Orders”) and shall determine for such series:

(1) the excess of the number of Outstanding shares of such series over the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Hold Orders (such excess being hereinafter referred to as the “Available Municipal Preferred” of such series);

 

74


February 26, 2008

 

(2) from the Submitted Orders for shares of such series whether:

(1) the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Bids of Potential Holders specifying one or more rates equal to or lower than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series;

exceeds or is equal to the sum of:

(2) the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Bids of Existing Holders specifying one or more rates higher than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series; and

(3) the number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to Submitted Sell Orders

(in the event such excess or such equality exists (other than because the number of shares of such series in subclauses (B) and (C) above is zero because all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), such Submitted Bids in subclause (A) above being hereinafter referred to collectively as “Sufficient Clearing Bids” for shares of such series); and

(3) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series exist, the lowest rate specified in such Submitted Bids (the “Winning Bid Rate” for shares of such series) which if:

(1) (I) each such Submitted Bid of Existing Holders specifying such lowest rate and (II) all other such Submitted Bids of Existing Holders specifying lower rates were rejected, thus entitling such Existing Holders to continue to hold the shares of such series that are subject to such Submitted Bids; and

(2) (I) each such Submitted Bid of Potential Holders specifying such lowest rate and (II) all other such Submitted Bids of Potential Holders specifying lower rates were accepted;

 

75


February 26, 2008

 

would result in such Existing Holders described in subclause (A) above continuing to hold an aggregate number of Outstanding shares of such series which, when added to the number of Outstanding shares of such series to be purchased by such Potential Holders described in subclause (B) above, would equal not less than the Available Municipal Preferred of such series.

(2) Promptly after the Auction Agent has made the determinations pursuant to subparagraph (a) of this paragraph 3, the Auction Agent shall advise the Trust of the Maximum Rate for shares of the series of Municipal Preferred for which an Auction is being held on the Auction Date and, based on such determination, the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof as follows:

(1) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series exist, that the Applicable Rate for all shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof shall be equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series so determined;

(2) if Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of such series do not exist (other than because all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), that the Applicable Rate for all shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof shall be equal to the Maximum Rate for shares of such series; or

(3) if all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, that the Applicable Rate for all shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period thereof shall be as set forth in subparagraph (c) of this paragraph 3.

(3) For purposes of subparagraph (b)(iii) of this paragraph 3, the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for the next succeeding Rate Period of shares of such series shall be equal to the lesser of the Kenny Index (if such Rate Period consists of fewer than 183 Rate Period Days) or the product of (A) (I) the “AA” Composite Commercial Paper Rate on such Auction Date for such Rate Period, if such Rate Period consists of fewer than 183 Rate Period Days; (II) the Treasury Bill Rate on such Auction Date for such Rate Period, if such Rate Period consists of more than 182 but fewer than 365 Rate Period Days; or (III) the Treasury Note Rate on such Auction Date for such Rate Period, if such Rate Period is more than 364 Rate Period Days (the rate described in the foregoing clause (A)(I), (II) or (III), as applicable, being referred to herein as the “Benchmark Rate”) and (B) 1 minus the maximum marginal regular

 

76


February 26, 2008

 

Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or the maximum marginal regular Federal corporate income tax rate applicable to ordinary income, whichever is greater; provided, however, that if the Trust has notified the Auction Agent of its intent to allocate to shares of such series in such Rate Period any net capital gains or other income taxable for Federal income tax purposes (“Taxable Income”), the Applicable Rate for shares of such series for such Rate Period will be (i) if the Taxable Yield Rate (as defined below) is greater than the Benchmark Rate, then the Benchmark Rate, or (ii) if the Taxable Yield Rate is less than or equal to the Benchmark Rate, then the rate equal to the sum of (x) the lesser of the Kenny Index (if such Rate Period consists of fewer than 183 Rate Period Days) or the product of the Benchmark Rate multiplied by the factor set forth in the preceding clause (B) and (y) the product of the maximum marginal regular Federal individual income tax rate applicable to ordinary income or the maximum marginal regular Federal corporate income tax applicable to ordinary income, whichever is greater, multiplied by the Taxable Yield Rate. For purposes of the foregoing, “Taxable Yield Rate” means the rate determined by (a) dividing the amount of Taxable Income available for distribution per such share of Municipal Preferred by the number of days in the Dividend Period in respect of which such Taxable Income is contemplated to be distributed, (b) multiplying the amount determined in (a) above by 365 (in the case of a Dividend Period of 7 Rate Period Days) or 360 (in the case of any other Dividend Period), and (c) dividing the amount determined in (b) above by $25,000.

17. Acceptance and Rejection of Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders and Allocation of Shares. Existing Holders shall continue to hold the shares of Municipal Preferred that are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, and, based on the determinations made pursuant to subparagraph (a) of paragraph 3 of this Part II, the Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders shall be accepted or rejected by the Auction Agent and the Auction Agent shall take such other action as set forth below:

(1) If Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred have been made, all Submitted Sell Orders with respect to shares of such series shall be accepted and, subject to the provisions of subparagraphs (d) and (e) of this paragraph 4, Submitted Bids with respect to shares of such series shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following order of priority and all other Submitted Bids with respect to shares of such series shall be rejected:

(1) Existing Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is higher than the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted, thus requiring each such Existing Holder to sell the shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bids;

 

77


February 26, 2008

 

(2) Existing Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is lower than the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be rejected, thus entitling each such Existing Holder to continue to hold the shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bids;

(3) Potential Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is lower than the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted;

(4) each Existing Holders’ Submitted Bid for shares of such series specifying a rate that is equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series shall be rejected, thus entitling such Existing Holder to continue to hold the share of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bid, unless the number of Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred subject to all such Submitted Bids shall be greater than the number of shares of Municipal Preferred (“remaining shares”) in the excess of the Available Municipal Preferred of such series over the number of shares of Municipal Preferred subject to Submitted Bids described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of this subparagraph (a), in which event such Submitted Bid of such Existing Holder shall be rejected in part, and such Existing Holder shall be entitled to continue to hold shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bid, but only in an amount equal to the number of shares of Municipal Preferred of such series obtained by multiplying the number of remaining shares by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred held by such Existing Holder subject to such Submitted Bid and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bids made by all such Existing Holders that specified a rate equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series; and

(5) each Potential Holder’s Submitted Bid for shares of such series specifying a rate that is equal to the Winning Bid Rate of shares of such series shall be accepted but only in an amount equal to the number of shares of such series obtained by multiplying the number of shares in the excess of the Available Municipal Preferred of such series over the number of shares of Municipal Preferred subject to Submitted Bids described in clauses (ii) through (iv) of this subparagraph (a) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bids and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Outstanding shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bids made by all such Potential Holders that specified a rate equal to the Winning Bid Rate for shares of such series.

 

78


February 26, 2008

 

(2) If Sufficient Clearing Bids for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred have not been made (other than because all of the Outstanding shares of such series are subject to Submitted Hold Orders), subject to the provisions of subparagraph (d) of this paragraph 4, Submitted Orders for shares of such series shall be accepted or rejected as follows in the following order of priority and all other Submitted Bids for shares of such series shall be rejected:

(1) Existing Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is equal to or lower than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series shall be rejected, thus entitling such Existing Holders to continue to hold the shares of Municipal Preferred subject to such Submitted Bids;

(2) Potential Holders’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series specifying any rate that is equal to or lower than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series shall be accepted; and

(3) Each Existing Holder’s Submitted Bid for shares of such series specifying any rate that is higher than the Maximum Rate for shares of such series and the Submitted Sell Orders for shares of such series of each Existing Holder shall be accepted, thus entitling each Existing Holder that submitted or on whose behalf was submitted any such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order to sell the shares of such series subject to such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order, but in both cases only in an amount equal to the number of shares of such series obtained by multiplying the number of shares of such series subject to Submitted Bids described in clause (ii) of this subparagraph (b) by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Outstanding shares of such series held by such Existing Holder subject to such Submitted Bid or Submitted Sell Order and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Outstanding shares of such series subject to all such Submitted Bids and Submitted Sell Orders.

(3) If all of the Outstanding shares of a series of Municipal Preferred are subject to Submitted Hold Orders, all Submitted Bids for shares of such series shall be rejected.

 

79


February 26, 2008

 

(4) If, as a result of the procedures described in clause (iv) or (v) of subparagraph (a) or clause (iii) of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph 4, any Existing Holder would be entitled or required to sell, or any Potential Holder would be entitled or required to purchase, a fraction of a share of a series of Municipal Preferred on any Auction Date, the Auction Agent shall, in such manner as it shall determine in its sole discretion, round up or down the number of shares of Municipal Preferred of such series to be purchased or sold by any Existing Holder or Potential Holder on such Auction Date as a result of such procedures so that the number of shares so purchased or sold by each Existing Holder or Potential Holder on such Auction Date shall be whole shares of Municipal Preferred.

(5) If, as a result of the procedures described in clause (v) of paragraph (a) of this paragraph 4, any Potential Holder would be entitled or required to purchase less than a whole share of series of Municipal Preferred on any Auction Date, the Auction Agent shall, in such manner as it shall determine in its sole discretion, allocate shares of Municipal Preferred of such series for purchase among Potential Holders so that only whole shares of Municipal Preferred of such series are purchased on such Auction Date as a result of such procedures by any Potential Holder, even if such allocation results in one or more Potential Holders not purchasing shares of Municipal Preferred of such series on such Auction Date.

(6) Based on the results of each Auction for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred, the Auction Agent shall determine the aggregate number of shares of such series to be purchased and the aggregate number of shares of such series to be sold by Potential Holders and Existing Holders and, with respect to each Potential Holder and Existing Holder, to the extent that such aggregate number of shares to be purchased and such aggregate number of shares to be sold differ, determine to which other Potential Holder(s) or Existing Holder(s) they shall deliver, or from which other Potential Holder(s) or Existing Holder(s) they shall receive, as the case may be, shares of Municipal Preferred of such series. Notwithstanding any provision of the Auction Procedures or the Settlement Procedures to the contrary, in the event an Existing Holder or Beneficial Owner of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred with respect to whom a Broker-Dealer submitted a Bid to the Auction Agent for such shares that was accepted in whole or in part, or submitted or is deemed to have submitted a Sell Order for such shares that was accepted in whole or in part, fails to instruct its Agent Member to deliver such shares against payment therefor, partial deliveries of shares of Municipal Preferred that have been made in respect of Potential Holders’ or Potential Beneficial Owners’ Submitted Bids for shares of such series that have been accepted in whole or in part shall constitute good delivery to such Potential Holders and Potential Beneficial Owners.

 

80


February 26, 2008

 

(7) Neither the Trust nor the Auction Agent nor any affiliate of either shall have any responsibility or liability with respect to the failure of an Existing Holder, a Potential Holder, a Benefit Owner, a Potential Beneficial Owner or its respective Agent Member to deliver shares of Municipal Preferred of any series or to pay for shares of Municipal Preferred of any series sold or purchased pursuant to the Auction Procedures or otherwise.

18. Notification of Allocations. Whenever the Trust intends to include any net capital gain or other income taxable for Federal income tax purposes in any dividend on shares of Municipal Preferred, the Trust shall, in the case of a Minimum Rate Period or a Special Rate Period of 28 Rate Period Days or fewer, and may, in the case of any other Special Rate Period, notify the Auction Agent of the amount to be so included not later than the Dividend Payment Date next preceding the Auction Date on which the Applicable Rate for such dividend is to be established. Whenever the Auction Agent receives such notice from the Trust, it will be required in turn to notify each Broker-Dealer, who, on or prior to such Auction Date, in accordance with its Broker-Dealer Agreement, will be required to notify its Beneficial Owners and Potential Beneficial Owners of shares of Municipal Preferred believed by it to be interested in submitting an Order in the Auction to be held on such Auction Date.

19. Auction Agent. For so long as any shares of Municipal Preferred are outstanding, the Auction Agent, duly appointed by the Trust to so act, shall be in each case a commercial bank, trust company or other financial institution independent of the Trust and its affiliates (which however, may engage or have engaged in business transactions with the Trust or its affiliates) and at no time shall the Trust or any of its affiliates act as the Auction Agent in connection with the Auction Procedures. If the Auction Agent resigns or for any reason its appointment is terminated during any period that any shares of Municipal Preferred are outstanding, the Board of Trustees shall use its best efforts promptly thereafter to appoint another qualified commercial bank, trust company or financial institution to act as the Auction Agent. The Auction Agent’s registry of Existing Holders of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall be conclusive and binding on the Broker-Dealers. A Broker-Dealer may inquire of the Auction Agent between 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day preceding an Auction for shares of a series of Municipal Preferred and 9:30 a.m. on the Auction Date for such Auction to ascertain the number of shares of a series in respect of which the Auction Agent has determined such Broker-Dealer to be an Existing Holder. If such Broker-Dealer believes it is the Existing Holder of fewer shares of such series than specified by the Auction Agent in response to such Broker-Dealer’s inquiry, such Broker-Dealer may so inform the Auction Agent of that belief. Such Broker-Dealer shall not, in its capacity as Existing Holder of shares of such series, submit Orders in such Auction in respect of shares of such series covering in the aggregate more than the number of shares of such series specified by the Auction Agent in response to such Broker-Dealer’s inquiry.

 

81


February 26, 2008

 

20. Transfer of Shares of Municipal Preferred. Unless otherwise permitted by the Trust, a Beneficial Owner or an Existing Holder may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of shares of Municipal Preferred only in whole shares and only pursuant to a Bid or Sell Order placed with the Auction Agent in accordance with the procedures described in this Part II or to a Broker-Dealer; provided, however, that (a) a sale, transfer or other disposition of shares of Municipal Preferred from a customer of a Broker-Dealer who is listed on the records of that Broker-Dealer as the holder of such shares to that Broker-Dealer or another customer of that Broker-Dealer shall not be deemed to be a sale, transfer or other disposition for purposes of this paragraph 7 if such Broker-Dealer remains the Existing Holder of the shares so sold, transferred or disposed of immediately after such sale, transfer or disposition and (b) in the case of all transfers other than pursuant to Auctions, the Broker-Dealer (or other Person, if permitted by the Trust) to whom such transfer is made shall advise the Auction Agent of such transfer.

21. Global Certificate. Prior to the commencement of a Voting Period, (i) all of the shares of a series of Municipal Preferred outstanding from time to time shall be represented by one global certificate registered in the name of the Securities Depository or its nominee and (ii) no registration of transfer of shares of a series of Municipal Preferred shall be made on the books of the Trust to any Person other than the Securities Depository or its nominee.

Article 13.

Amendments

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, these By-Laws may be amended or repealed, in whole or in part, by a majority of the Trustees then in office at any meeting of the Trustees, or by one or more writings signed by such a majority.

 

82

EX-99.G 4 dex99g.htm INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT Investment Advisory Agreement

EXHIBIT NO. 99.(g)

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT, dated this 29th day of June, 2007, by and between MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Trust”), and MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (the “Adviser”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Trust is engaged in business as an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

WHEREAS, the Adviser is willing to provide services to the Trust on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties hereto as herein set forth, the parties covenant and agree as follows:

Article 1. Duties of the Adviser. (a) The Adviser shall provide the Trust with such investment advice and supervision as the latter may from time to time consider necessary for the proper supervision of its assets. The Adviser shall act as investment adviser to the Trust and as such shall furnish continuously an investment program and shall determine from time to time what securities or other instruments shall be purchased, sold or exchanged and what portion of the assets of the Trust shall be held uninvested, subject always to the restrictions of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust, dated January 22, 1987, and By-Laws, each as amended from time to time (respectively, the “Declaration” and the “By-Laws”), to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules, Regulations and orders thereunder and to the Trust’s then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information. The Adviser also shall exercise voting rights, rights to consent to corporate actions and any other rights pertaining to the Trust’s portfolio securities in accordance with the Adviser’s policies and procedures as presented to the Trustees of the Trust from time to time. Should the Trustees at any time, however, make any definite determination as to the investment policy and notify the Adviser thereof in writing, the Adviser shall be bound by such determination for the period, if any, specified in such notice or until similarly notified that such determination shall be revoked.

(b) The Adviser shall take, on behalf of the Trust, all actions which it deems necessary to implement the investment policies determined as provided above, and in particular to place all orders for the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or other instruments for the Trust’s account with brokers or dealers selected by it, and to that


end, the Adviser is authorized as the agent of the Trust to give instructions to the Custodian of the Trust as to the deliveries of securities or other instruments and payments of cash for the account of the Trust. In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, the Adviser is directed to seek for the Trust the best overall price and execution available from responsible brokerage firms, taking account of all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration: price; the size of the transaction; the nature of the market for the security; the amount of the commission; the timing and impact of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends; the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved; and the quality of services rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. In fulfilling this requirement, the Adviser shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty, created by this Agreement or otherwise, solely by reason of its having caused the Trust to pay a broker or dealer an amount of commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Adviser determined in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Adviser’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Trust and to other clients of the Adviser as to which the Adviser exercises investment discretion.

(c) Subject to the general supervision and control of the Trustees of the Trust and under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Trust acknowledges and agrees that it is contemplated that Adviser may, at its own expense, select and contract with one or more investment advisers (“Sub-Advisers”) to manage the investment operations and composition of the Trust and render investment advice for the Trust, including the purchase, retention, and disposition of the investments, securities and cash contained in the Trust, subject always to the restrictions of the Trust’s Declaration and the By-Laws, to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules, Regulations and orders thereunder and to the Trust’s then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information; provided, that any contract with an Sub-Adviser (a “Sub-Advisory Agreement”) shall be in compliance with and approved as required by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules, Regulations and orders thereunder or in accordance with exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

(d) Subject always to the direction and control of the Trustees of the Trust, Adviser will have (i) overall supervisory responsibility for the general management and investment of the Trust’s assets; (ii) full discretion to select new or additional Sub-Advisers for the Trust; (iii) full discretion to enter into and materially modify existing Sub-Advisory Agreements with Sub-Advisers; (iv) full discretion to terminate and replace any Sub-Adviser; and (v) full investment discretion to make all determinations with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets not then managed

 

- 2 -


by an Sub-Adviser. In connection with Adviser’s responsibilities herein, Adviser will assess the Trust’s investment focus and will seek to implement decisions with respect to the allocation and reallocation of the Trust’s assets among one or more current or additional Sub-Advisers from time to time, as Adviser deems appropriate, to implement the Trust’s investment policies determined as provided above. In addition, Adviser (in conjunction with the Trust’s Independent Chief Compliance Officer) will oversee (or, in the event that the Adviser does not require a Sub-Advisor to assume responsibility therefore under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, shall be responsible for) compliance of each Sub-Adviser with the investment objectives, policies and restrictions of the Trust (or portions of the Trust) under the management of such Sub-Adviser, and review and report to the Trustees of the Trust on the performance of each Sub-Adviser. Adviser will furnish, or cause the appropriate Sub-Adviser(s) to furnish, to the Trust such statistical information, with respect to the investments that the Trust (or portions of the Trust) may hold or contemplate purchasing, as the Trust may reasonably request. Further, Adviser (in conjunction with the Trust’s Independent Chief Compliance Officer) will oversee compliance of each Sub-Adviser with the compliance program of the Trust (or portions of the Trust) under the management of such Sub-Adviser, as well as the compliance program of the Sub-Adviser as such program relates to the Sub-Adviser’s management of the Trust. On Adviser’s own initiative, Adviser will apprise, or cause the appropriate Sub-Adviser(s) to apprise, the Trust of important developments materially affecting the Trust (or any portion of the Trust that they advise) and will furnish the Trust, from time to time, with such information as may be appropriate for this purpose. Further, Adviser agrees to furnish, or cause the appropriate Sub-Adviser(s) to furnish, to the Trustees of the Trust such periodic and special reports as the Trustees of the Trust may reasonably request. In addition, Adviser agrees to cause the appropriate Sub-Adviser(s) to furnish to third-party data reporting services all currently available standardized performance information and other customary data as may be appropriate.

(e) Subject to the provisions of Article 6, the Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law by any Sub-adviser or for any loss arising out of any investment made by any Sub-adviser or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Trust by any Sub-adviser.

Article 2. Allocation of Charges and Expenses. (a) The Adviser shall furnish at its own expense investment advisory and administrative services, office space, equipment and clerical personnel necessary for servicing the investments of the Trust and maintaining its organization, and investment advisory facilities and executive and supervisory personnel for managing the investments and effecting the portfolio transactions of the Trust. The Adviser shall arrange, if desired by the Trust, for directors, officers and employees of the Adviser to serve as Trustees, officers or agents of the Trust if duly elected or appointed to such positions and subject to their individual consent and to any limitations imposed by law.

 

- 3 -


(b) It is understood that the Trust will pay all of its own expenses incurred in its operations and the offering of the Trust’s shares, unless specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement or except to the extent that the Adviser agrees in a written instrument executed by the Adviser (specifically referring to this Article 2(b)) to assume or otherwise pay for specified expenses of the Trust, including, without limitation: compensation of Trustees “not affiliated” with the Adviser; governmental fees; interest charges; taxes; membership dues in the Investment Company Institute allocable to the Trust; fees and expenses of independent auditors, of legal counsel, and of any transfer agent, registrar or dividend disbursing agent of the Trust; expenses of repurchasing and redeeming shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of preparing, printing and mailing stock certificates, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental officers and commissions; brokerage and other expenses connected with the execution, recording and settlement of portfolio security transactions; insurance premiums; fees and expenses of the custodian for all services to the Trust, including safekeeping of funds and securities and maintaining required books and accounts; expenses of calculating the net asset value of shares of the Trust; organizational and start up costs; such non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Trust is a party or otherwise may have an exposure, and the legal obligation which the Trust may have to indemnify the Trust’s Trustees and officers with respect thereto; and expenses relating to the issuance, registration and qualification of shares of the Trust and the preparation, printing and mailing of prospectuses for such purposes (except to the extent that any Distribution Agreement to which the Trust is a party provides that another party is to pay some or all of such expenses).

(c) The payment or assumption by the Adviser of any expenses of the Trust that the Adviser is not obligated by this Agreement or otherwise to pay or assume shall not obligate the Adviser to pay or assume the same or any similar expenses of the Trust on any subsequent occasion.

Article 3. Compensation of the Adviser. For the services to be rendered and the facilities provided, the Trust shall pay to the Adviser an investment advisory fee computed and paid monthly as set forth in Appendix A attached hereto. If the Adviser shall serve for less than the whole of any period specified in this Article 3, the compensation paid to the Adviser will be prorated.

Article 4. Additional Services. Should the Trust have occasion to request the Adviser or its affiliates to perform administrative or other additional services not herein contemplated or to request the Adviser or its affiliates to arrange for the services of others, the Adviser or its affiliates will act for the Trust upon request to the best of its ability, with compensation for the services to be agreed upon with respect to each such occasion as it arises. No such agreement for additional services shall expand, reduce or otherwise alter the obligations of the Adviser, or the compensation that the Adviser is due, under this Agreement.

 

- 4 -


Article 5. Covenants of the Adviser. The Adviser agrees that it will not deal with itself, or with the Trustees of the Trust or the Trust’s distributor, if any, as principals in making purchases or sales of securities or other property for the account of the Trust, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940 and any rules, regulations or orders of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, will not take a long or short position in the shares of the Trust except as permitted by the applicable law, and will comply with all other provisions of the Declaration and the By-Laws and the then-current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information of the Trust relative to the Adviser and its directors and officers.

Article 6. Limitation of Liability of the Adviser. The Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution and management of the Trust, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties and obligations hereunder. As used in this Article 6, the term “Adviser” shall include directors, officers and employees of the Adviser as well as that corporation itself.

Article 7. Activities of the Adviser. (a) The Trust acknowledges that the services of the Adviser to the Trust are not exclusive, the Adviser being free to render investment advisory and/or other services to others. The Trust further acknowledges that it is possible that, based on their investment objectives and policies, certain funds or accounts managed by the Adviser or its affiliates may at times take investment positions or engage in investment techniques which are contrary to positions taken or techniques engaged in on behalf of the Trust. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Adviser will at all times endeavor to treat all of its clients in a fair and equitable manner.

(b) The Trust acknowledges that whenever the Trust and one or more other funds or accounts advised by the Adviser have available monies for investment, investments suitable and appropriate for each shall be allocated in a manner believed by the Adviser to be fair and equitable to each entity. Similarly, opportunities to sell securities or other investments shall be allocated in a manner believed by the Adviser to be fair and equitable to each entity. The Trust acknowledges that in some instances this may adversely affect the size of the position that may be acquired or disposed of for the Trust.

(c) It is understood that the Trustees, officers and shareholders of the Trust are or may be or become interested in the Adviser, as directors, officers, employees, or otherwise and that directors, officers and employees of the Adviser are or may become similarly interested in the Trust, and that the Adviser may be or become interested in the Trust as a shareholder or otherwise.

 

- 5 -


Article 8. MFS Name. The Trust acknowledges that the names “Massachusetts Financial Services,” “MFS” or any derivatives thereof or logos associated with those names (collectively, the “MFS Marks”) are the valuable property of the Adviser and its affiliates. The Adviser grants the Trust a non-exclusive and non-transferable right and sub-license to use the MFS Marks only so long as the Adviser serves as investment adviser to the Trust. The Trust agrees that if the Adviser for any reason no longer serves as investment adviser to the Trust, and the Adviser so requests, that the Trust promptly shall cease to use the MFS Marks and promptly shall amend its registration statement to delete any references to the MFS Marks. Likewise, the Trust agrees that if the Adviser for any reason no longer serves as investment adviser to the Trust, and the Adviser so requests, the Trust promptly shall cease to use the MFS Marks and promptly shall amend its Declaration of Trust to delete any references to the MFS Marks. The Trust acknowledges that the Adviser may permit other clients to use the MFS Marks in their names or other material. For purposes of this Article, the Trust shall be deemed to have taken the required action “promptly” if such action is taken within 90 days of the Adviser no longer serving as the investment adviser to the Trust, or from the date of the Adviser’s request, as the case may be.

Article 9. Duration, Termination and Amendment of this Agreement. (a) This Agreement shall become effective with respect to the Trust on the date first written above if approved by the shareholders of the Trust, on the Effective Date for the Trust, as set forth in Appendix A attached hereto. Thereafter, this Agreement will remain in effect with respect to the Trust for a period of two years from the Trust’s Effective Date as set forth in Appendix A, on which date it will terminate for the Trust unless its continuance is “specifically approved at least annually” (i) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust or of the Adviser at a meeting specifically called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the Board of Trustees of the Trust, or by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the applicable Trust.

(b) This Agreement may be terminated as to the Trust at any time without the payment of any penalty by the Trustees or by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the applicable Trust, or by the Adviser, in each case on not more than sixty days’ nor less than thirty days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment”.

(c) This Agreement may be amended with respect to the Trust only if such amendment is in writing signed by or on behalf of the Trust and the Adviser and is approved by “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the applicable Trust (if such shareholder approval is required by the Investment Company Act of 1940).

 

- 6 -


Article 10. Scope of Trust’s Obligations. A copy of the Trust’s Declaration of Trust is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Adviser acknowledges that the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trust’s Trustees, officers, employees, agents or shareholders individually, but are binding solely upon the assets and property of the Trust. If this Agreement is executed by the Trust, the Adviser further acknowledges that the assets and liabilities of the Trust are separate and distinct and that the obligations of or arising out of this Agreement concerning the Trust are binding solely upon the assets or property of the Trust and not upon the assets or property of any other Trust.

Article 11. Definitions and Interpretations. The terms “specifically approved at least annually,” “vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “assignment,” “affiliated person,” and “interested person,” when used in this Agreement, shall have the respective meanings specified, and shall be construed in a manner consistent with, the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Any question of interpretation of any term or provision of this Agreement having a counterpart in or otherwise derived from a term or provision of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (collectively, the “Federal Securities Acts”) shall be resolved by reference to such term or provision of the Federal Securities Acts and to interpretations thereof, if any, by United States federal courts or, in the absence of any controlling decisions of any such court, by rules or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Where the effect of a requirement of the Federal Securities Acts reflected in any provision of this Agreement is revised by rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such provisions shall be deemed to incorporate the effect of such rule or regulation.

Article 12. Record Keeping. The Adviser will maintain records in a form acceptable to the Trust and in compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including but not limited to records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules thereunder, which at all times will be the property of the Trust and will be available for inspection and use by the Trust.

Article 13. Miscellaneous. (a) This Agreement contains the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(b) Headings in this Agreement are for ease of reference only and shall not constitute a part of the Agreement.

 

- 7 -


(c) Should any portion of this Agreement for any reason be held void in law or equity, the remainder of the Agreement shall be construed to the extent possible as if such voided portion had never been contained herein.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without giving effect to the choice of laws provisions thereof, except that questions of interpretation shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of Article 11 above.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered in their names and on their behalf by the undersigned officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first above written. The undersigned officer of the Trust has executed this Agreement not individually, but as an officer under the Declaration and the obligations of this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Trustees, officers or shareholders of the Trust, individually, but bind only the trust estate.

 

MFS HIGH YIELD MUNICIPAL TRUST
By:   MARK N. POLEBAUM
Name:   Mark N. Polebaum
Title:   Secretary
MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY
By:   ROBERT J. MANNING
Name:   Robert J. Manning
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

- 8 -


Appendix A

Compensation to the Adviser

The investment advisory fee payable by the Trust shall be computed and paid monthly in an amount equal to the sum of 0.65% of the Trust’s average daily net assets including assets applicable to the auction preferred shares (average daily net assets being computed for this purpose without deducting any liability for money borrowed for investment in accordance with the Trust’s investment objective and policies).

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----